Sie sind auf Seite 1von 312

AVIATION RECORDERS

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL


MODEL A100S

SOLIDSTATE COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER (SSCVR)


MODEL A100S

SSCVR CONTROL UNITS


MODELS A150, A151, A152, A151B, A152B

SSCVR MICROPHONE MODULES


MODELS A55, A55B

RECORDER PART NUMBER S1000080 ( )

CONTROL UNIT PART NUMBERS 93A151 ( )


93A152 ( )

PREAMPLIFIER MODULE 93A15020

REMOTE MICROPHONE MODULES


PART NUMBERS 93A055 ( )

REMOTE MICROPHONE MODULES


PART NUMBERS 9300A165, 01

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL


WITH
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
P/N: 165E094800

IN ACCORDANCE WITH
FAA TSOC84 (CONTROL UNITS, PREAMPS & MICS)
FAA TSOC123 (RECORDER) AND
ARINC CHARACTERISTIC NO. 557

23-70-02
Rev. 03
Feb.
Jul. 01/93
01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

SolidState Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR)


Control Boxes
Microphones
P/N: 165E094800
Rev 03
Jul. 01/05

EXPORT CONTROL STATEMENT SSCVR/SSFDR Parts:

This Solid State Fight Data/Cockpit Voice Recorder Products/


Technology is being exported from the United States in accor-
dance with the Export Administration Regualtions (ECCN
#7E994), No License Required (NLR). Diversion contrary to
U.S. law is prohibited. In accordance with U.S. Law (Title 15
CFR Part 746 and Supplement No. 1 to Part 774; and Title 31
CFR) resale/reexport or transfer to certain designated coun-
tries is prohibited without the prior written consent of the U.S.
Department of Commerce.

ECopyright 2005 by L3 Communications


All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be
reproduced or utilized in any form or by any means,
electronic or mechanical, including photocopying,
recording, or by information storage and retrieval
system, without permission in writing.

Inquiries should be addressed to:


L3 Communications
Aviation Recorders Publications
P. O. Box 3041
Sarasota, Florida 34230
Phone: (941) 3710811
FAX: (941) 3775591

23-70-02
Rev. 03
Feb. 01/93
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

THE CONTENTS OF THE


RECORDER CAN BE
DAMAGED BY
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE.
PROPER HANDLING MUST BE USED!

GENERAL
This product and related documentation must be reviewed for familiarization with
safety markings and instructions before operation.

This instrument was constructed in an ESD (electrostatic discharge) protected


environment. This is because most of the semiconductor devices used in this instrument
are susceptible to damage by static discharge.

Depending on the magnitude of the charge, device substrates can be punctured or


destroyed by contact or mere proximity of a static charge. The results can cause
degradation of device performance, early failure, or immediate destruction.

These charges are generated in numerous ways such as simple contact, separation of
materials, and normal motions of persons working with static sensitive devices.

When handling or servicing equipment containing static sensitive devices, adequate


precautions must be taken to prevent device damage or destruction.

Only those who are thoroughly familiar with industry accepted techniques for handling
static sensitive devices should attempt to service circuitry within these devices.

In all instances, measures must be taken to prevent static charge buildup on work
surfaces and persons handling the devices.

BEFORE APPLYING POWER


Verify that the product is set to match the available line voltage and the correct
fuse is installed.

Servicing instructions are for use by servicetrained personnel only. To avoid dangerous
electric shock, do not perform any servicing unless qualified to do so.

Adjustments described in the manual are performed with power supplied to the
instrument while protective covers are removed. Energy available at many points may, if
contacted, result in personal injury.
23-70-02
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

23-70-02
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST


SERVICE
BULLETIN DATE INCORPORATES DESCRIPTION

SSCVR001 09/01/93 S100008000 Software Product Improvement Modification


Commencing with Unit Serial Number 254, manufac-
tured 7/93, all newly manufactured A100S SSCVR
units will have this modification.
This modification is a product improvement, which
requires a software revision to IC chip U5 located on
the Store Processor PWA. It expands the SSCVR
BITE circuitry from READAFTERWRITE to in-
clude a Continuous Test of all bits within the solid
state memory. Failure of this Continuous Test would
be indicated upon execution of the next Preflight
Functional Check. This modification is optional.
Note: This modification is identified by marking, using
yellow paint, R1 on the unit Program Revision Plate.

SSCVR002 11/15/93 S100008000 Alternate Supplier For


Underwater Locator Beacons (ULDs)
L3 approved Datasonics, Inc. as an alternate supplier
of ULDs. Both Dukane and Datasonics ULDs are be-
ing installed on newly manufactured A100S recorders.
Both ULD types are assigned the same L3 Part Num-
ber, 266E030500. Also, both ULD types are
equipped with a Lithium battery with an expected ser-
vice life of 6years.

SSCVR003 02/23/94 S100008000 Introduction Of The 8Megabit Flash Crash


Survivable Store Unit (FCSSU) and The New Type
Store Processor PWA
The new 8Megabit FCSSU (P/N 253E066000) and
Store Processor PWA (P/N 205E102700) have been
phased into the production of the A100S SSCVR be-
ginning with unit serial number 311, manufactured
12/93. It is not mandatory for an older SSCVR with a
2Megabit FCSSU (P/N 253E0348 03) and Store
Processor PWA (P/N 205E060100) to incorporate
this modification. However, should a failure occur in
the older FCSSU, it must be replaced with the 8Me-
gabit FCSSU along with its associated Store Proces-
sor PWA.
Note: This modification is identified by marking, using
yellow paint, a 1 on the SSCVR Modification Plate
(Mod Dot 1) and R2 on the Program Revision Plate.

237002
Service Bulletin List
Rev 1 Page 1
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (Continued)


SERVICE
BULLETIN DATE INCORPORATES DESCRIPTION

SSCVR004 06/21/94 S100008000 Notification of Defective Printed Wiring Board (PWB)


In Certain Flash Crash Survivable Store Units
(FCSSUs)
Some 8Megabit FCSSUs (P/N 253E066000) in the
A100S SSCVR units (identified with Mod Dot 1) may
fail due to a defective PWB furnished by a specific
supplier.
Beginning June 17, 1994, FCSSUs will be manufac-
tured with PWBs supplied by selected vendors.
A100S SSCVR units, beginning with serial number
00452, will have the new FCSSU installed; these units
will be identified by a 3 on the SSCVR Modification
Plate (Mod Dot 3). It is not recommended to retrofit
an SSCVR containing a Mod Dot 1 FCSSU unless it
fails.
Note: Modification Dot 2 has been reserved by Engi-
neering for a later release.

SSCVR005 03/17/95 S100008000 Introduction of New Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit
(FCSSU)
Commencing with Unit Serial Number 00622,
manufactured 11/94, all newly manufactured A100S
SSCVR units will have this modification.
To reduce the possibility of certain premature failures
and enhance reliability, FCSSU assemblies have had
modifications to the Printed Wiring Board (PWB) and
to the thermal insulation material.
This modification is not mandatory and is not recom-
mended to change the current FCSSU assembly un-
less a FCSSU related failure occurs.
Note: This modification is identified by marking, using
yellow paint, a 4 on the SSCVR Modification Plate
(Mod Dot 4).

237002
Service Bulletin List
Rev 2 Page 2
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (Continued)


SERVICE
BULLETIN DATE INCORPORATES DESCRIPTION
SSCVR006 06/15/96 S100008000 Introduction of 1Hr. Fire Protection Flash Crash Sur-
vivable Store Unit (FCSSU)
All A100S SSCVRs manufactured after 03/96 will
have this modification.
New FCSSU part numbers 253E129000 and
253E129300 have been designed to survive 1hour
fire at 1100 degrees Centigrade with a 50,000 British
Thermal Units (BTUs) square foot hours thermal flux
transfer, and 10 hours at 260 degrees Centigrade.
Note: This modification is identified by marking, using
yellow paint, a 5 on the SSCVR Modification Plate
(Mod Dot 5).

SSCVR007 03/28/95 S100008000 New Software Incorporated into Store Processor


Printed Wiring Assembly
Commencing with Unit Serial Number 00651, all newly
manufactured A100S SSCVR units will have this mo-
dification.
This modification prohibits the SSCVR from giving a
false fault during rapid power cycling. This modifica-
tion also ensures that all data is erased during a bulk
erase. This modification is not mandatory and may be
accomplished at the discretion of the operator.
Note: This modification is identified by marking, using
yellow paint, a 3 on the Software Program Revision
Plate.
SSCVR008 06/10/96 S100008000 New Software Incorporated into Store Processor
Printed Wiring Assembly
Commencing with Unit Serial Number 00961, all newly
manufactured A100S SSCVR units will have this mo-
dification.
This modification ensures that the fault light is illumi-
nated during a power recovery bulk erase cycle. This
modification is not mandatory and may be accom-
plished at the discretion of the operator.
Note: This modification is identified by marking, using
yellow paint, a 4 on the Software Program Revision
Plate.

237002
Service Bulletin List
Rev 2 Page 3
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (Continued)


SERVICE
BULLETIN DATE INCORPORATES DESCRIPTION
SSCVR009 07/01/96 S100008000 Introduction of Titanium Flash Crash Survivable Store
Unit (FCSSU)
All A100S SSCVRs manufactured after 04/96 will
have this modification.
New FCSSU part number 253E129300 reduces the
weight of the FCSSU This modification is a product
improvement and may be incorporated at the discre-
tion of the operator.
Note: This modification is identified by marking, using
yellow paint, a 2 on the SSCVR Modification Plate
(Mod Dot 2).

SSCVR010 04/04/96 S100008000 Introduction of a New Underwater Locator Beacon


All A100S SSCVRs manufactured after 03/96 will
have this modification.
New Dukane Underwater Locator Beacon, p/n:
DK120, maintains a sixyear battery life and can be
replaced in the field.
Note: Beacons DK100 and DK120 can be identified by
Dukane with these part numbers stamped on the bea-
cons body.

SSCVR011 07/01/96 S100008000 Addition of EMI Filter Circuit to Aircraft Interface Card
All A100S SSCVRs manufactured after 03/96 will
have this modification.
Enhanced Electomagnetic Interference filter charac-
teristics by adding filter circuit consisting of L1L3,
and C35C38 to the Aircraft Interface circuit board,
p/n: 205E059700. Removed old capacitors C16 &
C17 (p/n: 361010001) from Aircraft Interface board.
This modification is a product improvement and not a
required modification, however it is recommended that
this modification be incorporated at the units next
scheduled service visit.
Note: This modification is identified by marking, using
yellow paint, a 6 on the SSCVR Modification Plate
(Mod Dot 6).

237002
Service Bulletin List
Rev 2 Page 4
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (Continued)


SERVICE
BULLETIN DATE INCORPORATES DESCRIPTION
SSCVR012 07/02/96 S100008000 Replaced Power Supply, U2, on Aircraft Interface
Card
All A100S SSCVRs manufactured after 06/96 will
have this modification.
Replacement of power supply to enhance reliability.
This modification is a product improvement and may
be incorporated at the discretion of the operator.
Note: This modification is identified by marking, using
yellow paint, a 7 on the SSCVR Modification Plate
(Mod Dot 7).
SSCVR013 06/15/96 S100008000 New Software Program Incorporated into Store Proc-
essor Printed Wiring Assembly
Beginning with serial number 1142, all newly manufac-
tured A100S SSCVRs will have this modification.
Added software logic for improved handling of SSCVR
power down and restart conditions during excessive
power interrupts. This modification is not a mandatory
change and may be incorporated at the discretion of
the operator.
Note: This modification is identified by marking, using
yellow paint, a 5 on the Software Program Revision
Plate.

SSCVR014 07/01/97 S100008000 New Software Program Incorporated into Store Proc-
Rev. 01 02/07/97 essor Printed Wiring Assembly
Beginning with serial number 1168, all newly manufac-
tured A100S SSCVRs will have this modification.
Enhanced ReadAfterWrite Reset and unit identifica-
tion functions. Corrects occasional misidentification of
an 8 Meg memory unit as a 2 Meg unit during power
interupt conditions. Introduced a procedure for clear-
ing Latched Memory faults and Latched Pointer Not
Saved faults. This modification is not a required
modification, and may be accomplished at the discre-
tion of the operator.
Note: This modification is identified by marking, using
yellow paint, a 6 on the Software Program Revision
Plate.

237002
Service Bulletin List
Rev 2 Page 5
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (Continued)


SERVICE
BULLETIN DATE INCORPORATES DESCRIPTION
SSCVR015 10/01/96 S100008000 Modification to Store Processor Card
All A100S SSCVRs manufactured after 09/96 will
have this modification.
Modified Store Processor card, p/n: 205E102700 to
reduce noise levels on the flash memory bus. Rede-
signed Store Processor by removing components C7
& C13, changing U4 and R10, and adding R18 and
R19. Replacement of power supply to enhance reli-
ability. This modification is a product improvement
and not a required modification, however it is recom-
mended that this modification be incorporated at the
units next scheduled service visit.
Note: This modification is identified by marking, using
yellow paint, a 8 on the SSCVR Modification Plate
(Mod Dot 8).

SSCVR016 04/18/97 S100008000 Introduction of Refurbished FCSSU (253U129000)


Only Units with
S100008000 A100S SSCVRs (containing MOD5)
Mod 5 Installed
manufactured after 09/96 will have this modification.
FCSSU part number 253U129000 has been as-
signed to identify refurbished memory modules as an
alternate replacement for P/Ns 253E129000.

237002
Service Bulletin List
Rev 2 Page 6
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

RECORD OF REVISIONS
REV INSERTION REV INSERTION REV INSERTION
NO. DATE BY NO. DATE BY NO DATE BY

1 July 30/94 CM

2 Mar. 15/00 JG

3 Jul. 01/05 JG

237002
Record of Revisions
Rev 3 Page 1
Feb. 01/93
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

237002
Record of Revisions
Page 2
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

RECORD OF CHANGES
ISSUE REVISION DATE OF CHANGE COMMENTS

Initial 00 Feb. 1/93 Initial issue of CMM. No changes have


been issued via Service Bulletins (SBs).

01 July 30/94 This revision includes information presented


in SBs: SSCVR 001, 002, 003 and 004. It
also includes the deletion of all information
given for the Audio Processor Extender
PWA and the Model S151 and S251 Control
Units including their respective IPL figures
and listings. In addition, miscellaneous
changes, updates and corrections were
made to text wherever necessary.

02 Mar. 15/00 This revision includes information presented


in SBs: SSCVR 005, 006, 007, 008, 009,
010, 011, 012, 013, 014, 015, 016, and ECO
9282. Removed Fairchild from the mast
head. Moved Store Processor PWA to
NHA. Updated ULD information. Corrected
numerous errors in Numerical Index. In-
cludes the addition of S100008001 model
configuration for titanium FCSSU assembly.
03 Jul. 01/05 This revision includes the addition of testing
procedures for the Model A150 External
Preamplifier. Updated ULD information.

237002
Record of Changes
Rev 3 Page 1
Feb. 01/93
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

237002
Record of Changes
Page 2
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Section Page Date Section Page Date

Title Page 2 Mar. 15/00


1 Jul. 01/05 3 Jul. 30/94
2 Jul. 01/05 4 Jul. 30/94
Caution Sheet 3 Feb. 01/93 5 Mar. 15/00
4 Feb. 01/93 6 Mar. 15/00
7 Jul. 30/94
Service Bulletin List
8 Mar. 15/00
1 Jul. 30/94
2 Mar. 15/00 Description and Operation
3 Mar. 15/00 1 Jul. 30/94
4 Mar. 15/00 2 Jul. 30/94
5 Mar. 15/00
3 Jul. 01/05
6 Mar. 15/00
4 Jul. 30/94
Record of Revisions 5 Jul. 30/94
1 Jul. 01/05 6 Mar. 15/00
2 Feb. 01/93 7 Mar. 15/00
Record of Changes 8 Mar. 15/00
1 Jul. 01/05 9 Jul. 30/94
2 Feb. 01/93 10 Jul. 30/94
11 Jul. 30/94
List of Effective Pages 12 Jul. 30/94
1 Jul. 01/05 13 Jul. 30/94
2 Jul. 01/05 14 Mar. 15/00
3 Jul. 01/05 15 Jul. 30/94
4 Jul. 01/05 16 Jul. 30/94
5 Jul. 01/05 17 Jul. 30/94
6 Jul. 01/05 18 Jul. 30/94
Table of Contents 19 Feb. 01/93
i Jul. 01/05 20 Feb. 01/93
ii Jul. 01/05 21 Feb. 01/93
iii Jul. 01/05 22 Feb. 01/93
iv Jul. 01/05 23 Feb. 01/93
v Jul. 01/05 24 Feb. 01/93
25 Feb. 01/93
List of Illustrations
26 Feb. 01/93
vi Jul. 01/05
27 Feb. 01/93
vii Jul. 01/05
28 Jul. 30/94
viii Jul. 01/05
29 Mar. 15/00
ix Jul. 01/05
30 Mar. 15/00
x Jul. 01/05
31 Mar. 15/00
Introduction 32 Jul. 30/94
1 Mar. 15/00 33 Jul. 30/94

23-70-02
List of Effective Pages
Rev 3 Page 1
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Section Page Date Section Page Date

Description and Operation (Cont) 125 Mar. 15/00


34 Jul. 30/94 126 Jul. 30/94
35 Jul. 30/94 127 Jul. 01/05
36 Jul. 30/94 128 Jul. 30/94
37 Mar. 15/00 129 Jul. 01/05
38 Feb. 01/93 130 Feb. 01/93
39 Feb. 01/93 131 Feb. 01/93
40 Feb. 01/93 132 Jul. 01/05
41 Jul. 30/94 133 Jul. 30/94
42 Jul. 30/94 134 Jul. 30/94
43 Jul. 30/94 135 Jul. 30/94
44 Feb. 01/93 136 Jul. 30/94
45 Jul. 30/94 137 Jul. 01/05
46 Jul. 30/94 138 Feb. 01/93
47 Jul. 30/94 139 Jul. 30/94
48 Jul. 30/94 140 Jul. 30/94
141 Feb. 01/93
Testing and Troubleshooting 142 Feb. 01/93
101 Mar. 15/00
102 Jul. 30/94 Disassembly
103 Jul. 30/94 301 Jul. 30/94
104 Jul. 01/05 302 Jul. 01/05
105 Jul. 01/05 303 Mar. 15/00
106 Mar. 15/00 304 Feb. 01/93
107 Jul. 30/94 305 Mar. 15/00
108 Mar. 15/00 306 Mar. 15/00
109 Mar. 15/00 307 Mar. 15/00
110 Jul. 30/94 308 Jul. 30/94
111 Jul. 30/94 309 Jul. 30/94
112 Jul. 30/94 310 Mar. 15/00
113 Mar. 15/00 311 Jul. 30/94
114 Jul. 30/94 312 Jul. 30/94
115 Jul. 01/05 313 Jul. 30/94
116 Jul. 01/05 314 Feb. 01/93
117 Jul. 01/05 315 Jul. 30/94
118 Jul. 01/05 316 Feb. 01/93
119 Jul. 30/94
120 Jul. 30/94 Cleaning
121 Jul. 30/94 401 Jul. 30/94
122 Jul. 30/94 402 Jul. 01/05
123 Jul. 30/94 403 Jul. 01/05
124 Jul. 30/94 404 Jul. 30/94

23-70-02
List of Effective Pages
Rev 3 Page 2
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Section Page Date Section Page Date

Checks 1015 Jul. 01/05


501 Jul. 30/94 1016 Jul. 30/94
502 Jul. 01/05 1017 Mar. 15/00
1018 Jul. 01/05
Repair 1019 Mar. 15/00
601 Jul. 30/94
1020 Jul. 30/94
602 Jul. 30/94
1021 Mar. 15/00
Assembly 1022 Mar. 15/00
701 Jul. 30/94 1023 Mar. 15/00
702 Jul. 30/94 1024 Jul. 30/94
703 Jul. 30/94 1025 Jul. 01/05
704 Mar. 15/00 1026 Mar. 15/00
705 Jul. 30/94 1027 Mar. 15/00
706 Jul. 30/94 1028 Mar. 15/00
707 Mar. 15/00 1029 Mar. 15/00
708 Jul. 30/94 1030 Mar. 15/00
709 Mar. 15/00 1031 Mar. 15/00
710 Mar. 15/00 1032 Jul. 01/05
711 Feb. 01/93 1033 Jul. 01/05
712 Feb. 01/93 1034 Mar. 15/00
Special Tools, Fixtures and Equipment 1035 Mar. 15/00
901 Jul. 30/94 1036 Mar. 15/00
902 Jul. 30/94 1037 Mar. 15/00
903 Jul. 30/94 1038 Jul. 30/94
904 Mar. 15/00 1039 Mar. 15/00
1040 Mar. 15/00
Illustrated Parts List
1041 Feb. 01/93
1001 Feb. 01/93
1042 Feb. 01/93
1002 Feb. 01/93
1043 Jul. 30/94
1003 Feb. 01/93
1044 Mar. 15/00
1004 Feb. 01/93
1005 Jul. 01/05 1045 Feb. 01/93
1006 Feb. 01/93 1046 Feb. 01/93
1007 Mar. 15/00 1047 Feb. 01/93
1008 Jul. 30/94 1048 Mar. 15/00
1009 Mar. 15/00 1049 Feb. 01/93
1010 Mar. 15/00 1050 Mar. 15/00
1011 Mar. 15/00 1051 Mar. 15/00
1012 Jul. 30/94 1052 Jul. 30/94
1013 Mar. 15/00 1053 Mar. 15/00
1014 Mar. 15/00 1054 Jul. 30/94

23-70-02
List of Effective Pages
Rev 3 Page 3
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Section Page Date Section Page Date

Illustrated Parts List (Cont) A19 Feb. 01/93


1055 Jul. 30/94 A20 Feb. 01/93
1056 Jul. 30/94 A21 Feb. 01/93
1057 Jul. 30/94 A22 Mar. 15/00
1058 Jul. 30/94 A23 Feb. 01/93
1059 Mar. 15/00 A24 Mar. 15/00
1060 Feb. 01/93 A25 Feb. 01/93
1061 Feb. 01/93 A26 Feb. 01/93
1062 Jul. 30/94 A27 Mar. 15/00
1063 Jul. 30/94 A28 Feb. 01/93
1064 Feb. 01/93 A29 Mar. 15/00
1065 Jul. 30/94 A30 Feb. 01/93
1066 Feb. 01/93 A31 Feb. 01/93
1067 Feb. 01/93 A32 Feb. 01/93
1068 Feb. 01/93 A33 Feb. 01/93
1069 Mar. 15/00 A34 Jul. 30/94
1070 Feb. 01/93 A35 Jul. 30/94
1071 Mar. 15/00 A36 Jul. 30/94
1072 Feb. 01/93 A37 Jul. 30/94
1073 Feb. 01/93 A38 Feb. 01/93
1074 Feb. 01/93 A39 Feb. 01/93
A40 Feb. 01/93
Appendix A Circuit and Wiring A41 Feb. 01/93
Diagrams A42 Feb. 01/93
A1 Jul. 30/94 A43 Feb. 01/93
A2 Jul. 30/94 A44 Feb. 01/93
A3 Jul. 30/94 A45 Jul. 30/94
A4 Jul. 30/94 A46 Feb. 01/93
A5 Mar. 15/00 A47 Feb. 01/93
A6 Feb. 01/93 A48 Feb. 01/93
A7 Mar. 15/00 A49 Feb. 01/93
A8 Mar. 15/00 A50 Jul. 30/94
A9 Feb. 01/93 A51 Jul. 30/94
A10 Feb. 01/93 A52 Jul. 30/94
A11 Feb. 01/93 A53 Jul. 30/94
A12 Feb. 01/93 A54 Jul. 30/94
A13 Mar. 15/00 A55 Jul. 30/94
A14 Feb. 01/93 A56 Jul. 30/94
A15 Feb. 01/93 A57 Jul. 30/94
A16 Mar. 15/00 A58 Jul. 30/94
A17 Feb. 01/93 A59 Jul. 30/94
A18 Feb. 01/93 A60 Jul. 30/94

23-70-02
List of Effective Pages
Rev 3 Page 4
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Section Page Date Section Page Date

Appendix A Circuit and Wiring A65 Feb. 01/93


Diagrams (Cont) A66 Feb. 01/93
A61 Jul. 30/94 A67 Feb. 01/93
A62 Jul. 30/94 A68 Jul. 30/94
A63 Jul. 30/94 A69 Feb. 01/93
A64 Jul. 30/94 A70 Jul. 30/94

23-70-02
List of Effective Pages
Rev 3 Page 5
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

23-70-02
List of Effective Pages
Rev 3 Page 6
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUBJECT/DESCRIPTION PAGE

INTRODUCTION

1. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL (CMM) DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
A. Frontis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
B. Description And Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
C. Testing And Fault Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
D. Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
E. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
F. Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
G. Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
H. Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
I. Special Tools and Test Fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
J. Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
K. Circuit and Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4. RECORDER MODIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
5. CONTROL UNIT MODIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

1. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3. SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
A. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
B. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
C. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
D. ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
4. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
A. SYSTEM OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
B. DATA MONITORING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
C. STORAGE CAPACITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
D. DATA RETRIEVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
E. DATA REPRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
F. BUILTINTESTEQUIPMENT (BITE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

23-70-02
Table of Contents
Rev 3 Page i
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

SUBJECT/DESCRIPTION PAGE
G. FLASH CRASH SURVIVABLE STORE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
H. CRASH AND FIRE PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
5. SUPPORT EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
A. MODEL A860 COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER SYSTEM TEST PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
B. MODEL A870 CALIBRATED SOUND SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
C. AUDIO MONITOR ADAPTER (AMA/1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
6. PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
A. CONTROL UNIT, MODEL A152B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
B. CONTROL UNIT, MODEL A151B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
C. MICROPHONE MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
7. INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
A. Control Unit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
B. Remote Microphone Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
8. THEORY OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
A. SYSTEM THEORY OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
(1) Aircraft Interface PWA, P/N 205E059700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
(2) Audio Processor PWA, P/N 205E059800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
(3) Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100, 205E102700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
(4) Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit (FCSSU), P/N 253E034800, 253E066000 . . 30
B. PWA THEORY OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
(1) Aircraft Interface PWA, P/N 205E059700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
(2) Audio Processor PWA; P/N 205E059800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
(3) Store Processor PWA; P/N 205E060100, 205E102700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
(4) Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING


1. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
2. A100S RECORDER TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
3. MODEL A100S OPERATIONAL TEST PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
4. CONTROL UNIT, MODEL A151/A151B & A152/A152B TEST PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
5. CONTROL UNIT, MODEL A151 & A152 WITH MODIFICATION 4 TEST PROCEDURES . . 114
A. FREQUENCY RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
6. CONTROL UNIT, MODEL A151 & A152 WITH MODIFICATION 5 TEST PROCEDURES . . 114
A. FREQUENCY RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
B. MICROPHONE GAIN ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
7. MODEL A150 PREAMPLIFIER TEST PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

23-70-02
Table of Contents
Rev 3 Page ii
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

SUBJECT/DESCRIPTION PAGE

TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING (Continued)

8. CALIBRATION TEST FOR MODEL A055B REMOTE MICROPHONE MODULES . . . . . . . . . 118


A. PRELIMINARY SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
B. OUTPUT VERIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
C. ALTERATE METHOD (used when sound level source is not available) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
9. MODEL A100S SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
10. MODEL A100S PRINTED WIRING ASSEMBLY (PWA) FAULT ISOLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
A. AIRCRAFT INTERFACE PWA FAULT ISOLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
B. AUDIO PROCESSOR PWA FAULT ISOLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
(1) Audio Processor PWA Fault Isolation Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
(2) Audio Processor PWA Input Gain Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
(3) A100S Frequency Response Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
C. STORE PROCESSOR PWA FAULT ISOLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
11. CONTROL UNIT FAULT ISOLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

DISASSEMBLY
1. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
2. DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
A. UNDERWATER LOCATING DEVICE (BEACON) (See Figure 301 or IPL Figure 2) . . . . 302
B. MAIN CHASSIS DISASSEMBLY (See Figure 301 or IPL Figure 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
(1) Dust Cover (290) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
(2) Front Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
(3) Audio Processor PWA Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
(4) Store Processor PWA Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
(5) Aircraft Interface PWA Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
(6) Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
(7) FCSSU Elastomeric Shock Mounts, P/N AM0037 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
C. MODELS A151/A151B AND A152/A152B CONTROL UNIT DISASSEMBLY
(See IPL Figure 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
D. ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT BOARD DISASSEMBLY (See IPL Figures 312) . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

CLEANING

1. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
2. MATERIALS REQUIRED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
3. CLEANING PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401

23-70-02
Table of Contents
Rev 3 Page iii
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

SUBJECT/DESCRIPTION PAGE

CLEANING (Continued)

A. PRINTED WIRING ASSEMBLY CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402


B. CONNECTOR CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
C. MACHINED METAL PARTS CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
D. UNDERWATER LOCATING DEVICE (Beacon) CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402

CHECKS

1. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
2. CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
A. MECHANICAL INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
B. MAIN RECORDER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
C. ELECTRICAL INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
D. UNDERWATER LOCATING DEVICE (ULD) INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502

REPAIR

1. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
2. REPAIR PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
A. PRINTED WIRING ASSEMBLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602

ASSEMBLY

1. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2. REQUIRED MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
3. ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
A. GENERAL ASSEMBLY TECHNIQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
B. GENERAL CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY (See applicable IPL Figures) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
C. AIRCRAFT INTERFACE PWA, P/N 205E059700 (See IPL Figures 2 & 3) . . . . . . . . . . . 704
D. AUDIO PROCESSOR PWA, P/N 205E059800 (See IPL Figures 2 & 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
E. STORE PROCESSOR PWA, P/N 205E060100 and
P/N 253E102700 (See IPL Figures 2, 5 & 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
F. FLASH CRASH SURVIVABLE STORE UNIT, (FCSSU) P/N 253E034803 and
P/N 253E066000 (See Figure 702 and IPL Figures 2, 5 & 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
G. FCSSU ELASTOMERIC SHOCK MOUNTS, P/N AM0037
(See Figure 702 and IPL Figure 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
H. MODELS A151/A151B & A152/A152B CONTROL UNIT (See IPL Figure 7) . . . . . . . . . . . 711

23-70-02
Table of Contents
Rev 3 Page iv
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

SUBJECT/DESCRIPTION PAGE

ASSEMBLY (Continued)

4. STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712


A. STORAGE IN ORIGINAL CONTAINERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
B. STORAGE WITHOUT ORIGINAL CONTAINERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712

SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, & EQUIPMENT

1. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
A. COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER SYSTEM TEST PANEL, P/N 9300A860 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
B. CALIBRATED SOUND SOURCE, P/N 9300A870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
C. AUDIO MONITOR ADAPTER WITH MODIFICATION 1, P/N 17TES0200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

1. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
2. PURPOSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
3. ABBREVIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
4. EQUIPMENT DESCIGNATOR INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
5. NUMERICAL INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
6. DETAILED PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
7. MANUFACTURERS CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1003
8. CONFIGURATION MATRIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007

APPENDIX A
CIRCUIT AND WIRING DIAGRAMS

1. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A1

23-70-02
Table of Contents
Rev 3 Page v
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

FIGURE NO. PAGE


Description and Operation
Figure 1 Model A100S SolidState Cockpit Voice Recorder and
Associated Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Figure 2 Model A100S Outline & Dimension Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Figure 3 Model A100S Functional System Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Figure 4 Cockpit Voice Recorder System Test Panel, P/N 9300A860 . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Figure 5 Calibrated Sound Source, P/N 9300A870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Figure 6 Audio Monitor Adapter/Modification 1, P/N 17TES0200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Figure 7 Front Panel Controls and Indicators for Model A151, A151B,
A152 and A152B Control Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Figure 8 Model A151B and A152B Control Unit Configuration Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Figure 9 Model A55B Microphone Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Figure 10 Remote Microphone Configuration Matrix for Model A151/A151B
Control Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Figure 11 Wiring Diagram for Model A55B Remote Microphone Assemblies . . . . . . 15
Figure 12 Interwiring Diagram, Recorder A100S, Control Units A151, A151B
Remote Microphones A55, A55B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Figure 13 Interwiring Diagram, Recorder A100S, Control Units A152, A152B . . . . . 17
Figure 14 Interwiring Diagram, Recorder A100S, Control Unit A150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Figure 15 Control Unit Assembly, Model A151, A1511 and
A151B Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Figure 16 Control Unit, Model A152 (P/N 93A15200) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Figure 17 Control Units, Model A1521 (P/N 93A15201), Model A1522
(P/N 93A15202), Model A1524 (P/N 93A15204)
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Figure 18 Control Unit, Model A152B (P/N 93A15220) S/N 10000 through
10167 without Mod #1 Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Figure 19 Control Unit, Model A152B (All P/Ns except 93A15220),
S/N 10000 through 10167 without Mod #1 Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . 23
Figure 20 Control Unit, Model A152B (P/N 93A15220 only), S/N 10000 through
10167 without Mod #1 and S/N 10168 and up Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . 24
Figure 21 Control Unit, Model A152B (All P/Ns except 93A15220),
S/N 10000 through 10167, without Mod # 1, and S/N 10168
and up Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Figure 22 Control Unit, Model A152B (P/N 93A15220, 93A15225, 93A15250,
and 93A15270) with Mod #1 and Mod #2 Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . 26

23-70-02
List of Illustrations
Rev 3 Page vi
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued)

FIGURE NO. PAGE


Description and Operation (Continued)
Figure 23 Control Unit, Model A152B (P/N 93A15220 only) S/N 10000 through
10167 without Mod #1 but with Mod #2, Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Figure 24 Model A150 External Preamplifier (P/N 93A15000) Wiring Diagram . . . 28
Figure 25 Model A100S System Functional Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Figure 26 Aircraft Interface PWA Functional Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Figure 27 Audio Processor PWA, PN 205E059800, Functional Block Diagram . . . 34
Figure 28 Computational Processor Signal Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Figure 29 Store Processor PWA Functional Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Figure 30 Exploded View of Control Unit Assembly,/ A152, A152B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Figure 31 Dynamic Microphone Preamplifier PWA, 93A26302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Figure 32 Condenser Microphone Preamplifier PWA, 93A26601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Testing and Troubleshooting
Figure 101 Model A100S Operational Test SetUp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Figure 102 Control Unit Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Figure 103 Control Unit Test and Adjustment Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Figure 104 External Preamplifier, Model A150 (P/N 93A15020) Assembly Diagram 115
Figure 105 Simulated Microphone Signal Input Test Connections to the
Model A150 Preamplifier Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Figure 106 Remote Microphone Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Figure 107 Audio Processor PWA, P/N 205E059800,
Component Layout Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Disassembly
Figure 301 Disassembly of Underwater Locating Device (ULD) and
Dust Cover Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Figure 302 Disassembly of ULD Cradle Assembly for Beacon Access . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Figure 303 Disassembly of Model A100S Front Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Figure 304 Removal of Audio Processor and Store Processor PWAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Figure 305 Removal of Store Processor PWA From The Flash Crash
Survivable Storage Assembly (FCSSU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Figure 306 Removal of Aircraft Interface PWA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Figure 307 Removal of Flash Crash Survivable Storage Unit (FCSSU) . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Figure 308 Removal of FCSSU Elastomeric Shock Mounts, P/N AM0037 . . . . . . . . 312
Figure 309 Disassembly of A151/A151B and A152/A152B Control Units . . . . . . . . . . 314

23-70-02
List of Illustrations
Rev 3 Page vii
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued)

FIGURE NO. PAGE


Cleaning
Figure 401 Underwater Locating Device (ULD) Beacon Water Switch Location . . . . 403
Assembly
Figure 701 Installation of Flash Crash Survivable Storage Unit (FCSSU) . . . . . . . . . . 709
Figure 702 Installation of FCSSU Elastomeric Shock Mounts, P/N AM0037 . . . . . . 710
Special Tools and Test Fixtures
Figure 901 Cockpit Voice Recorder System Test Panel, P/N 9300A860 . . . . . . . . . . . 902
Figure 902 Calibrated Sound Source, P/N 9300A870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
Figure 903 L3 Audio Monitor Adapter With Modification 1, P/N 17TES0200 . . . . . . . . 903
Figure 904 Model A100S SSCVR Typical Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO. PAGE


Introduction
Table 1 Modification Descriptions For Model A100S SSCVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Table 2 Modification Descriptions For Model A151 And A152 Control Units . . . . . 7
Table 3 Modification Descriptions For Model A151B And A152B
Control Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Testing and Troubleshooting
Table 101 Recommended Standard Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Table 102 Model A100S Operational Test Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Table 103 Model A151 and A152 Control Units, Operational Test Procedure . . . . . . 110
Table 104 Model A150 Preamplifier Unit, Operational Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Table 105 System Level Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Table 106 Aircraft Interface PWA Fault Isolation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Table 107 Audio Processor PWA Fault Isolation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Table 108 Store Processor PWA Fault Isolation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Table 109 System Level Troubleshooting Procedure for Control Units . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Table 110 Troubleshooting Procedure for Microphone Preamplifiers
9300A030 and 93A26301 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Table 111 Troubleshooting Procedure for Microphone Preamplifiers
93A26302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Table 112 Troubleshooting Procedure for Microphone Preamplifiers
9300A242, 93A266 and 93A26601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

23-70-02
List of Illustrations
Rev 3 Page viii
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

LIST OF TABLES (Continued)

TABLE NO. PAGE


Cleaning
Table 401 Cleaning Materials Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Repair
Table 601 Repair Materials Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Assembly
Table 701 Required Assembly Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Special Tools and Test Fixtures
Table 901 Model A100S Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

FIGURE NO. PAGE


Figure 1 SSCVR Configuration, Model A100S, P/N S100008000 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1026
Figure 2 SSCVR Final Assembly, P/N 253E060000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030
Figure 3 Aircraft Interface PWA, P/N 205E059800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1036
Figure 4 Audio Processor PWA, P/N 205E059800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1043
Figure 5 Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit (FCSSU), P/N 253E034803,
P/N 253E066000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050
Figure 6 Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100, 205E102700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1052
Figure 7 Control Unit, P/N 93A151XX, 93A152XX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1058
Figure 8 Microphone Preamplifier PWA, P/N 93A26302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1062
Figure 9 Microphone Preamplifier PWA, P/N 93A26601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065
Figure 10 Remote Microphone Assembly, P/N 93A05500, 03,10,
20, 30, 50, 55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1068
Figure 11 Remote Microphone Assembly, P/N 93A05540, 45, 60,
65, 66, 67, 95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1070
Figure 12 Remote Microphone Assembly, P/N 9300A165, 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1072

23-70-02
List of Illustrations
Rev 3 Page ix
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

APPENDIX A
CIRCUIT AND WIRING DIAGRAMS

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO. PAGE


Table A1 Schematic Diagram List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A1

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

FIGURE NO. PAGE


Figure A1 Model A100S SolidState Cockpit Voice Recorder,
P/N S100008000, System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2
Figure A2 Aircraft Interface PWA, P/N 205E059700, Schematic
Diagram P/N 905E059701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7
Figure A3 Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic
Diagram P/N 905E059801 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A15
Figure A4 Store Processor PWA, 205E060101, Schematic
Diagram P/N 905E060101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A35
Figure A5 Store Processor PWA, 205E102700, Schematic
Diagram P/N 905E102701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A51
Figure A6 Dynamic Microphone Preamplifier PWA, P/N 93A26301,
Schematic Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A66
Figure A7 Dynamic Microphone Preamplifier PWA, P/N 93A26302,
Schematic Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A68
Figure A8 Condenser Microphone Preamplifier PWA, P/N 93A26601,
Schematic Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A70

23-70-02
List of Illustrations
Rev 3 Page x
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

INTRODUCTION
1. GENERAL
This Component Maintenance Manual (CMM) documents the operation of and suggested mainte-
nance for the Model A100S SolidState Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR), hereinafter referred to as
the A100S. This recorder is designed as a maintenance free recorder. There are no periodic adjust-
ments required to maintain this unit. Also covered within this CMM, are the Model A151, A151B,
A152 and A152B Control Units and the Model A55B series of condenser microphones. It should be
noted that the Model A100S has been designed to take full advantage of all existing peripheral de-
vices originally developed for use with the Model A100/A100A series of tapebased Cockpit Voice
Recorders. The Model A100S is considered an ON CONDITION LRU.

The Model A151B and A152B Control Units are identical to the earlier Model A151 and A152 Control
Units, respectively, except that the B models use a Microphone Preamplifier PWA designed to op-
erate with a condenser microphone. Also note that the Model A152 and A152B Control Units are
equipped with a builtin microphone whereas the Model A151 and A151B are used with an external-
ly mounted microphone. The Model A55B Remote Microphone Modules are condenser type micro-
phones which operate using a low voltage received from its associated B model control unit.
Information about the Model A151, A151B, A152 and A152B Control Units, the Model A150 Pream-
plifier, and the Model A55B series of condenser microphones is contained in the Models A100,
A100A CMM, ATA No. 237001 and in the Model A100S CMM, ATA No. 237002.

All units produced under the above model designations have been assigned configuration part num-
bers. The listings below can be used to determine the assigned configuration part number for a par-
ticular model control unit and microphone.

CONTROL UNITS

TEST METER
PART NUMBER MODEL PANEL COLOR MICROPHONE ILLUMINATION
93A15120 A151B Gray None None
93A15130 A151B Black None None
93A15140 A151B Brown (Boeing) None None
93A15150 A151B Brown (ATR42) None None

93A15220 A152B Gray Condenser None


93A15225 A152B Gray Condenser None
93A15230 A152B Black Condenser 28V
93A15235 A152B Gray Condenser 28V
93A15240 A152B Gray Condenser 5V
93A15250 A152B Brown (Boeing) Condenser None
93A15260 A152B Brown (Boeing) Condenser 5V
93A15270 A152B Black Condenser None

237002
Introduction
Rev 2 Page 1
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

REMOTE MICROPHONE MODULES

CONNECTOR
PART NUMBER MODEL COLOR MICROPHONE LOCATION

93A05510 A55B Black Condenser Rear


93A05520 A55B Black Condenser Side
93A05530 A55B Brown (Boeing) Condenser Rear
93A05540 A55B Gray MiniCondenser Pigtail
93A05545 A55B Brown (ATR42) MiniCondenser Pigtail
93A05550 A55B Black Condenser Rear
93A05555 A55B Black Condenser Side
93A05560 A55B Gray Condenser Pigtail
93A05565 A55B Brown (ATR42) Condenser Pigtail
93A05566 A55B Gray Condenser Pigtail
93A05567 A55B Black Condenser Pigtail
93A05595 A55B Black Condenser Pigtail

EXTERNAL PREAMPS
PART NUMBER MODEL PANEL COLOR
93A15020 A150 BLACK

2. COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL (CMM) DESCRIPTION


This CMM consists of a single volume. The manual conforms to the intent and form of the Air
Transport Association of America, ATA Specification 100. The manual is written for an audience of
operators and both intermediate and depot level maintenance technicians. All functional, electrical
and mechanical aspects of the Model A100S SSCVR, the Model A151, A151B, A152 and A152B
Control Units and the Model A55B Series of Condenser Microphones are documented; i.e. descrip-
tion, specification, operation, testing, repair, etc. The CMM content is summarized as follows:

A. Frontis

Frontis material consists of a title page, service bulletin list, record of revisions, record of
changes, list of effective pages, table of contents and this introduction.

B. Description And Operation

This section contains the description and operation information for the Model A100S SSCVR,
the Model A151, A151B, A152 and A152B Control Units and the Model A55B series of condens-
er microphones. Line art is used to illustrate the units, their interconnections and functionality.
This section also contains the Model A100S theory of operation and associated block diagram
drawings.

237002
Introduction
Rev 2 Page 2
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

C. Testing And Fault Isolation


This section contains specific checks and tests required to determine the operational condition of
a unit that has been removed from service. Also included in the section are tables of required
test equipment, test setup data, procedures and test parameters. Troubleshooting data is
presented in a tabular form with each entry related to a specific test and fault isolation task.
Component level fault analysis is also provided based upon testpoint signal parameters and
stage isolation.

No Calibration of circuit boards is required within the Model A100S.

D. Disassembly
This section provides all the information required to completely disassemble the A100S and its
associated control units and remote microphone modules. The steps of each procedure are
coordinated with the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION section such that no disassembly is
dictated unless first proven as the probable cause of failure. All access to subassemblies within
the A100S are described so that there is a minimal disturbance to other subassemblies.

Each major disassembly task procedure is accompanied with a line art explodedview of the
subassembly area which are cross referenced to the applicable Illustrated Parts List (IPL) draw-
ing for ordering replacement parts.

E. Cleaning
This section contains a listing of all required cleaning materials, procedures for cleaning material
use, and applicable warnings and cautions related to the use of prescribed cleaning solvents.

F. Check
This section contains the detailed check procedures that may be required during shop mainte-
nance. References are made to fits and clearance for applicable wear tolerances.

G. Repair
This section contains a tabular listing at the front of the section of required materials, tools, and
fixtures. This section contains all information required to restore a worn or damaged part to a
serviceable condition.

H. Assembly
This section contains detailed stepbystep procedures describing the complete assembly of the
Model A100S SSCVR and the Model A151, A151B, A152 and A152B Control Units. Special
circuit component installation instructions along with any testing during assembly is also included
as well as storage instructions after assembly.

I. Special Tools and Test Fixtures


This section provides a listing of all required tools, fixtures, and equipment which are not com-
mon maintenance tools.

237002
Introduction
Rev 1 Page 3
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

J. Illustrated Parts List

This section contains explodedview and circuit board component location diagrams along with
detailed parts listings for the SSCVR, Control Units and Remote Microphone Assemblies.

K. Circuit and Wiring Diagrams

This appendix provides the detailed schematic diagrams of the Model A100S printed wiring as-
semblies, the Control Unit Microphone Preamplifier PWAs.

3. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION
All manual drawings, illustrations, wiring diagrams and schematics were validated against existing
engineering source material. All operational and testing procedures have been verified against the
actual performance of the unit under test conditions. Also, all procedural data has been previously
verified by field usage of the preliminary component maintenance manual.

Effectivity of the manual is based on effectivity dates and product serial number. Effectivity of the
manual is identified by a list of effective pages in the front of the manual.

4. RECORDER MODIFICATIONS
The Model A100S SolidState Cockpit Voice Recorder may be upgraded and/or modified to provide
increased performance and to reflect the most current component technology. Hardware modifica-
tions to the recorder are identified on the front panel Modification Plate whereas Software modifica-
tions are identified on the front panel Program Revision Plate. The hardware Modification Plate
identifies the unit configuration at the time of production and after factory repair. Note: the Program
Revision Plate identifies the software program revisions in numerical order; therefore, when a Pro-
gram Revision Plate is marked REV. 3, it is to be assumed that revisions 1 and 2 have been incorpo-
rated. Table 1 provides a description of the Model A100S modifications performed up to the time of
this publication as related to Field Service Bulletins.

5. CONTROL UNIT MODIFICATIONS


The Model A151 and A152 CVR Control Units, through extensive field experience, have evolved
over the years to reflect the most current in component technology. As such, the control units are
identified with a Modification Label which identifies the unit configuration at the time of production
and after factory repair. Table 2 provides a description of the Model A151 and Model A152 modifica-
tions as related to Field Service Bulletins. Table 3 provides a description of the Model A151B and
Model A152B modifications as related to Field Service Bulletins.

237002
Introduction
Rev 1 Page 4
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Modification Descriptions for Model A100S SSCVR


Table 1

Modification Program Field Service


Plate Rev. Plate Bulletin No. Description

R1 001 This modification expands the SSCVR BuiltInTest


Equipment (BITE) circuitry from READAFTERWRITE
to include Continuous Testing of all bits within the Flash
Crash Survivable Store Unit (FCSSU) sometimes referred
to as the solidstate memory. It requires a software
revision to IC chip U5 (EPROM, part number 046E0285
01E) located on the Store Processor PWA. No change in
the A100S operation or Preflight testing is required.

1 R2 003 This modification introduces the 8Megabit FCSSU, P/N


253E066000, and the new Store Processor PWA,
P/N 205E102700.

3 004 This modification signals users of a premature failure rate


in FCSSUs manufactured using PWBs supplied by a
specific supplier. Since there are multiple PWB suppliers,
it cannot be determined as to which PWB was used in a
FCSSU. Beginning June 17, 1994, all SSCVRs will use
FCSSUs manufactured with PWBs supplied by approved
vendors. These units will be identified with Mod Dot 3.
Note: Modification Dot 2 has been reserved for use by
Engineering for a later release.

4 005 This modification introduces the new FCSSU, P/N


253E124500, with modifications to the Printed Wiring
Board and to the thermal insulation material.

5 006 This modification introduces two new FCSSUs, P/N


253E129000 and 253E129300, which have been
designed to survive 1hour fire at 1100 degrees
Centigrade with a 50,000 BTUs square foot hours
thermal flux transfer, and 10 hours at 260 degrees
Centigrade.

R3 007 This software modification prohibits the SSCVR from


giving a false fault during rapid power cycling and
ensures that all data is erased during a bulk erase.

R4 008 This software modification ensures that the fault light is


illuminated during a power recovery bulk erase cycle.

237002
Introduction
Rev 2 Page 5
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Modification Descriptions for Model A100S SSCVR (Continued)


Table 1

Modification Program Field Service


Plate Rev. Plate Bulletin No. Description

2 009 This modification introduces the Titanium FCSSU,


P/N 253E129300, which reduces the weight of the
FCSSU.

010 This modification introduces a new Dukane Underwater


Locator Beacon, P/N DK120, with a 6year battery life
and field replaceability. Can be identified by the part
number stamped on the beacons body.

6 011 This modification enhances electromagnetic


interference filter characteristics by adding filter circuit
consisting of L1L3 and C35C38 to the Aircraft
Interface circuit board, P/N 205E059700. This
modification also removed old capacitors C16 & C17,
P/N 361010001, from the Aircraft Interface Board.

7 012 This modification replaces power supply U2 on Aircraft


Interface Card.

R5 013 This software modification adds software logic for


improved handling of SSCVR power down and restart
conditions during excessive power interrupts.

R6 014 This software modification enhances ReadAfterWrite


Reset and unit identification functions. Corrects
occasional misidentification of an 8 Meg memory unit as
a 2 Meg unit during power interrupt conditions.
Introduces a procedure for clearing Latched Memory
faults and Latched Pointer Not Saved faults.

8 015 This modification modifies Store Processor card,


P/N 205E102700 to reduce noise levels on the flash
memory bus. Redesigned Store Processor by removing
components C7 & C13, changing U4 and R10, and
adding R18 & R19. Replaces power supply to enhance
reliability.

016 Informational Introduction of Refurbished FCSSUs for


253E129000 (p/n: 253U129000).

237002
Introduction
Rev 2 Page 6
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Modification Descriptions for Model A151 And A152 Control Units


Table 2

MOD NUMBER FSB DESCRIPTION

1 101 Rewire Microphone per wirelist P/N 9300WD7.

2 102 Relocation of shield wire.

3 N/A N/A

4 139 Increase Frequency Bandwidth on Microphone Preamplifier PWA


P/N 9300A30.

5 142 Reinstituted Attenuation selection capability through modification


of Microphone Preamplifier PWA P/N 9300A30 (Removes Mod 4).

Modification Descriptions for Model A151B And A152B Control Units


Table 3

MOD NUMBER FSB DESCRIPTION

1 143 Replaces Microphone Preamplifier PWA P/N 93A242 with


P/N 93A266.

2 146 Makes direct interchange from A15202, dynamic, to A15220,


condenser.

1 or 2 151 Changes Microphone Preamplifier PWA P/N 93A266 to


P/N 93A26601:
Models A15150 and A15235 are Mod 1.
All other models are Mod 2.

237002
Introduction
Rev 1 Page 7
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

237002
Introduction
Rev 2 Page 8
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION


1. GENERAL
This Component Maintenance Manual (CMM) describes the Model A100S SolidState Cockpit Voice
Recorder (SSCVR), the Model A151B/A152B Control Units and the Model A55B series of remote
condensertype microphones. The Model A100S uses solidstate flash memory as the recording
medium and is fully compatible with ARINC557.

MODEL A100S
SSCVR

MODEL AI51B MODEL AI52B


CONTROL UNITS CONTROL UNIT
(REMOTE MICROPHONE USED) (BUILT-IN MICROPHONE)

MODEL A55B
REMOTE
CANISTER STYLE MOUSE STYLE
MICROPHONES
FOR STANDARD INSTALLATIONS FOR CUSTOM INSTALLATIONS

Model A100S SolidState Cockpit Voice Recorder and Associated Units


Figure 1
2. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The Model A100S SSCVR is a Line Replaceable Unit (LRU) housed in a 1/2 ATR short ARINC 404
style box and weighs less than 23 pounds. It is a four channel highfidelity recorder designed to
continuously acquire and store audio data for a minimum of 30 minutes. It is able to reproduce each
channel individually and provides a fifth output which is a combination of the four channels.

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 1
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

The Model A100S is controlled via standard cockpit panel mounted control units (Models A151,
A151B, A152 or A152B) and tested using the Cockpit Voice Recorder System Test Panel, P/N
9300A860. Incorporated into the Model A100S is a builtintestequipment (BITE) utility program
which measures the frequency and amplitude of a given reference signal and provides a Go or No
Go indication.

The Model A100S accepts four channels of cockpit audio (Pilot, Copilot, Spare and Area micro-
phones) and converts the audio signal to a digital format for storage in a crash protected solidstate
memory. Data retrieval from the Model A100S can be accomplished using existing Model A100 &
A100A CVR support equipment along with the Audio Monitor Adapter, Mod. 1 (AMA/1), P/N
17TES0200, which was specifically designed for use with the A100S.

The Model A100S consists of a chassis and front panel, three Printed Wiring Assemblies (PWAs),
and the Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit (FCSSU) which contains the solidstate flash memory
used as the recording medium. An Underwater Locator Device (ULD), also referred to as an under-
water beacon, is mounted on the front of the recorder.

3. SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications for the Model A100S have been developed in close coordination with Aerospace In-
dustry regulatory agencies. As such, the A100S meets or exceeds the requirements of technical
standards TSOC84, TSOC123, EUROCAE ED56 and EUROCAE ED55 (crash protection).

A. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS
The following documents form a part of, or are referenced, within this CMM:

(1) TSOC84 Federal Aviation Agency Technical Standard


Order Minimum Performance Standard
for Cockpit Voice Recorders.

(2) TSOC123 Federal Aviation Agency Technical Standard


Order Minimum Performance Standard
for Cockpit Voice Recorders.

(3) EUROCAE MOPS ED55 European Organization for Civil Aviation Electronics
Minimum Operational Performance Specification for
Flight Data Recorder Systems; establishes crash
protection standards for all crash protected recorders.

(4) EUROCAE MOPS ED56 European Organization for Civil Aviation Electronics
Minimum Operational Performance Specification for
Cockpit Voice Recorder Systems.

(5) ARINC Characteristic 557 Airborne Voice Recorder

(6) RTCA DO160C Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for


Airborne Equipment.

(7) RTCA DO178A Software Considerations in Airborne Systems


to Level 3.

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 2
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

B. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
The Model A100S is housed in an ARINC 404 1/2 ATR short box. The A100S physical attributes
are presented in the following listing. Refer to Figure 2 for the Model A100S outline and dimen-
sion drawing.
(1) Dimensions:
(a) Height: 7.5 inches (including dust cover)
(b) Width: 5.00 inches (front panel)
(c) Depth: 12.5 inches (behind front panel
14.5 inches (including panel/handle)
(2) Weight: 00 18.4 +/ .5 pounds
01 15.9 +/ .5 pounds
(3) Case: Stainless Steel, International Orange, Reflective Striping, English/French
Markings, Raised Lettering
(4) Main Connector: DPX0365710059
(5) Front Panel Connector: 1/4 inch phone jack
(6) Underwater Locating Device: Dukane Beacon (P/N: DK120) or Datasonics
Beacon (P/N: ELP362D). Both beacons have an expected battery
life of six years and are directly interchangeable.
C. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(1) Power Requirements: 115 Volts, 400 Hz ac or +28 Volts dc.
(2) Power Level: 12W, maximum.
(3) Output Power: +18 Vdc Preamplifier power, 100 mA shortcircuit protected.
(4) Analog Inputs: Three crew microphones (150 to 3500 Hz bandwidth);
One area microphone (150 to 5000 Hz bandwidth).
(5) Analog Outputs Monitored: 1) 600ohm headphone (shortcircuit protected);
2) Test Meter indicator and
3) Lamp Driver.
(6) Discrete Inputs:
(a) Bulk Erase (two),
(b) Test,
(c) Record Enable.
D. ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS
(1) Operating Temperature: 55 to +70 C
(2) NonOperating Temperature: 65 to +85 C
(3) Altitude (Operating): 1000 to 55,000 feet
(4) Vibration (Operating): Doc. DO160C, Para. 8.2.2 and 8.4; Fig. 86 Test Curve C, C
(5) Penetration: ED55 500 lbs/10ft/1/4 probe
(6) Static Crush: ED55 5,000 lbs
(7) Fire Protection: ED55 50,000 BTUs/sq.ft./hours, 30 min.
(8) Impact: ED55 3400 gs., 6.5 ms

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 3 Page 3
Feb. 01/93
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

STANDARD HALF ATR SHORT CASE

C.G.

3.56

.156
.125
5.25

NAME PLATE

MONITOR
HANDLE
2.40

ULD MOUNTING
BRACKET

UNDERWATER
LOCATING
DEVICE

C.G.
CANNON CONNECTOR
NO. DPXB-57-34P-0101
MODIFICATION
RECORD PLATE
POLARIZING KEYS PROGRAM
REVISION
PLATE

HOLD DOWN
HOOKS PER
2.40 ARINC SPEC. NO.
404

HOLD DOWN
HOLES PER ARINC
SPEC. NO. 404

Model A100S Outline & Dimension Drawing


Figure 2
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 4
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

4. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
The Model A100S is fully compatible with ARINC 557. As such, it is a direct replacement for all pre-
vious tapebased cockpit voice recorders.

A. SYSTEM OVERVIEW
The Model A100S Cockpit Voice Recorder System is composed of the recorder and an external-
ly mounted control unit utilizing either a builtin or externally mounted microphone (refer to
Figure 3). Interconnection between the recorder and the control unit is accomplished using air-
craft wiring. The A100S consists of the following four main assemblies: Aircraft Interface PWA,
Audio Processor PWA, Store Processor PWA and the crash protected solidstate memory as-
sembly which is designated as the Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit (FCSSU). The A100S is
connected to aircraft wiring via a 57pin, DPX style input connector and its Aircraft Interface
PWA. The Aircraft Interface PWA provides for all input and output signals.

The Model A100S provides for four microphone inputs which are connected as follows: the cock-
pit spare microphone input to Channel 1, the copilot microphone input to Channel 2, the pilot
microphone input to Channel 3, and the area microphone input to Channel 4. The audio from
the area microphone may originate at the control unit (builtin) or at a remote microphone; this
audio has a bandwidth of 150 to 5000 Hertz. The other three channels are supplied audio from
the pilot audio selectors and have a bandwidth of 150 to 3500 Hertz. The spare audio input ap-
plied to Channel 1 may be from a third crew member or from a PA system.

The Audio Processor PWA receives the audio signals from the four channels and converts each
to a digital byte oriented format for storage. The digital signals are applied to the Store Proces-
sor PWA for encoding and storage in the FCSSU.

Incorporated into the A100S is a record jumper. During bench test of the A100S, the jumper
enables the record function of the recorder to be turned off, thereby allowing playback of the re-
corded data. Once playback is initiated, the unit immediately begins replaying the recorded
data.

The A100S provides the control unit with +18 Vdc operating power, monitor audio, and an indi-
cator signal. The monitor audio is accessible at the front panel of both the control unit and the
A100S via a 600ohm phone plug. The indicator signal is used to drive the test meter in the
DO160B control unit, Model A151 or Model A152. The +18 Vdc is a shortcircuit protected 100
ma line.

All control units (Model A151, A151B, A152 or A152B) provide the A100S with three control sig-
nals: Erase A, Erase C, and Push_To_Test. The Erase A and Erase C signals are used to initi-
ate a bulk erasure of the crash protected solidstate memory. The bulk erase button must be
pressed for more than two seconds, and then released, to initiate the bulk erase function. Addi-
tionally, landing gear and brake interlocks are provided in the aircraft wiring to prevent memory
erasures during flight conditions.

The Push_To_Test signal is activated as long as the TEST button on the control unit is
pressed. During this time, a 640 Hz +20 Hz signal is generated which is used to test the
throughput circuitry of all the audio channels. In turn, the A100S recorder provides an INDICA-
TOR signal which drives the GO / NO GO display on the control unit.

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 5
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

INDICATOR SIGNAL

ERASE A

MONITOR
AUDIO
CONTROL ERASE C

UNIT AIRCRAFT WIRING INTERLOCKS


(LANDING GEAR MUST BE DOWN
PUSH_TO_TEST
AND BRAKE LOCKED TO ALLOW
MEMORY TO BE ERASED)
GEAR
AREA MICROPHONE
BRAKE

+18 V
OPERATING
POWER
5

RECORD

LIGHTING

CHANNEL 4
AREA MICROPHONE
2
MONITOR AUDIO
CHANNEL 3
PILOT MICROPHONE
2 2
+18 V
CO-PILOT MICROPHONE
CHANNEL 2
AIRCRAFT 2
2
INTERFACE INDICATOR
CHANNEL 1
SPARE MICROPHONE PWA 2
(TO 3RD CREW MEMBER 2
OR PA SYSTEM) 27.5 VDC
OR
115 VAC

AUDIO
CHASSIS PROCESSOR
GROUND PWA
STORE
PROCESSOR
PWA
FCSSU
(Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit)
ASSEMBLY
(AKA, CRASH PROTECTED SOLID-STATE MEMORY)

MODEL
A100S
Model A100S Functional System Block Diagram
Figure 3
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 2 Page 6
Feb. 15/00
Mar. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

B. DATA MONITORING
While mounted in the aircraft, previously recorded data cannot be monitored from the Model
A100S. This is a security feature implemented to protect the rights of pilots and other flight crew
members.
The combined audio of the four channels can be monitored during recording using headsets
plugged into the 1/4inch, 600ohm phone jack mounted on the front panel of either the A100S
or its control unit. Also, when being tested at the standard cockpit test bench set up, combined
playback data can be monitored using the speaker mounted within the Cockpit Voice Recorder
System Test Panel, P/N 9300A860.
C. STORAGE CAPACITY
The Model A100S storage media is designated as the Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit
(FCSSU). The FCSSU contains CMOS Flash memory with enough storage capacity to allow a
minimum of thirty minutes of continuous recording.

D. DATA RETRIEVAL
The recorder must be removed from the aircraft and the dust cover removed to retrieve data
from the recorder. With the dust cover removed, the Audio Monitor Adapter (AMA/1), P/N 17
TES0200, is plugged into the edge mounted Playback/Monitor connector (J6) on the Audio Pro-
cessor PWA. This connection allows a user to monitor individual channel data or combined
channel data. The fidelity of the A100S audio data output at the AMA/1 is such that only an ex-
ternal amplifier and speaker are required to allow quality analysis of the recorded data.

E. DATA REPRODUCTION
A standard cassette or reeltoreel tape recorder can be used to produce a high fidelity copy of
the Model A100S recorded data. To do so, the inputs of the copy recorder are connected to any
one of the 1/4inch monophone jacks located on the Audio Monitor Adapter (AMA/1) front panel.
Depending upon the type recorder used for copying, the A100S data can be copied one channel
at a time, or all individual channels can be copied simultaneously.

F. BUILTINTESTEQUIPMENT (BITE)
BuiltInTestEquipment (BITE) capability is provided to establish and monitor the mission fit-
ness of the hardware. The builtintest feature has been designed to perform a continuous test
of all bits within the solidstate memory located in the Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit
(FCSSU). The test tone used for unit verification is developed on the Audio Processor PWA and
applied to each channel individually where it is processed, stored in memory, read from memory,
and checked for expected frequency and amplitude.
The builtintest is initiated by pressing and holding the TEST pushbutton located on the front
panel of the Model A151, A151B, A152 and the A152B Control Units. The GO /NO GO meter is
also located on the front panel of these control units.

G. FLASH CRASH SURVIVABLE STORE UNIT


The Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit (FCSSU) is the memory storage assembly of the Model
A100S. Electrical interface to the FCSSU is made by the Store Processor via a single connector
with 50 contacts. The Store Processor PWA is mounted to the FCSSU assembly.

Dimensions of the FCSSU are: 7.37 x 7.28 x 4.73. FCSSU P/N 253E034803, 253E066000,
253E099200 and 253E129000 weigh approximately 17 pounds. FCSSU P/N 253E129300
weighs approximately 13 pounds.

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 2 Page 7
Feb. 15/00
Mar. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

H. CRASH AND FIRE PROTECTION


The Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit (FCSSU) is triple protected by an inner casing of thermal
insulation, the inner steel casing, and the outer stainless steel casing. The inner and outer
cases for the light weight model FCSSU, P/N 253E129300, are comprised of titanium in place
of steel. This construction enables the Model A100S to meet the rigorous crash protection re-
quirements given in specification ED55.

5. SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
The Model A100S has been designed to take advantage of all existing cockpit voice recorder sup-
port equipment. Additionally, the Audio Monitor Adapter (AMA/1), P/N 17TES0200, has been spe-
cially designed for the A100S to allow connection to any one of the four audio output channels or to
the combined audio output which is the sum of the four channels.

A. MODEL A860 COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER SYSTEM TEST PANEL


The operation of the A100S is verified using the standard test panel originally designed for the
test and calibration of the Model A100 series of tapebased cockpit voice recorders. Using the
standard L3 Cockpit Voice Recorder System Test Panel, P/N 9300A860 (refer to Figure 4), audio
signals can be applied to individual channels for testing and analysis.

Additionally, the A860 Cockpit Voice Recorder System Test Panel can be used: 1) to activate the
builtintest utility of the Model A100S, 2) to initiate the Bulk Erase feature of the recorder, and
3) to replay previously recorded audio.

FAIRCHILD COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER


SYSTEM TEST PANEL
A
N C
O BULK T TEST HEADSET
R ERASE U
M TEST A
A
L T
E
BIAS TRAP
SYS UNIT ADJUST
O O
U AII3 U
T -6 dB BULK T
P A ERASE
P
U T U
T MODE T T
E
GND N
FAULT U -12 dB BULK
700 1kHz A ERASE
T
I
ROLL OFF GND O
SHORT N
-24 dB I
ALL N
I
N BYPASS REC. TEST P
P U
U REVERSED 3 T
T GND C.U. 2 4
INT EXT 1
A55 SHORT
MIC C.U.
VOLUME LOCAL AMP
CHANNEL
SELECT RECORD
AC ON BIAS
MIC
J2 CAL -18VDC +18VDC
J3
2A AC CONTROL OFF
DC 2A DC OFF
POWER UNIT

GTP PROBE (FOR GROUND TEST)

Cockpit Voice Recorder System Test Panel, P/N 9300A860


Figure 4
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 2 Page 8
Feb. 15/00
Mar. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

B. MODEL A870 CALIBRATED SOUND SOURCE


Microphone performance can be evaluated through the use of the Model A870 Calibrated Sound
Source, P/N 9300A870 (refer to Figure 5).

MICROPHONE CALIBRATE
CALIBRATED
SOUND SOURCE
P/N 9300-A870

USE 1 kHz
SET TO 0 dB

Calibrated Sound Source, P/N 9300A870


Figure 5

C. AUDIO MONITOR ADAPTER (AMA/1)

The AMA with Modification1, P/N 17TES0200 (refer to Figure 6), is used along with the L3
Cockpit Voice Recorder System Test Panel to extract individual channel audio data from the
Model A100S for sampling and/or copying to a portable recorder. The Model A100S must have
its dust cover removed to allow access to the Audio Processor PWA. The AMA/1 cable connec-
tor is mated to the Audio Processor PWA Playback/Monitor connector (J6) which is located at
the boards outer edge just below center. This connection routes the four audio channels and
the Combined Audio channel (summation of Channels 1 through 4) to the AMA/1 for output indi-
vidually as follows:

From SSCVR To AMA/1 Signal Amplitude (see note)


Channel 3 (signal AUDIO_3) PILOT jack 1 Vrms + 10%
Channel 2 (signal AUDIO_2) COPILOT jack 1 Vrms + 10%
Channel 1 (signal AUDIO_1) SPARE jack 1 Vrms + 10%
Channel 4 (signal AUDIO_4) AREA jack 1 Vrms + 10%
Combined Audio Channel COMBINED jack 1.45 Vrms + 10%
(signal COMBINED_AUDIO)

Note: the signal amplitudes given are based on the A100S applied input of 3 Vrms for Channels
1, 2 and 3 and 2 Vrms for Channel 4. As a general rule, the signal amplitude available at the
AMA/1 SPARE (Channel 1), COPILOT (Channel 2 ) and PILOT (Channel 3) jacks is 33% of the
A100S applied input whereas the signal amplitude available at the AREA jack (Channel 4) is
50% of the unit applied input. The signal amplitude available at the AMA/1 COMBINED jack is
approximately 1.45 times the highest individual channel amplitude present at the AMA/1. Also,
the signal amplitude measured at the AMA/1 COMBINED jack should be identical to that mea-
sured at the Headset jack on both the Model A100S front panel or its associated Control Unit
front panel.

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 9
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

10 CONTACT CONNECTOR
L3 P/N 0639800365

30-INCH
FLAT-RIBBON
CABLE

DIMENSIONS:
HEIGHT - 7.55 INCHES
WIDTH - 4.05 INCHES
DEPTH - 1.72 INCHES
CABLE - 30 INCHES

Audio Monitor Adapter/Modification 1, P/N 17TES0200


Figure 6
Because of the enhanced fidelity of the Model A100S, the AMA/1 along with an external amplifi-
er and speaker are the only instruments required to provide quality analysis of the recorded au-
dio. Individual channels are accessed at their respective jacks on the AMA/1 using a cable fitted
with a 1/4inch monophone jack at one end and an appropriate type connector for the device to
be connected at the other. Copies of the A100S recorded audio may be made by connecting the
cable to the input of a standard cassette recorder or similar device.

After the desired connections have been made and before applying power to the A100S, verify
that the CVR System Test Panel RECORD BIAS/OFF toggle switch is set to position OFF
(down) to prevent writing over existing data. To play back the full 30 minutes of recorded audio,
simply apply power to the A100S. To begin replaying the data recorded since the recorder was
last poweredup, press the ALL TEST pushbutton on the CVR System Test Panel.

6. PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT
The Model A100S has been designed to take full advantage of all existing peripheral devices origi-
nally developed for use with the Model A100/A100A series of tapebased Cockpit Voice Recorders.
In addition, the Model A100S has also been designed to accommodate the Model A151B and A152B
Control Units which are DO160B compliant. Each control unit is a standard ATR, panelmounted
unit that provides remote control of the Model A100S. These units include a Microphone Preamplifi-
er PWA designed for use solely with condenser type microphones (Model A55B microphones). Ex-
cept for the Microphone Preamplifier PWA designed to operate with a condenser microphone, the
Model A151B and A152B Control Units are identical to the earlier Model A151 and A152 Control
Units, respectively, which use a dynamic Microphone Preamplifier PWA and one of the Model A55
series of dynamic microphones.

The main external difference to be noted between control unit models (see Figure 7) is that the Mod-
el A152 and A152B Control Units have a builtin microphone whereas the Model A151 and A151B
units connect to an externally mounted microphone.

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 10
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

A. CONTROL UNIT, MODEL A152B

The Model A152B Control Unit, P/N 93A152XX (refer to Figure 7), contains the area micro-
phone (condenser), TEST switch, bulk ERASE switch, test meter, 600ohm headset jack, and a
Microphone Preamplifier PWA, P/N 93A26601 (refer to Appendix A for schematic). The TEST
switch and indicating test meter provide the capability to test the four channels and the headset
jack provides a means to monitor the playback of all four recorded channels. The bulk ERASE
switch is used to erase the stored audio data after a routine flight, and will only work when the
landing gear is down, the weight of the plane is resting on the landing gear, and the parking
brake is engaged. To prevent accidental erasures, a timedelay circuit makes it necessary to
hold the switch down for two seconds to start the erasure process.

The Control Unit utilizes aircraft wiring for connection to the recorder unit. As previously stated,
the Model A152B Control Unit, P/N 93A152XX, is easily identified by its builtin condenser mi-
crophone. The last two digits of the control unit part number identify the unit color and other per-
tinent features provided (refer to Figure 8 for the Model A152B Control Unit Configuration
Matrix).

MICROPHONE TEST METER FUNCTION SWITCHES


(A152/A152B ONLY)

HEADSET


JACK


TEST ERASE
2.250 +.000 + .002
1.125 -
-.030
HEADSET
600 OHMS
+
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER .562 - .000
.015

+.015
5.375 - .18

5.750 + .000
- .020

MODEL A152 AND A152B CONTROL UNIT FRONT PANEL ILLUSTRATED


MODEL A151 AND A151B CONTROL UNITS SAME AS ABOVE EXCEPT NO BUILTIN MICROPHONE

Front Panel Controls and Indicators for


Model A151, A151B, A152 and A152B Control Units
Figure 7
B. CONTROL UNIT, MODEL A151B

The Model A151B Control Unit, P/N 93A151XX, is identical to the Model A152B described
above except that the builtin condenser microphone is eliminated and an externally mounted
condenser microphone is used. This type control unit is used in installations where, due to
space restrictions, its optimum mounting location would cause a builtin microphone to be inef-
fective. Refer to Figure 8 for the Model A151B Control Unit Configuration Matrix.

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 11
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

METER
PANEL COLOR MICROPHONE ILLUMINATION

PRODUCTION
PART NUMBER

93A150-20

93A151-00

93A151-01

93A151-20

93A151-30

93A151-40

93A151-50

93A151-70

93A152-20

93A152-25

93A152-30

93A152-35

93A152-40

93A152-50

93A152-60

93A152-70

Model A151B and A152B Control Unit Configuration Matrix


Figure 8

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page
Page 12
12
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

C. MICROPHONE MODULES
Figure 9 illustrates the Model A55B Microphone Modules typically used with the Model A152B
and A151B Control Unit. Also shown are two microphones used in some custom installations.
These microphones are the electric condenser type microphones which operate using a low volt-
age, approximately +6.2V, received from its associated control unit Microphone Preamplifier
PWA. Except for the two omnidirectional models, P/N 93A05540 and 93A05545, all others
are cardioid type directional microphones which have a heartshaped response pattern that
gives a nearly uniform response for a range of about 180 in one direction and a minimum re-
sponse in the opposite direction.

As illustrated, two basic styles of the microphone are offered. One is the canister style which is
a panel mounted microphone with connection terminals at its side or rear. The other is the
mouse style which comes with a pigtail for hardwiring to the control unit. This smaller mouse
type microphone is suitable for remote mounting on the glare shield or windshield post where
panel space is not available for any other type installation. Note: various configurations of these
microphones are available for unique installations; refer to Figure 10 for the Remote Microphone
Configuration Matrix for specifics.

CONDENSER MICROPHONES

CANISTER STYLE MOUSE STYLE

93A05510, 20, 30, 50, 55 93A05540, 45, 60, 65, 66, 67, 95

USED IN MOST INSTALLATIONS

9300A165 9300A16501
USED IN CUSTOM INSTALLATIONS

Model A55B Microphone Modules


Figure 9
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 13
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

MICROPHONE MICROPHONE CONNECTOR


COLOR TYPE LOCATION

CURRENT
PRODUCTION
PART NUMBER

93A055-10

93A055-20

93A055-30

93A055-40

93A055-45

93A055-50

93A055-55

93A055-60

93A055-65

93A055-66

93A055-67

93A055-95

NOTES:
1. DIRECTIONAL MICROPHONES ARE THE CARDIOID TYPE WHICH HAS A HEART-SHAPED
RESPONSE PATTERN THAT GIVES A NEARLY UNIFORM RESPONSE FOR A RANGE OF ABOUT
180 IN ONE DIRECTION AND A MINIMUM RESPONSE IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION.
2. MICROPHONES 93A055-40, -45 ARE OMNI-DIRECTIONAL TYPES.

Remote Microphone Configuration Matrix for Model A151/A151B Control Units


Figure 10
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 2 Page 14
Feb. 15/00
Mar. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

7. INSTALLATION
The Model A100S SSCVR is an environmentally hardened unit housed in an ARINC 404 1/2 ATR
short box painted international orange. The A100S does not require external shock mounting for
installation into the aircraft. The A100S is fully compatible with ARINC Specification 557 and is di-
rectly interchangeable with all existing cockpit voice recorder installations.
The A100S is connected to its Control Unit by way of the aircraft wiring. As illustrated in Figure 12
and Figure 13, the A100S and the Control Unit electrical interconnections are standard with the only
variation being with the Control Unit and whether it has an internal or external microphone.

A. Control Unit Wiring


The Model A151B and the Model A152B Control Units are recommended for use in a new
A100S system. The main difference between the two is the Model A152B has a builtin con-
denser microphone whereas the Model A151B utilizes an externally mounted condenser micro-
phone. Other differences are in regard to front panel color and meter illumination input voltage.
Refer to Figure 15 through Figure 23 for the Model A100S and associated Control Unit wiring
diagrams.
B. Remote Microphone Wiring
The wiring diagrams for the Model A55B series of remote microphones listed in Figure 10 and
used in conjunction with the Model A151B Control Unit are shown in Figure 11.
CONNECTOR AS VIEWED FROM ALPHA FIT-221-3/16
FLAT ON THREADS SOLDER TERMINAL END WHITE HEAT SHRINK
CONNECTOR SHELL TUBING 7/8" LONG
MICROPHONES:
93A055-10
93A055-20 .75
REF
93A055-30 PIN 1
93A055-50
PIN 2
93A055-55
WHITE WIRE
24 BLACK PLASTIC COVERED 7/32
RED WIRE BLACK WIRE
STRAND WIRE. (MIL-W-16878D)
SHIELD
MICROPHONE CABLE DETAIL

SPLICE
MICROPHONES: WHITE WIRE BLACK WIRE
+DC SUPPLY (TO PIN P)
93A055-40 RED WIRE WHITE WIRE - AUDIO OUT (TO PIN N)
93A055-45
SIGNAL GND & SHIELD
SHIELD SHIELD (TO PIN M)

MICROPHONES: WHITE WIRE DC SUPPLY (TO PIN P)


93A055-60 BLACK WIRE
SIGNAL OUTPUT (TO PIN N)
93A055-65 SIGNAL GND & SHIELD
93A055-67 SHIELD (TO PIN M)

MICROPHONES: WHITE WIRE


DC SUPPLY (6V)
93A055-66 BLACK WIRE
SIGNAL OUTPUT
93A055-95 SIGNAL GND
SHIELD

Wiring Diagrams for Model A55B Remote Microphone Assemblies


Figure 11
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 15
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

STANDARD INTERWIRING PER ARINC SPEC 557 VOICE RECORDER UNIT,


ALL A100S MODELS
1. 115 VAC HOT OUT
TO 115 VAC HOT (400HZ) 1 2. 115 VAC HOT IN
AMP 3. AC COMMON COLD
TO AC COLD
*3 4.
5. AUDIO OUT LO
TO 27.5VDC 5 6. AUDIO OUT HI
AMPS 7. BIAS JUMPER
*4
8. BIAS JUMPER
CONTROL UNIT
9. +27.5 Vdc INPUT
ALL MODELS A151 OR A151B 10. (reserved)
11.
PUSH_TO_TEST A 12. PUSH_TO_TEST
PRE-AMP POWER GND B 13. PREAMP POWER GND
PRE-AMP POWER +18 VDC C 14. PREAMP POWER +18 Vdc REG
INDICATOR + D 15. INDICATOR +
INDICATOR - E 16. INDICATOR -
CHASSIS GROUND F 17. CHASSIS GROUND
ERASE SWITCH A" G 18. (reserved)
ERASE SWITCH C" H 19. (reserved)
J 20.
OUTPUT - LOW K
*4 *2 21.
OUTPUT - HIGH L 22.
MIKE CABLE SHIELD M 23. SUGGESTED SPARE NO. 1
MIKE INPUT - HI N 24. SUGGESTED SPARE NO. 2
MIKE INPUT - LO P 25. SUGGESTED SPARE NO. 3
R 26.
FILTER COMMON S 27.
*5 28.
FILTER 1.000 HZ T
U 29.
SPARE MICROPHONE
AUDIO JACK - LO V - TO 3RD CREW 30. LO
AUDIO JACK - HI W MEMBER OR 31. CHANNEL 1
X PA SYSTEM 32. HI
Y 33.
Z
*7 34.
a 35. LO
TO CO-PILOT
b MICROPHONE 36. CHANNEL 2
c 37. HI
d 38.
e 39.
(RESERVED) f 40.
(RESERVED) g 41. LO
TO PILOT
SUGGESTED SPARE NO. 1 h MICROPHONE 42. CHANNEL 3
SUGGESTED SPARE NO. 2 i 43. HI
SUGGESTED SPARE NO. 3 j 44.
k 45. LO
6 DB ATTENUATION p AREA MICROPHONE 46. CHANNEL 4
47. HI
ATTENUATOR_ COMMON q
48.
12 DB ATTENUATION r
49.
s *6 50.
24 DB ATTENUATION t
51.
MICROPHONE *4 52.
53.
MODEL A55 OR A55B 54.
55. ERASE A
MIKE OUTPUT HI (AUDIO) 1 *7 56.
MIKE OUTPUT LO ( DC IN ) 2
*8 57. ERASE C
MIKE SHIELD BRAKE GEAR
(CONNECTOR SHELL)
NOTES: 1 Recommended minimum wire size is #22; however, wire size #24 is acceptable except for long-run power
leads where #18 wire is recommended (pins 2,3,17, & 19).
*2 Ground connection to be within 1 foot of pin 17.
*3 Only one power source to be wired per aircraft. If 115 Vac, 400 Hz is supplied, no connection is to be made to
pin #9. If 27.5 Vdc is supplied, no connection is to be made to pin #3. Short pins 1 & 2.
*4 Single Ground Point.
*5 Short pins S & T for piston aircraft only.
*6 Wiring shown for standard fixed attenuation of 18 dB per ARINC 557.
*7 Control Units A151 or A152 to be used with Mike Modules A55 only. Control Units A151B or A152B to be used
with Mike Modules A55B only.
*8 Model 40 Series & Model 60 Series microphone output cabling colors are reversed. On the Model 40 Series, the
white wire is the high" (audio side); on the Model 60 Series, the white wire is the LO" (dc in ).
Interwiring Diagram, Recorder A100S, Control Units A151, A151B,
Remote Microphones A55, A55B
Figure 12
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 16
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

STANDARD INTERWIRING PER ARINC SPEC 557 VOICE RECORDER UNIT,


ALL A100S MODELS
1. 115 VAC HOT OUT
TO 115 VAC HOT (400HZ) 1 2. 115 VAC HOT IN
AMP 3. AC COMMON COLD
TO AC COLD
*3 4.
5. AUDIO OUT LO
TO 27.5VDC 5 6. AUDIO OUT HI
AMPS 7. BIAS JUMPER
*4
8. BIAS JUMPER
CONTROL UNIT, ALL
9. +27.5 Vdc INPUT
MODELS A152 OR A152B 10. (reserved)
11.
PUSH_TO_TEST A 12. PUSH_TO_TEST
PRE-AMP POWER GND B 13. PREAMP POWER GND
PRE-AMP POWER +18 VDC C 14. PREAMP POWER +18 Vdc REG
INDICATOR + D 15. INDICATOR +
INDICATOR - E 16. INDICATOR -
CHASSIS GROUND F 17. CHASSIS GROUND
ERASE SWITCH A" G 18. (reserved)
ERASE SWITCH C" H 19. (reserved)
J 20.
OUTPUT - LOW K
*4 *2 21.
OUTPUT - HIGH L 22.
(RESERVED) M 23. SUGGESTED SPARE NO. 1
MIKE INPUT - HI N 24. SUGGESTED SPARE NO. 2
MIKE INPUT - LO P 25. SUGGESTED SPARE NO. 3
R 26.
FILTER COMMON S 27.
*6
FILTER 1.000 HZ T 28.
U 29.
SPARE MICROPHONE 30. LO
AUDIO JACK - LO V
- TO 3RD CREW 31. CHANNEL 1
AUDIO JACK - HI W MEMBER OR
X PA SYSTEM 32. HI
5V LAMP - HOT Y *5 33.
LAMP - COMMON/COLD Z *8 34.
a 35.LO
TO CO-PILOT 36. CHANNEL 2
28V LAMP - HOT b MICROPHONE
c 37.HI
d 38.
e 39.
INTERNAL MIKE - HIGH f 40.
INTERNAL MIKE - LOW g 41.LO
TO PILOT 42. CHANNEL 3
SUGGESTED SPARE NO. 1 h MICROPHONE
SUGGESTED SPARE NO. 2 i 43.HI
j 44.
SUGGESTED SPARE NO. 3
k 45.LO
AREA MICROPHONE 46. CHANNEL 4
m
47.HI
n
48.
6 DB ATTENUATION p
49.
ATTENUATOR COMMON q *7 50.
12 DB ATTENUATION r
51.
s
24 DB ATTENUATION t *4 52.
53.
54.
55.ERASE A
56.
57.ERASE C
BRAKE GEAR

NOTES: 1 Recommended minimum wire size is #22; however, wire size #24 is acceptable except for long-run power
leads where #18 wire is recommended (pins 2,3,17, & 19).
*2 Ground connection to be within 1 foot of pin 17.
*3 Only one power source to be wired per aircraft. If 115 VAC, 400 Hz is supplied, no connection is to be made
to pin #9. If 27.5 VDC is supplied, no connection is to be made to pin #3. Short pins 1 & 2.
*4 Single Ground Point.
*5 If meter illumination is included in Control Unit, supply voltage from lighting bus to proper pins.
*6 Short pins S & T for piston aircraft only.
*7 Wiring shown for standard fixed attenuation of 18 dB per ARINC 557.
*8 Jumper wires per ARINC 557, 1/2 inch, maximum length.

Interwiring Diagram, Recorder A100S, Control Units A152, A152B


Figure 13
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 17
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

STANDARD INTERWIRING PER ARINC SPEC 557 VOICE RECORDER UNIT,


EXTERNAL PREAMP A150 ALL MODELS A100S
1 115 VAC HOT OUT
TO 115 VAC HOT (400HZ) 1 2 115 VAC HOT IN
AMP
TO AC COLD 3 AC COMMON COLD
*3 4
5 AUDIO OUT LO
TO 27.5 VDC 5 6 AUDIO OUT HI
AMPS 7 BIAS JUMPER
*4
8 BIAS JUMPER
EXTERNAL PREAMP 9 +27.5 VDC INPUT (with inverter)
MODEL A150 10
11
PRE-AMP POWER A 12 PUSH_TO_TEST
(+18 VDC) 13 PREAMP POWER GND
PRE-AMP POWER GND B 14 PREAMP POWER +18 VDC REG
PRE-AMP OUT - HI C 15 INDICATOR +
PRE-AMP OUT - LO D 16 INDICATOR -
ATTENUATION MASTER E 17 CHASSIS GROUND
J2 CHASSIS GROUND F
G
18
19
24 DB ATTENUATION H 20
J
*4 *2 21
12 DB ATTENUATION K 22
L 23 SUGGESTED SPARE NO. 1
6 DB ATTENUATION M 24 SUGGESTED SPARE NO. 2
25 SUGGESTED SPARE NO. 3
26
MIC SIGNAL INPUT A 27
J1 MIC SUPPLY (+6.2 VDC) B 28
MIC SHIELD (GND) C 29
30 LO
TO 3RD CREW 31 CHANNEL 1
MEMBER OR PA 32 HI
MODEL A55B
33
MICROPHONE
34
(ANY PART MODEL) 35 LO
MIC 6 VDC SUPPLY 1 TO CO-PILOT 36 CHANNEL 2
MIC GND (SHIELD) 37 HI
MIC OUTPUT 2 38
39
40
41 LO
TO PILOT 42 CHANNEL 3
43 HI
44
45 LO
AREA MICROPHONE 46 CHANNEL 4
47 HI
48
49
50
51
*4 52
53
54
55 ERASE A
56
57 ERASE C

NOTES: 1 Recommended minimum wire size is #22; however, #24 wire is acceptable except for long-run power leads
where #18 wire is recommended (pins 2,3,17, & 19)
*2 Ground connection to be within 1 foot of pin 17.
*3 Only one power source to be wired per aircraft. If 115 VAC, 400 Hz is supplied, no connection is to be made to
pin #9. If 27.5 VDC is supplied, no connection is to be made to pin #3. Short pins 1 & 2 and be sure inverter is
used.
*4 Single Ground Point.

Interwiring Diagram, Recorder A100S, Control Unit A150


Figure 14
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 18
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

CONNECTOR
A9300-241
GY
Z
RD b
METER

- BK E
+ GRN
D
BK M
WH
F N
BK
PRE-AMP M E P
N P WH/BK B
B WH/BK K
5B K VIO
BK L
TEST L RD
C
SWITCH C
No WH P
Nc WH/RD r
P t WH/GRN t
C
q r BL q
BK
ERASE WH/GR
SWITCH A
No BL BK F
Nc RD G
BK BL
C H
RD BRN
GRN W
HEAD GR V
PHONE JACK

MODEL A151B CONTROL UNIT, P/N 93A151-20, 93A151-30 and 93A151-50

PLUG
Optional Wires PIN
GY
METER Z
BK b
- BK E
+ BRN D
N WH N
P BK BK
M P
BK F BK
RD M
C C
PRE-AMP B WH/BK
B
WH/BK K
5B K VIO L
L YW
TEST S
SWITCH T OR
No T
WH
Nc S p P
WH/RD
C r r
WH/GRN t
t
BK q BL q
ERASE
SWITCH WH/GY
No A
BL BK
Nc F
BL
BK H
RD G
C RD
HEAD BRN W
GRN
PHONE JACK GY V

MODEL A151, A151-1 CONTROL UNIT, P/N 93A151-00, and 93A151-01

Control Unit Assembly Model A151, A1511 and A151B Wiring Diagrams
Figure 15
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Page 19
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

MICROPHONE CONNECTOR

GY
Z
BK b

METER RD f
WH g
BK
- BK
E
+ GRN
D

WH
P.C. N N
P BK **
BOARD P
M BK
GRN M
BK F
RD
C C
B WH/BK
B
WH/BK
K
5B VIO
K L
L YW
S
TEST OR
SWITCH S T T

WH
p P
No WH/RD
r r
Nc WH/GRN t
t
q BL q
C

BK
ERASE
WH/GY
SWITCH A
BK
BL F
No BL
H **
Nc RD G
BK
RD BRN W
C GY V
GRN PHONE JACK

MODEL A152 CONTROL UNIT, P/N 93A152-00


** OPTIONAL COLORS FOR SHIELDED PAIRS
Pins G & N Red or White
Pins H & P Blue or Black

Control Unit, Model A152 (P/N 93A15200) Wiring Diagram


Figure 16
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Page 20
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

MICROPHONE CONNECTOR

GY
Z *
BK b
WH

METER WITH ILLUMINATION

- BK
E
+ GRN
D

RD RD WH
N N
P BK BK **
P
M BK BK
M
BK F
RD
C C
P.C. B WH/BK
B
BOARD WH/BK
K
5B VIO L
K
L YL
S
TEST OR
SWITCH S T T
WH
p P
No r WH/RD
r
Nc WH/GRN t
t
q BL q
C

ERASE BK
WH/GY
SWITCH A
BK
No BL F
BL
H **
Nc RD G
BK RD BRN W
C GY V
GRN PHONE JACK

MODEL A152-1 CONTROL UNIT, P/N 93A152-01,


MODEL A152-2 CONTROL UNIT, P/N 93A152-02,
MODEL A152-4 CONTROL UNIT, P/N 93A152-04

* METER ILLUMINATION ** OPTIONAL COLORS FOR SHIELDED PAIRS


A152-1 Pins Z & b (28 V) Pins G & N Red or White
A152-2 Not Applicable Pins H & P Blue or Black
A152-4 Pins Z & Y (5 V)

Control Units Model A1521 (P/N 93A15201), Model A1522 (P/N 93A15202),
Model A1524 (P/N 93A15204) Wiring Diagram
Figure 17
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Page 21
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

CONNECTOR
MICROPHONE

GY
Z
RD b

METER WH g
RD f
- BK
E
+ GRN
D
P BK
J P
WH **
N N
M
E
M
S
BK
P.C.
F
BOARD

RD
C C
5B
TEST L VI
L
SWITCH WH/BK
B
K B WH/BK
K
No
Nc

BK
ERASE WH/GY
SWITCH A
BK
BL F
No BL
H **
Nc RD G
BK
RD BRN W
C GY V
GRN PHONE JACK

MODEL A152B CONTROL UNIT, P/N 93A152-20,


S/N 10000 - 10167 WITHOUT MOD. #1

** OPTIONAL COLORS FOR SHIELDED PAIRS


Pins G & N Red or White
Pins H & P Blue or Black

Control Unit, Model A152B (P/N 93A15220) S/N 10000 through 10167
without Mod #1 Wiring Diagram
Figure 18
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Page 22
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

MICROPHONE

WH
RD CONNECTOR

METER WITH ILLUMINATION GY


Z *
RD
b
- BK
E
+ GRN
D
BK
P P
J WH **
RD N
N M BK
E M
S
BK
F P.C. BOARD

RD
C C
5B
TEST VI
L L
SWITCH
WH/BK
B
K B WH/BK
K
No
Nc

BK
WH/GY
A
ERASE BK
BL F
SWITCH No BL
H **
Nc RD G
BK
RD BRN W
C GY V
GRN PHONE JACK

MODEL A152B CONTROL UNIT, ALL PART NUMBERS EXCEPT


P/N 93A152-20, S/N 10000 - 10167 WITHOUT MOD. #1

* METER ILLUMINATION ** OPTIONAL COLORS FOR SHIELDED PAIRS


93A152-30 & 93A152-35 Pins Z & b (28 V) Pins G & N Red or White
93A152-40 & 93A152-60 Pins Z & Y (5 V) Pins H & P Blue or Black
Other Part Numbers - Not Applicable

Control Unit, Model A152B (All P/Ns except 93A15220) S/N 10000 through 10167
without Mod #1 Wiring Diagram
Figure 19
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Page 23
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

MICROPHONE

CONNECTOR

GY
Z
METER RD
b

- BK
E
GRN
+ D
WH
g
RD
f
F BK M
WH **
BK M N
E BK
N P
P
WH/BK
B
B K WH/BK
P.C. K
VI
BOARD 5B L
L RD
TEST C
SWITCH C
WH
p
WH/RD
No r
p WH/GR
Nc t
t BL
C q r q

ERASE WH/GY
SWITCH A
BK
BL F
No RD G
BL **
Nc H
BK
RD BRN W
C GY V
GRN PHONE JACK

MODEL A152B CONTROL UNIT, P/N 93A152-20 ONLY,


S/N 10000 - 10167 WITHOUT MOD. #1

** OPTIONAL COLORS FOR SHIELDED PAIRS


Pins G & N Red or White
Pins H & P Blue or Black

Control Unit, Model A152B (P/N 93A15220 only) S/N 10000 through 10167
without Mod #1 and S/N 10168 and up Wiring Diagram
Figure 20
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Page 24
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

MICROPHONE

CONNECTOR

GY
Z
METER WITH ILLUMINATION BK *
b

- BK
E
+ GRN
D
GRN
BK
M
RD F
WH
M WH N
BK **
N E P
BK BL
P WH/BK
B
WH/BK
B K
K VIO
5B L L
RD
P.C. C
BOARD C
WH
P
TEST WH/RD
r
SWITCH P t WH/GRN t
BL q
No q r
Nc

C
WH/GY
A
BK F
ERASE
SWITCH No BL
RD
G **
Nc BL H
BK RD BRN W
C GY V
GRN PHONE JACK

MODEL A152B CONTROL UNIT, ALL EXCEPT P/N 93A152-20,


S/N 10000 - 10167 WITHOUT MOD. #1

* METER ILLUMINATION ** OPTIONAL COLORS FOR SHIELDED PAIRS


93A152-30 & 93A152-35 Pins Z & b (28 V) Pins G & N Red or White
93A152-40 & 93A152-60 Pins Z & Y (5 V) Pins H & P Blue or Black
Other Part Numbers - Not Applicable

Control Unit, Model A152B (All P/Ns except 93A15220) S/N 10000 through 10167
without Mod # 1 and S/N 10168 and up Wiring Diagram
Figure 21
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Page 25
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

MICROPHONE

CONNECTOR

GY
Z
METER BK b

- BK
E
+ GRN
D

BK
M
F
WH
RD N *
M BK
N E P
BK WH
P WH/BK
B
WH/BK
B K K
VIO
5B L L
RD
P.C. C
BOARD C
WH
P
TEST WH/RD
r
SWITCH P WH/GRN
t t
BL q
No q r
Nc

C
BK WH/GY
A
BK F
ERASE
SWITCH No BL
RD G *
Nc BL H
BK
RD BRN W
C GY V
BK PHONE JACK

MODEL A152B CONTROL UNIT, P/N 93A152-20, P/N 93A152-25,


P/N 93A152-50, P/N 93A152-70
S/N 10000 - 10167 WITH MOD. #1 AND MOD #2
* OPTIONAL COLORS FOR SHIELDED PAIRS
Pins G & N Red or White
Pins H & P Blue or Black

Control Unit, Model A152B (P/N 93A15220, 93A15225, 93A15250, and


93A15270) with Mod #1 and #2 Wiring Diagram
Figure 22
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Page 26
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

MICROPHONE

WH
RD
CONNECTOR

METER GY
Z
RD
b
- BK
E
+ GRN
D
BK
P P
J WH *
N
N M BK
E M
S
BK

F P.C. BOARD

RD
C C
5B
L VI
L
TEST WH/BK
SWITCH B
K B WH/BK
K
No
Nc

C
WH/GY
BK A
BK F
ERASE
SWITCH No BL BL
H
Nc RD G *
BK RD BRN W
C GY V
GRN PHONE JACK

MODEL A152B CONTROL UNIT, P/N 93A152-20 ONLY,


S/N 10000 - 10167 WITHOUT MOD. #1 BUT WITH MOD #2

* OPTIONAL COLORS FOR SHIELDED PAIRS


Pins G & N Red or White
Pins H & P Blue or Black

Control Unit, Model A152B (P/N 93A15220 only) S/N 10000 through 10167
without Mod #1 but with Mod #2, Wiring Diagram
Figure 23
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Page 27
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

MICROPHONE
PREAMPLIFIER PWA,
P/N 93A266-01

GRN
CONNECTOR J1

GRN C MIC GND (SHIELD)


M BLK A MIC SIGNAL
WHT
N B MIC SUPPLY (+6.2V)
P
CONNECTOR J2
WHT/BLK B PRE-AMP PWR GND
WHT/BLK D PRE-AMP OUT LOW
B VIO
K C PRE-AMP OUT HI)
VIO
A PRE-AMP PWR HI)
L
C
WHT
M 6 dB ATTENUATION
WHT/RED 12 dB ATTENUATION
K
p WHT/GRN
H 24 dB ATTENUATION
t BLU
q E ATT. COMMON
r

MODEL A150 EXTERNAL PREAMPLIFIER MODULE

Model A150 External Preamplifier (P/N 93A15000) Wiring Diagram


Figure 24

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 28
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

8. THEORY OF OPERATION
The theory of operation given for the Model A100S describes the functionality of the A100S both at
the system level and at the PWA level. System level theory of operation describes the general op-
eration of the system as a whole. Refer to the Model A100S Functional Block Diagram given in
Figure 25 during the following discussions. The PWA level theory of operation describes the electri-
cal circuitry of the major functional groupings contained on the individual PWAs. Detailed PWA
schematic diagrams are provided in Appendix A of this manual.
A. SYSTEM THEORY OF OPERATION
The Model A100S SSCVR is composed of three PWAs and a Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit
(FCSSU). The three PWAs are the Aircraft Interface PWA, the Audio Processor PWA, and the
Store Processor PWA (refer to Figure 25).
(1) Aircraft Interface PWA, P/N 205E059700
The Aircraft Interface PWA connects the aircraft wiring to the A100S via its 57pin connec-
tor J1. Power regulation, lightning protection, RF attenuation and discrete signal condition-
ing functions are performed on this PWA.
The A100S operates from either a 115V, 400 Hz ac input or a 27.5V dc input. The input
voltage is regulated to furnish +12V, 12V, + 5V, and +18V dc operating power. All regu-
lated voltages are shortcircuit protected. The Aircraft Interface PWA also generates a
/LOW_LINE signal which is used to power down the unit in the case of a power failure.
The Aircraft Interface PWA is mounted to the chassis using five screws with standoffs; its
circuitry includes transformer T1 and the input/output 57pin connector J1. Connections to
the Spare PWA slot (J3), the Audio Processor PWA (J4), and the Store Processor PWA
(J5) are made via connector J2/P2 which is a 50pin, printed circuit board style connector
that is hardwired to the Aircraft Interface (ribbon) Cable Assembly (W1). Note: the Spare
PWA slot is not used. The Aircraft Interface PWA measures 4.4 by 7.1 inches.
(2) Audio Processor PWA, P/N 205E059800
The Audio Processor PWA accepts four channels of cockpit audio and converts the audio
to a digital byte oriented format suitable for storage in the FCSSU solidstate memory.
The four audio inputs are conditioned, amplified, and equalized as necessary. The result-
ing signals are converted to digital pulse code modulation (PCM). The PCM signals are
passed to the Store Processor PWA via a FIFO (FirstInFirstOut) memory. The process
is reversed for playback.
The Audio Processor PWA connects to the other PWAs when its 64pin edge connector
(P1) mates to connector J4 of the Aircraft Interface Cable Assembly (W1). The dimen-
sions of the Audio Processor PWA are 4.4 by 7.1 inches.
(3) Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100, 205E102700
The Store Processor PWA, using specially designed algorithms, encodes the data and
routes it to the FCSSU for storage. In addition to data encoding, the Store Processor PWA
provides functional controls for bulk erase, test and playback.
The Store Processor PWA measures 4.8 by 5.3 inches and is mounted to the side of the
FCSSU assembly using four screws. When mounted, it electrically connects to the other
PWAs via a 6.5inch, hardwired ribbon cable assembly (W2) fitted with a 26pin plug
(P5) that mates to connector J5 of the Aircraft Interface Cable Assembly W1. It electrically
connects to the FCSSU assembly via a 50pin connector, designated J2.

23-70-02
Description and
Description and Operation
Operation
Page 29
Rev 2 Page 29
Feb.15/00
Mar. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

(4) Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit (FCSSU), P/N 253E034803, 253E066000

The hardened memory array, comprised of devices known as CMOS Flash Memory, is
electrically erasable and programmable. The nonvolatile memory is protected within a
hardened, insulated metal housing to ensure survivability in the event of a crash.

AIRCRAFT AIRCRAFT
INTERFACE INTERFACE
CABLE CABLE P5/W2 (CABLE W2 HARD WIRED TO STORE PROCESSOR
FROM ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY PWA; CONNECTS TO J5 OF AIRCRAFT INTER
CONNECTOR P1 W1 W1
FACE CABLE ASSEMBLY W1)
VIA /FAULT
AIRCRAFT
WIRING
PUSH_TO_TEST TEST

BIAS JUMPER IN /LOW_LINE PLAYBACK /


MONITOR
ERASE A EDGE
/RECORD
TEST
ERASE CONNECTOR
J6 J2/P2
CHANNEL 1 (LO) CHANNEL 1 (LO)
STORE /OE
CHANNEL 1 (HI) CHANNEL 1 (HI)
PROCESSOR /WE FLASH
AUDIO PWA CRASH
CHANNEL 2 (LO)
CHANNEL 2 (LO) PROCESSOR DIGITAL AU- (SEE NOTE) SEL (7..0) SURVIVABLE
CHANNEL 2 (HI) PWA DIO LINK 8 STORE UNIT
CHANNEL 2 (HI) P/N ADR (20..0) (FCSSU)
CHANNEL 3 (LO) 205E059800 21 ASSEMBLY
CHANNEL 3 (LO) AIRCRAFT D (7..0)
INTERFACE CHANNEL 3 (HI) (SEE NOTE)
CHANNEL 3 (HI) PWA 8
P/N CHANNEL 4 (LO) AIRCRAFT AIRCRAFT
COMBINED_AU-
205E059700 INTERFACE DIO INTERFACE
CHANNEL 4 (LO) CHANNEL 4 (HI) CABLE CABLE
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
CHANNEL 4 (HI) J4 J5 +5V

115 VAC IN (H) +5V +12V, 5%

AC COMMON (C) +12V CHASSIS GROUND

+27.5 VDC INPUT 12V

CHASSIS GROUND CHASSIS GROUND

COMBINED_AUDIO
TO
AIRCRAFT
WIRING
VIA
CONNECTOR P1
BIAS JUMPER OUT
J7- NOTES
ERASE C 1 TO 1. INITIAL MODEL A100S UNITS WERE EQUIPPED WITH A FCSSU,
AUDIO OUT LO 2 FRONT PANEL P/N 253E0348-03, WHICH USES 2-MBIT FLASH MEMORY CHIPS,
PHONE JACK AND A STORE PROCESSOR PWA, P/N 205E0601-00, DESIGNED TO
AUDIO OUT HI INTERFACE WITH IT.
BEGINNING 12/93, A NEW FCSSU, P/N 253E0660-00, WHICH USES
INDICATOR + 8-MBIT FLASH MEMORY CHIPS, AND A REDESIGNED STORE
PROCESSOR PWA, P/N 205E1027-00, WERE MANUFACTURED.
INDICATOR
THESE ASSEMBLIES WERE FIRST INSTALLED IN UNIT SERIAL
NUMBER 311.
BEGINNING 03/96, TWO NEW FCSSUs, P/N 253E1290-00 AND
PREAMP PWR GROUND 253E1293-00 WERE MANUFACTURED. THE NEW FCSSUs PROVIDE
BETTER FIRE PROTECTION
PREAMP PWR +18VDC REG BEGINNING 04/96, A NEW FCSSU, P/N 253E1293-00, WHICH USES
TITANIUM, REDUCING THE WEIGHT OF THE FCSSU.
2. REFER TO FIGURE A1 IN APPENDIX A OF THIS MANUAL FOR DETAILED
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM.

Model A100S Functional Block Diagram


Figure 25
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 2 Page 30
Feb. 15/00
Mar. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

B. PWA THEORY OF OPERATION


The A100S PWA theory of operation is presented as follows: Aircraft Interface PWA, Audio Pro-
cessor PWA, and Store Processor PWA. The control units and Microphone Preamplifier PWAs
follow. Detailed schematic diagrams of each A100S PWA and control unit Microphone Preampli-
fier PWA are given in Appendix A at the rear of this manual. Also, refer to the detail system wir-
ing diagram, given in Figure A1.
(1) Aircraft Interface PWA, P/N 205E0597XX (See Figure A2)
The Aircraft Interface PWA connects the aircraft wiring to the A100S using a 57pin DPX
style connector designated J1. Power regulation, lightning protection, RF attenuation and
discrete signal conditioning functions are performed on this PWA.
(a) DC Regulator; U2
The A100S operates from either 115V, 400 Hz ac power or 27.5V dc power (refer to
Figure 26). Power circuits provide regulated +5V, +12V and 12V dc outputs. The
12V output is used to power a DCtoDC Up Converter, U3, which generates +18V
dc power for the A100S Control Unit. All regulated voltages are shortcircuit pro-
tected. The unregulated 27.5V dc input is also used as the /LOW_LINE signal which
is continually monitored to detect a power failure and thereby provide an early warning
to allow circuitry to be properly powered down.
/LOW_LINE DISTRIBUTED TO OTHER PWAs
TO PROVIDE EARLY WARNING
TP4 OF A POWER FAILURE.
27.5 VDC +5 VDC
115 VAC (H)
TP2 REGULATED POWER
REGULATOR +12 VDC
DISTRIBUTED
115 VAC (C) TP3 THROUGHOUT A100S
12 VDC
U2

DCDC
UP +18VDC
CONVERTER TO CONTROL UNIT
U3

CHANNEL 1 H/L EMI FILTER CHANNEL 1 H/L TO


2 CHANNEL 2 H/L AUDIO
CHANNEL 2 H/L AUDIO CHANNEL
L1 L3 2 CONDITIONING PROCESSOR
CHANNEL 3 H/L C35 C38 CHANNEL 3 H/L
2 PWA
CHANNEL 4 H/L CR1 CR8
CHANNEL 4 H/L P/N 205E0597XX
2
TO
BIAS JUMPER IN DISCRETE /RECORD
SIGNAL
AUDIO
ERASE A ERASE PROCESSOR
CONDITIONER
TEST PWA
PUSH_TO_TEST P/N 205E0597XX
U4

COMBINED_AUDIO
AUDIO FAULT
/FAULT DETECTOR
TO FRONT AUDIO OUT (H) /NO FAULT
PANEL U1, U4
PHONE AUDIO OUT (L)
JACK INDICATOR
INDICATOR + E3 TO
27.5 VDC DRIVER
1.0 mA CONTROL
Q1 UNIT

Aircraft Interface PWA Functional Block Diagram


Figure 26
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 2 Page 31
Feb. 15/00
Mar. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

(b) Audio Conditioner; CR1 CR8

The four audio inputs are lightning protected by CR1 CR8. The audio channels are
routed to the Audio Processor PWA for conversion to a digital byte oriented format
and subsequent storage, via the Store Processor PWA, in the crash protected solid
state memory.

(c) Discrete Signal Conditioner; U4

Three discrete inputs; BIAS JUMPER IN, ERASE A, and PUSH_TO _TEST are
lightning protected and converted to drive HCMOS type loads by U4 and associated
circuitry.

After conversion, the BIAS JUMPER IN signal is designated as /RECORD and is


used to disable the record function when playback of the data is required. Signal /RE-
CORD will be pulled up to +5V with no connection made to the BIAS JUMPER IN line.
When the BIAS JUMPER IN line is connected to the BIAS JUMPER OUT line, /RE-
CORD will be driven low.

The Erase A signal is used to initiate the Bulk Erase function. When ERASE A is
left floating, ERASE is driven low. When ERASE A is connected to ERASE C
(Erase button on Control Unit depressed), ERASE will be pulled up to +5V.

The Push_To_Test signal is used to activate the A100S builtintest circuitry and en-
ables the Audio Fault Detector, U1 and U4.

(d) Audio Fault Detector; U1, U4

The audio fault detector is used to determine the status of the COMBINED_AUDIO
signal and to generate a 1.0 milliampere signal to drive the control unit fault indicator.

The Test Tone signal at COMBINED_AUDIO is attenuated by R1 and R2. This signal
is then buffered and bandpass filtered (640 Hz) by U1 and associated circuitry. The
filtered signal is then rectified and filtered by CR12 and C14 for comparison to the
2.5V reference by U4. This signal, /NO FAULT, turns on the current source for +IN-
DICATOR. CR17 and CR18 provide level shifting and overvoltage protection for
the comparator, U4.

(e) Indicator Driver; Q1

The test indicator output (+INDICATOR) circuitry provides a 1 milliampere drive cur-
rent for the standard Control Unit meter or a 28V incandescent lamp. This signal is
present if the following conditions are met:

/FAULT in the nonFault state


TEST active (PUSH_TO_TEST driven Low)
Test Tone present at AUDIO OUTHI

23-70-02
Descriptionand
Description andOperation
Operation
Page 32
Rev 1 Page 32
Feb.30/94
July 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

(2) Audio Processor PWA; P/N 205E0598XX (See Figure A3)

The primary function of the Audio Processor PWA is to digitize the four audio signals re-
ceived from the Aircraft Interface PWA and to interface with the Store Processor PWA. In
doing so, the Audio Processor PWA accepts four channels of cockpit audio and then con-
verts the audio to a digital byte oriented format suitable for storage in the crash protected
solidstate memory. Refer to Figure 27 during the following discussion.

The Audio Processor PWA can be viewed as a series of conversion circuits which are en-
acted upon the four channels of audio signals coming from the cockpit. The conversions
can be divided into two functional groupings: an analog section and a digital section.

(a) Analog Section

The analog section consists of record circuits, playback circuits, and test tone circuits.

1) Record Circuits; U6, U9, U10

The four audio channel inputs (CHANNEL_#_HI and CHANNEL_#_LO) are ap-
plied to separate signal transformers (T1, T2. T3, and T4) to provide an un-
grounded differential input. The voltage ratio of the transformer is 1:1 and it is
connected to invert the input signal which corrects for the inversion in the record
shaping circuit. The transformer secondaries are terminated using a 10k ohm
level control (trimmer) potentiometer as follows: T1/R1, T2/R3, T3/R2, and
T4/R4. Each potentiometer is used to adjust the reference level for its respec-
tive channel.

The adjusted output signals of the level control potentiometers and the test tone
signals are applied to the input buffers. The buffers provide a noninverting gain
of 7.7. This gain allows the input level of each channel to be adjusted from 0.1
to 1V rms while providing a 0.5V rms signal level to the record signal shaping
input. The input buffers also provide an inverting gain of one to the test tone
signals.

The record signal shaping circuits provide a bridged, twin tee notch for each
channel. The notch is centered at 1 kHz and has an attenuation of 4 dB. Addi-
tionally, the shaping circuits for Channels 1, 2, and 3 contain highpass filter
circuits which peak the signals by 3.5 dB (nominal) at 3.5 kHz. This peaking is
provided to compensate for the frequency response of the encoder/decoder fil-
ter.

The record signal shaping circuits provide an output signal level of 0.315V rms
at 1 kHz to the analog input of the encoder/decoders.

2) Playback Circuits; U5, U4, U14

The encoder/decoders analog output provides a signal level of 1V rms at the


output of the playback signal shaping circuits. The playback signal shaping cir-
cuits provide the inverse of the notch in the record shaping circuit.

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 33
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

ANALOG SECTION

PLAYBACK
MONITOR
J6
AUDIO 1 AREA OUT AREA OUT
USED WITH AUDIO 2
AUDIO MONITOR VOICE 1 OUT
ADAPTER (AMA/1) AUDIO 3 SIGNAL
FOR TEST PURPOSES AUDIO 4 SHAPING VOICE 2 OUT
COMBINED AUDIO
VOICE 3 OUT
U14
AREA IN

P4
COMBINED
AUDIO OUTPUT
BUFFER

U5, U4,
Q1, Q2 VOICE 1 OUT
10k-OHM LEVEL CONTROL
POTENTIOMETERS VOICE 2 OUT
TO R1 VOICE 3 OUT
AIRCRAFT T1
INTERFACE CH 1 IN (LO/HI)
PWA R3
TRANSFER
CH 2 IN (LO/HI) AND T2 VOICE 1 IN
INPUT SIGNAL
LEVEL R2 BUFFER SHAPING
CH 3 IN (LO/HI) CONTROL T3 VOICE 2 IN
CIRCUITS
CH 4 IN (LO/HI) R4
VOICE 3 IN
T4 U6 U9, U10

TEST TONE 1

TEST TONE 2

TEST TONE 3

TEST TONE 4

TEST TONE SECTION

LOW PASS LEVEL


SWITCH BUFFER
FILTER CONTROL

U7 U15 CR3, CR6

4 TEST TONE SQ WV (640HZ)


TEST ENABLE

TEST TEST
ERASE ERASE
/RECORD /RECORD
TO
+12V +12V
AIRCRAFT
INTERFACE 12V 12V
PWA
+5V +5V
CHASSIS GROUND CHASSIS GROUND

Audio Processor PWA, PN 205E059800, Functional Block Diagram


Figure 27 (sheet 1 of 2)
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 34
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

DIGITAL SECTION

AREA CLK

12K FS
12K RFS
12K FS
12K XFS

PCM8 AREA
IN/OUT COMPUTATIONAL
12K
ENCODER/ PROCESSOR PLAYBACK
DECODER 2 (TRANSMIT & DATA
RECEIVE)
U25
PCM8 VOICE 1 U20, U21 9
IN/OUT

2 RECORD /RD
DATA
8K ADPCM2 READ/
ENCODER/ IN/OUT BYTE 9 WRITE FIFO DATA
TO
DECODER PACKETIZER 9 STORE
PCM8 VOICE 2
IN/OUT /WRT PROCESSOR
CONTROL PWA
2 COMPUTATIONAL SIGNALS
/SYSRST
PROCESSOR

PCM8 VOICE 3
IN/OUT

U22, U23, U24 U17, U18, U19 AREA CLK U11, U13 U12, U16

12K FS

MASTER CLK

8K FS 8K FS
VOICE CLK

/SYSRST

TEST 12.288 MHZ


TIMING OSCILLATOR
AND
ERASE CONTROL U8

/RECORD

U1, U2, U13

TEST TONE SQ WV (640HZ)


TEST ENABLE

+12V

POWER DECOUPLING 12V DISTRIBUTED


+12V AND 5V REGULATOR WITHIN
AUDIO
+5V
12V PROCESSOR

+5V 5V

CHASSIS GROUND U3

Audio Processor PWA, PN 205E059800, Functional Block Diagram


Figure 27 (sheet 2 of 2)
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 35
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

The output signals of the playback shaping circuits are connected through a 20
ohm resistor to the PLAYBACK/MONITOR connector, J6, for test and reproduc-
tion purposes. The output signals are also summed in the output buffer to pro-
vide the COMBINED_AUDIO output signal. The gain of the output buffer is set
to provide a 1.45V rms output signal for each channel when the channel is driv-
en with the reference signal. The COMBINED_AUDIO output can provide a
maximum output signal of 8.03 volts peak into 622 ohms, which is the sum of
the specified output load of 600 ohms and the 22 ohms on the Aircraft Interface
Card. The COMBINED_AUDIO output signal is connected to the I/O connector,
P4, and to the PLAYBACK/MONITOR connector, J6. A short circuit at the
COMBINED_ AUDIO output will cause no damage to the Audio Processor
PWA.

3) Test Tone Circuits; U7, U15

The square wave test tone signal from the LCA, U13, is applied to a comparator
in the test tone level control circuit. The output of the comparator drives two
backtoback Zener diodes to produce a 13.6V peaktopeak signal. This sig-
nal is divided, filtered, and buffered to provide a nominal 0.34V rms fundamental
signal to the test tone switch. The test tone switch, which is controlled by the
test tone enable signals (/TT_EN_x), connects the test tone to one channel at a
time. The amplitude level of the test tone signal at the COMBINED_AUDIO out-
put is 1.0V rms for the voice channels and 1.2V rms for the area channel.

(b) Digital Section

The digital section consists of an encoding/decoding section, a computational section,


a timing and sequencing section, an input/output section, and a programmable control
section.

1) Encoding/Decoding Section; U22 U25

The encoder/decoder transmits encoding (record path) and receives decoding


(playback path) at a sample rate of up to 16 kHz.

Antialiasing and interpolation filters are also included in the device. The encod-
ing produces an 8bit serial PCM stream. The 8bit word appears at the sam-
pling rate which is synchronized by the FSX signal. The bit rate is determined
by CLK R/X which also determines the bandwidth of the antialiasing and inter-
polation filters. The sign bit is transmitted first followed by seven magnitude bits
in decreasing order of significance. The receive decoding operates in an analo-
gous manner.

The audio processor has four encoder/decoder devices, U22, U23, U24 and
U25. The Pilot, CoPilot and Spare channels are collectively called voice chan-
nels and are processed via U22, U23 and U24. These encoder/decoders are all
wired for the same sampling rate and bit rate. The Area Microphone channel is
processed by U25 and has a higher sampling and bit rate.

The PCM signals which are generated and received by the encoder/decoder are
processed by the computational processors.

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 36
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

2) Computational Processors; U17 U21

The Audio Processor PWA uses computational processors as the engine to re-
duce the required bit rate of the recorded data. These devices are mask ROM
programmed specifically for the conversion of PCM data to and from ADPCM
data. The processor uses two bit encoding.

The master clock for the processor is 12.288 MHz (U8). This crystal controlled
clock is also used to derive the bit rate clocks ACLK and VCLK (see PLD2). For
the voice channels a single processor can process both the record and playback
data for one channel. These processors are U17, U18, and U19. The Area Mi-
crophone channel requires a separate processor for the record and playback
functions. The record function encoding is provided by U20 and the playback
encoding is provided by U21.

The XOUT pin of the four encoders which provide record function encoding are
connected together to form the XADPCM single bit tristate bus. This bus is
input to the Logic Configurable Array (LCA) for conversion to byte wide packets.

The bus is actively driven by each processor in response to the FSX signals
which the LCA provides in a time multiplexed fashion. Similarly for playback, the
LCA provides a RADPCM bus and FSR signals. Figure 28 illustrates the rela-
tionship between key processor signals and the corresponding encoder/decoder
and audio processor signals.

3) Timing and Sequencing Section; U11, U13

The timing and sequencing of the data flow on the audio processor is controlled
by a Xilinx 3030 LCA (U13). The program for the LCA is contained in a special
serial PROM (U11). This program is loaded at system reset time (/SYSRST)
under the control of PLD1 (see PLD1).

The logic of the LCA program can be examined in three sections, transmit, re-
ceive and test tone. A test mode is available which will allow complete opera-
tion of the Audio Processor circuits without interface to the Store Processor.

Transmit Section

After system reset the transmit section is in continuous synchronous operation


with fixed timing. This timing consists of the repetition of a one millisecond
cycle. During one cycle the two bit ADPCM data from 24 voice samples (8 each
from the 3 voice channels) and 12 area microphone samples are packed into a
9 byte packet of parallel data. This packet size represents the smallest number
of whole bytes for which all the channels are sampled over an equal period (i.e.
one millisecond). Each byte is written to the record FIFO as it is accumulated
and the REC_SYNC flag is raised during the write of the first byte in the packet.

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 2 Page 37
Feb. 15/00
Mar. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Encoder/Decoder AP DS2165
Signal Signal Description
Signal
Clk R/X VCLK CLKX,CLKY 2.048 MHz square wave
U3,U8,U9 U1,U4,U5
Clk R/X ACLK ClKX U6 3.072 MHz square wave
U10 CLKY U7
FSX U3 XV1_FS FSX U1 8 kHz Pulse, 488 ns wide
FSX U8 XV2_FS FSX U4
FSX U9 XV3_FS FSX U5
FSX U10 XA_FS FSX U6 12 kHz Pulse, 325 ns wide
FSR U3 RV1_FS FSR U1 8 kHz Pulse, 488 ns wide
FSR U8 RV2_FS FSR U4
FSR U9 RV3_FS FSR U5
FSR U10 RA_FS FSR U7 12 kHz Pulse, 325 ns wide
PCM OUT U3 XV1_PCM XIN U1 2.048 MHz 8 bit PCM data
PCM OUT U8 XV2_PCM XIN U4
PCM OUT U9 XV3_PCM XIN U5
PCM OUT XA_PCM XIN U6 3.072 MHz 8 bit PCM data
U10
PCM IN U3 RV1_PCM YOUT U1 2.048 MHz 8 bit PCM data
PCM IN U8 RV2_PCM YOUT U4
PCM IN U9 RV3_PCM YOUT U5
PCM IN U10 RA_PCM YOUT U7 3.072 MHz 8 bit PCM data
XADPCM XOUT U1 Dual rate 2 bit PCM data
XOUT U4 (tristate bus)
XOUT U5
XOUT U6
RADPCM YIN U1 Dual rate 2 bit PCM data
YIN U4
YIN U5
YIN U7

Computational Processor Signal Descriptions


Figure 28

The generation of the timing is based on the 3.072 MHz ACLK and the 2.048
MHz VCLK being synchronous with an exact three halves relationship (see
PLD2). The ACLK is divided by 256 to provide 12 kHz time slots for the sam-
pling of the area microphone channel. A three stage Johnson counter, clocked
at twice this rate, provides time slots for sampling the three voice channels
which do not interfere with the area channel slots.

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Page 38
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

The individual voice channels are sampled at 8 kHz, which is consistent with the
three halves relationship to the 12 kHz sampled area channel. Since VCLK is
synchronous to ACLK, the clocking edges of VCLK are fixed in relation to the
voice channel sampling slots.

The rising edge of each sampling slot causes the generation of the appropriate
sample pulse (FSX pulse) followed by two data clocking pulses. The sample
pulses go to the corresponding encoder/decoders and ADPCM processors
which then output data on the XADPCM bus. The clocking pulses shift this data
into a serial to parallel shift register. When four samples (8 bits) have been ac-
cumulated in the shift register, the contents are written to the record FIFO. After
nine bytes have been written to the FIFO the cycle is repeated.

Receive Section

The receive section timing is similar to the transmit section timing except that
operation is inhibited until the playback FIFO is half full and the cycles are syn-
chronized to the incoming PLAY_SYNC signal. Synchronization is achieved by
resetting the counters which control the 1 ms cycle if the first playback FIFO
read of the cycle does not contain a PLAY_SYNC signal. In normal operation
the first read after the playback FIFO is half full should contain the sync signal
and no resynchronization should be required thereafter. The playback FIFO
should remain about half full with slight variations due to the Store Processor
operations. This halffull condition represents a playback delay of approximate-
ly 57 ms.

The timing of the receive and transmit sections are independent of one another.

Test Tone Section

The test tone section produces a 640 Hz square wave along with individual
channel enables so that the tone may be added to the channels in response to
the test signal. The 640 Hz tone is produced from a divide by 300 chain clocked
by 192 kHz. The 192 kHz clock is a byproduct of the receive and transmit sec-
tions timing. The 640 Hz signal is further divided by 320 to produce 2 Hz. The
2 Hz signal drives a 2bit counter which is decoded into four testtone enable
signals. These enable signals are active low for 0.5 seconds each. The 2bit
counter and the decoder are enabled by the rising edge the test signal. The
individual channel enables and the test tone signal will persist while the test sig-
nal is present, or for 2.5 seconds which ever is longer.

4) Input /Output Section; U12, U16

The Record FIFO (U16) and the Playback FIFO (U12) are 1K X 9 bit First In
First Out memories. The write side of the Record FIFO and the read side of the
Playback FIFO are controlled by the audio processor. Conversely the read side
of the Record FIFO and the write side of the Playback FIFO are controlled by
the Store Processor.

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Page 39
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Data bits 07 contain the packed audio data while data bit 8 contains the packet
sync information. The output of the Record FIFO and the input of the Playback
FIFO are connected together to form the Digital Audio Data bus (DAD 08).
The input of the Record FIFO and the output of the Playback FIFO are sepa-
rate. The Record FIFO input comes from the LCA (REC_DATA 07 and
REC_SYNC). The Playback FIFO output is a LCA input (PLAY_DATA 07 and
PLAY_SYNC).
5) Programmable Control; U1, U2
PLD1
The Programmable Logic Device 1 (PLD1), U1, is responsible for two functions.
One is the robust resetting of the LCA, U13, in response to system reset
(/SYSRST). This reset initiates a load of the LCA program from the serial
PROM U11. Once the loading begins the LCA controls the load clock to the
serial PROM. Upon completion of the load the LCA asserts the DONE signal.
The initialization and loading process takes approximately 150 ms. The other
function is the BITE monitoring of FIFO overflow which will also cause a robust
LCA reset.
The reset sequence proceeds as follows. The ADPCM processor and FIFO
reset signal, /RESET, is held low while the input /SYSRST is active low. The
rising edge of /SYSRST is synchronized to the 128 kHz clock (see PLD2). A
three stage sequence of flipflops then produce two 7.8 microsecond wide
pulses separated by 7.8 microseconds. This pulse sequence is XRST which is
connected to the /OE of U14 which is the LCA serial programming PROM.
The signal is also used to pull down the open drain connection to the LCA Done
pin. The inverse /XRST is connected to the LCA /Reset pin. This restart se-
quence is considered to be more robust than a simple rising edge reset signal.
As part of the BITE function the PLD1 also monitors the Playback FIFO full
condition. If the /PLAYFIFO_FULL pin goes active while /SYSRST is inactive a
restart sequence is initiated. This condition may occur if the receive section of
the LCA is not operating properly. After the /XRST pulse sequence is com-
pleted, signal /RESET is held low until the Done pin is pulled high by the LCA.
This ensures a /RESET period of greater than 1 millisecond for the ADPCM pro-
cessors.
Another BITE feature is the monitoring of the Record FIFO full condition. If the
/RECFIFO_FULL pin goes active while /SYSRST and ERASE signals are inac-
tive then the open drain /NFG (Not Functioning Great) signal is pulled down.
This causes a system fault indication. This condition may occur if the Store Pro-
cessor is not operating properly.
PLD2
The Programmable Logic Device 2 (PLD2), U2, provides the clocks for the au-
dio processor based upon the 12.288 MHz crystal controlled oscillator clock
(MCLKI). MCLKI is first divided by two to produce a 6.144 MHz clock. This
clock is divided by three to produce the 3.072 MHz ACLK and is divided by two
to produce the 2.048 MHz VCLK. VCLK is divided by 16 to produce 128 kHz.

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Page 40
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

(3) Store Processor PWA; P/N 205E060101, 205E102700 (See Figures A4 and A5)

The Store Processor PWA, using microprocessor U22, interfaces the flash memory to the
Audio Processor PWA. In order to provide thirty minutes of continuous recording, the
Store Processor aligns the solidstate memory array like a nonvolatile circular buffer,
which the Store Processor writes to at the head of the circular buffer and erases at the end
of the buffer.

The Store Processor can be functionally divided into a Control Management Section and
an Interface Section.

(a) Control Management Section

The control management activities consist of steering the inputs and outputs of its
three interfaces (protectedmemory, Aircraft Interface, and Audio Processor), as well
as providing internal and external performance monitoring.

1) Microprocessor; U22

The Store Processor uses a synchronous state mP, U22, whose timing is derived
from a crystal controlled oscillator, Y1, which outputs a square wave at 32 MHz.
This signal is named CLKIN and drives only the microprocessors clock input.
The mP internally divides CLKIN by two yielding an output clock named
CLKOUT of 16 MHz. All of the mPs internal timing is synchronized to CLKOUT.

VOLATILE NONVOLATILE
CLOCK ADDRESS READ ONLY READ/WRITE READ/WRITE
LATCHES MEMORY MEMORY MEMORY
Y1
U10, U14 U5 U17, U21 U24

ADDRESS BUS
MICROPROCESSOR
DATA BUS

CONTROL BUS
U22

/RESET
CONTROL AUDIO PROCESSOR FLASH MEMORY
LOGIC AND INTERFACE
AIRCRAFT INTER-
/LOW_LINE POWER RESET FACE
AND U4 U8, U9, U11, U13,
WATCHDOG U20, U12 U6, U7, U12, U23 U15, U18
TIMER

U2
2 8 2 10 21
4 8
/SYSRST
/FAULT DATA CTRL CTRL ADR VCC VPP
/PWR_FAIL SYNC DATA
STATUS

TO AUDIO TO STORE
VCC (+5V) PROCESSOR PWA PROCESSOR PWA
+5V
POWER VEE (+5V)
+12V MANAGEMENT
VPP (+12V) AIRCRAFT
INTERFACE
U16, U3

Store Processor PWA Functional Block Diagram


Figure 29
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 41
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

2) Address Latches; U10, U14

The mPs 20bit address bus is multiplexed with other signals and must be ex-
ternally demultiplexed to generate a system address bus which remains stable
throughout a bus cycle. Address latches, U10 and U14, are used to demultiplex
the interface signals to generate the local address bus (ADR<19..0>). The mPs
Address Latch Enable (ALE) strobe clocks the latches.

3) Power Reset and Watchdog Timer; U2

The resetting of the mP and its support circuitry is managed by a microprocessor


supervisory circuit, U2. It provides an active low /RESET output which is direct-
ly connected to the mPs /RESET input. The minimum duration of the reset
pulse is 35 ms. U2 initiates a /RESET signal when it detects either: 1) the +5
Vdc power supply going out of limits or 2) a watchdog time out.

Upon powering up, /RESET remains low for 35 to 70 ms after Vcc raises above
4.75 volts. On powering down, signal /RESET goes low whenever Vcc falls be-
low 4.5 volts. The reset threshold comparators have approximately 50 mV of
hysteresis.

The Watchdog Timer (WDT) circuit forces a RESET pulse when no retrigger
pulse occurs at its WDI pin within a timeout period of 1.0 second. The Store
Processor causes the watchdog timer to be retriggered every read from or
write to the Audio Processor. This is accomplished by pulsing the watchdog
timers WDI pin with the Audio Processors chip select strobe, /PCS4.

4) Control Logic; U20, U4

The Control Logic is composed of two programmable logic devices, U20 and
U4, as well as a 13 nanosecond delay device, U19. This section generates the
control signals that are used to read and write the data from the protected
(flash) store memory and the Audio Processor PWA.

5) Power Management; U16, U3

Power management circuitry performs three functions; power failure detection,


EEPROM power, and protected (flash) memory power.

Power failure detection is provided by an analog voltage sourced by the power


supply section of the Aircraft Interface PWA. The signal, designated
LOW_LINE, is an analog to the unregulated 28 Vdc (nominal) input to the power
supplys DC/DC converters. At power down, the /LOW_LINE signal begins to
sag before the +5 and/or +12 volt supplies.

In the Store Processor PWA, the /LOW_LINE signal is attenuated and


compared to a 1.3 volt bandgap reference contained within U2. The compara-
tor output, /PWR_FAIL, goes low to indicate power loss. This logic signal is
polled by the mP every time it reads the Audio Processor input port. Signal /
PWR_FAIL also directly controls the EEPROM power circuit.

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 42
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

EEPROM power, Vee, is provided because of the need to save memory point-
ers and other state variables at power down. In order to guarantee accurate
saving of state records, the +5 Vdc supply to nonvolatile read/write memory,
U24, must remain within specifications for 10.1 ms after the mP writes the last
byte to be saved. Since the power supply cannot maintain Vcc to the whole
PWA for that long of a period, an isolated +5 Vdc, Vee, is generated by U16.

Protected (flash) memory requires a programming voltage, Vpp, of +12 Vdc


+5%. The +12 Vdc provided by the Aircraft Interface PWA can only be regu-
lated to +10%; consequently, a more tightly regulated voltage is provided by U3,
which is located on the Store Processor PWA.

6) Local Memory; U17, U21, U24

Local Memory (noncrash protected memory) consists of: Read Only Memory,
U5; Volatile Read/Write Memory (RAM) U17 and U21; and NonVolatile
Memory, U24. This circuitry performs two functions; it is used as a buffer be-
tween the Audio Processor and the crashprotected memory, and to retain the
memory pointers and other state variables at power down.

(b) Interface Section

The interface section consists of three interfaces; Aircraft Interface PWA, Audio Pro-
cessor PWA, and the crash protected (flash) memory. Additionally, a local memory
subsection is used in the transfer of data from the Audio Processor to the protected
memory.

1) Aircraft Interface to Store Processor Interface; U23 and U6

The Store Processor interface to the Aircraft Interface PWA consists of four
data lines: TEST, ERASE, /RECORD, and /LOW_LINE. Refer to Page 32 for
signal definitions.

2) Audio Processor Interface; U6, U7 and U12

The logical interface to the Audio Processor consists of: a 9bit bidirectional
bus (data and sync); a 2bit status bus (FIFO halffull and empty); and a 2bit
control bus (write and read strobes). The read and write control strobes which
the Store Processor outputs to the Audio Processor are generated in PLDs,
U20 and U4.

The physical interface to the Audio Processor consists of two ports, one read
only, the other writeonly. Both are accessed whenever the mP asserts /PCS4.

The input port is implemented with a pair of octal 3state buffers (U6 and U7),
which drive the mPs data bus whenever /PCS4 and /RD are asserted. The port
supplies data and status information from the Audio Processor (11 bits). Addi-
tionally, it supplies aircraft and recorder status information (5 bits).

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 43
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

The output port is implemented with a 9bit transparent 3state latch, U12. The
latch is transparent when /WR and /PCS4 are asserted. It latches data on the
rising edge of /WR. The latchs output are enabled while the latches are trans-
parent, but remain enabled for an additional period after the rising edge of /WR
to meet the Audio Processors write hold timing requirements.

3) Crash Protected (Flash) Memory Interface; U8, U9, U11, U13, U15, U18

The performance requirements of the Store Processor with regard to concur-


rently recording audio data and erasing memory chips in preparation for subse-
quent recording are such that two page registers are required. One page
register selects the device and area to which data is currently being written. The
other page register selects the device and area currently being erased.

The physical interface to the crash protected memory consists of : an 8bit bi


directional data bus (FDAT<7..0>); a 3bit (decoded to 8 lines) module select
bus (SEL<7..0>); a 21bit address bus (FADR<20..0>); and a 2bit control bus
(/OE, /WE).

The data bus is buffered through an 8bit bus transceiver, U18. The direction of
the transceivers is controlled by the mPs /RD strobe. The outputs of the trans-
ceivers are enabled by PLD U4. During a read from flash memory, the outputs
of the transceivers are enabled while /MCSO and /RD are asserted by the mP.
During a write to flash memory, the transceiver outputs are enabled while /
MCSO and /WR are asserted by the mP, but they remain enabled for a period
after the rising edge of /WR in order to meet the flash memorys write hold tim-
ing requirement.

The 15 least significant bits of the flash memory address bus (FADR<14..0>)
are derived directly from the mPs address bus. A pair of 8bit, 3state transpar-
ent latches, U10 and U14, are clocked by the mPs ALE strobe to latch
AD<15..0> on each address cycle.

The 6 most significant bits of the flash memory address bus (FADR<20...15>)
and the 8 module select lines (SEL<7...0>) are derived from a pair of 10bit
page registers, U8 and U9. The registers capture the 10 least significant bits of
the mPs data bus when it performs a write while asserting /PCSO. The regis-
ters clocks and output enables are generated by PLD U4. The level on
ADR<1> determines which register is clocked. One of the two page registers
outputs are enabled during any access to flash memory. The level of ADR<16>
determines which registers outputs are enabled. The 6 least significant output
bits of the page registers become FADR<20...15> and drive the flash memory
array directly. The next three most significant bits (FADR<23..21>) are decoded
by a 10f8 decoder, U11, generating the module select bus (SEL<7..0>).

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Page 44
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

(4) Control Unit


The Control Unit (see Figure 7 and Figure 30) contains the TEST switch, bulk ERASE
switch, indicating meter, headset jack, and a Microphone Preamplifier PWA and includes
the area microphone (internally or externally mounted). The A151 and A151B Control
Units connect to an externally mounted microphone. The A151 and A152 Control Units
use Microphone Preamplifier PWA, P/N 93A26302 which operates with a dynamic micro-
phone while the A151B and A152B Control Units use Microphone Preamplifier PWA, P/N
93A26601 which operates with a condenser microphone (refer to Appendix A for the
schematic diagrams).
The TEST switch and indicating meter provide the capability to test the four channels and
the headset jack provides the means to monitor the playback of all four recorded channels.
The bulk ERASE switch is used to erase the entire solidstate memory (FCSSU) after a
routine flight, and will work only when: 1) the landing gear is down, 2) the weight of the
plane is resting on the landing gear, and 3) the parking brake is engaged. To prevent acci-
dental erasures, a timedelay circuit makes it necessary to hold the switch down for more
than two seconds to start the erasure process.

TEST SWITCH

ERASE SWITCH

MICROPHONE

METER

MICROPHONE
PREAMPLIFIER
PWA

Exploded View of Control Unit Assembly, A152, A152B


Figure 30
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 45
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

(a) Microphone Preamplifier PWA, P/N 93A263(XX)

This PWA (refer to Figure 31) is used in Model A151 and A152 Control Units which
function with a dynamic type microphone. The preamplifier (see the schematic dia-
gram given in Figure A6 in Appendix A) receives the microphone lowlevel input sig-
nal at pins N and P. The lowlevel audio signal is amplified by Q1, gain adjusted by
potentiometer R9, and further amplified by Q2.

Pin selectable audio gain attenuation, in 6 dB steps from 0 to 24 dB, is provided via
resistors R17, R29, R30, R32, and R31. A jumper/strap is required in the aircraft con-
nector between pin q and the appropriate attenuation pin (s): p (6 db), r (12 db), or t
(24 db). For example, a gain attenuation of 18 dB is enabled by connecting a jumper
between pin q and p (6 db) and also between pin q and r (12 db). Transistor Q3 is
another amplification stage and Q4 is an emitterfollower used to provide a lowim-
pedance output at pin L (OUT), which is fed through the aircraft wiring to the Aircraft
Interface PWA in the Model A100S recorder. Transistors Q5 and Q6 and associated
circuitry form an automatic gain control circuit (AGC). Diode D4, R27, and C22 filter
the supply voltage (B+18V) received from the A100S recorder.

NOTE: Jumper pin 5B at the center of the PWA is used to disable the AGC circuitry
when jumpered to the chassis.

(5) Microphone Preamplifier PWA, P/N 93A266(XX)

This PWA (refer to Figure 32) is used in the Model A151B and A152B Control Units
which connect, externally or internally, to a condenser microphone (Model A55B).
The operation of this PWA is similar to that of Microphone Preamplifier PWA, P/N
93A263 (XX), but differs in that it provides a filtered 6.2V dc supply voltage required
by the condenser microphones as a polarizing voltage. This voltage is furnished via
resistor R20, Zener diode D3, and capacitor C15 (see the schematic diagram given in
Figure A7 in Appendix A). Also, the preamplifier input is changed somewhat to ac-
commodate the higher level audio signal.

The microphone output signal is applied to the preamplifier input at pins N and M and
amplified by Q1, gain adjusted by potentiometer R9, and further amplified by Q2. Pin
selectable audio gain attenuation, in 6 dB steps from 0 to 24 dB, is provided via resis-
tors R17, R29, R30, R32, and R31. A jumper is required in the aircraft connector be-
tween pin q and the appropriate attenuation pin (s): p (6 db), r (12 db), or t (24 db).
For example, a gain attenuation of 18 dB is enabled by connecting a jumper between
pin q and p (6 db) and also between pin q and r (12 db). Transistor Q3 is another
amplification stage and Q4 is an emitterfollower used to provide a lowimpedance
output at pin L (OUT), which is fed through the aircraft wiring to the Aircraft Interface
PWA in the Model A100S recorder. Low frequency response remains fixed at 150 Hz
(3 dB).

Transistors Q5 and Q6 and associated circuitry form an automatic gain control circuit
(AGC). Diode D4, R27, and C22 filter the supply voltage (B+18V) received from the
A100S recorder.

NOTE: Jumper pin 5B at the center of the PWA is used to disable the AGC circuitry
when jumpered to the chassis.

23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 46
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

2.31"

INPUT FROM
C3 F MICROPHONE
R2 GND
C1
M
C15

R7 P
C2 N P
R4

Q1 C4 C7
C22

R3 R6
B-18V
C6 C5
R5 R8
R10 AUDIO
3.5" OUT
K R
Q6 27
GAIN Q5 B
R9
POT. R28
R9 L
R11 5B C20
AGC R C11
DISABLE 18 C19
C8 D D C R D
JUMPER
1 2 14 19 4
PIN
C9 B+18V

R C12
13 R R R22 C
12 14 R17
R26
R29
Q4
R R C R
15 25 17 21
C13 R16
Q2
R
C21 R C R C
30 Q3
31 16 24 18
C10 R
32

t R23
q p r

AUDIO GAIN
ATTENUATION JUMPER PINS
Jumper p to q for 6 dB
Jumper r to q for 12 dB
Jumper t to q for 24 dB

Dynamic Microphone Preamplifier PWA, P/N 93A26302


Figure 31
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 47
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

2.31"

INPUT FROM
MICROPHONE
+ C3
F GND
R2 + C1
M E 6.2V TO
R1 MICROPHONE
N
C2 +
P
R7 D
+ C7 3
C4 R4 +
R6 +
Q1 C15 C22
R3 R B-
R5 20
+ C5 + R8
AUDIO
C6 OUT
R10
3.5" Q6
GAIN + K R
POT. Q5 R
C
B 27
R9 18
11 L R28
R11
R9 C20
5B
AGC
DISABLE +
C8 C R C
JUMPER
D1 D2 14 19 19 D
PIN + 4
C9
B+
+
C
R C12 + R22
13 R R
R26
12 14 R17
Q4
R29
R
15 C C
13 R R16 R 17 R
Q2 30 R R C 25 + 21
R
+
32 31 16 24 C
+ 18 Q3
C
C10 +
21
+ p t
q r R23

AUDIO GAIN
ATTENUATION JUMPER PINS
Jumper p to q for 6 dB
Jumper r to q for 12 dB
Jumper t to q for 24 dB

Condenser Microphone Preamplifier PWA, P/N 93A26601


Figure 32
23-70-02
Description and Operation
Rev 1 Page 48
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING


1. GENERAL
This section provides operational level testing and system troubleshooting procedures for the Model
A100S recorder and associated control units and microphones. Testing for the A100S is based upon
operational test procedures. The operational test procedures may serve as an acceptance criteria
for the unit, as well as provide pointers to probable failures in the event that the unit is not function-
ing properly. There is no periodic testing required for the A100S. The A100S is a solidstate device
which has no moving parts and provides a minimum of 30 minutes of recording time. As such, fault
isolation is simplified in that it is confined to the three printed wiring assemblies which contain the
processing and control electronics for the A100S.

2. A100S RECORDER TESTING


The Model A100S has been designed as a direct line replaceable unit (LRU) for the existing L3
Cockpit Voice Recorders, Models A100 and A100A. As such, other than the Audio Monitor Adapter
with Modification 1 (AMA/1), the Model A100S recorder uses the same test equipment and bench
setup as the tapebased models.

As with the Model A100 and A100A recorders, the Model A100S must be removed from the aircraft
and placed on a test bench to be tested. Table 101 lists the standard test equipment that is recom-
mended to be available at the test bench such as an oscilloscope, voltmeters and frequency counter.
Special test equipment required consists of the following L3 units:

Cockpit Voice Recorder System Test Panel L3 P/N 9300A860


Calibrated Sound Source L3 P/N 9300A870
Audio Monitor Adapter (AMA/1) L3 P/N 17TES0200
Ultrasonic Test Set (Beacon Tester) L3 P/N 15977

3. MODEL A100S OPERATIONAL TEST PROCEDURE


Figure 101 is a block diagram of the test equipment setup used to test the Model A100S. The op-
erational test procedure used to verify the mission readiness of the Model A100S are given in
Table 102. The A100S is tested using the L3 Cockpit Voice Recorder System Test Panel, P/N
9300A860, which is the same test panel used to test the Model A100 and A100A tapebased Cock-
pit Voice Recorders. Interface cables are included with the Test Panel, one (rectangular plug) to
connect to the cockpit voice recorder and another (round plug) to connect to the control unit.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 2 Page
Page 101
101
Feb.
Mar. 01/93
15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 101
Recommended Standard Test Equipment

Part No. or
Model No. Manufacturer Name Purpose

Model 54111D HewlettPackard Oscilloscope Signal presentation


3400A HewlettPackard AC VTVM Voltage measurement (VTVM)
651B HewlettPackard Audio Oscillator Test signal injection for troubleshooting
and alignment
W5MT3W Technipower Variac Troubleshooting
(0100 Watts,
600400 Hz)
4368B HewlettPackard VoltOhm Voltage measurements (VOM)
Milliammeter
Model 3283 Simpson AC Volt Meter Measuring input line voltage
P/N 16315
5314A HewlettPackard Frequency Meter Measuring input line frequency

This panel may be used in conjunction with the L3 Calibrated Sound Source, P/N 9300A870, which
is used to generate a regulated sound source, via a speaker, to test and analyze the system micro-
phones. The specifications for the A100S apply to the individual channel outputs accessed, via the
Audio Monitor Adapter with Modification 1 (AMA/1), at the Playback Monitor connector (J6) located
on the outer edge of the Audio Processor PWA. As such, the dust cover of the A100S must be re-
moved if the desired level of test goes beyond the ALL TEST procedure given in Table 102. For an
illustration of this test setup, refer Figure 904.

NOTE: The ALL TEST test procedure is sufficient to determine the mission readiness of the re-
corder.

System level troubleshooting for the Model A100S is provided in Table 105. Each step given in
Table 105 corresponds to the respective step described in the Operational Test Procedure given in
Table 102. That is, if an expected indication called for in the Operational Test Procedure is not cor-
rect, refer to the respective step in the System Level Troubleshooting table.

System level troubleshooting restricts corrective maintenance to replacement of a PWA and/or the
Flash Crash Survivable Storage Unit (FCSSU). However, fault isolation procedures are given for the
Aircraft Interface PWA (Table 106), Audio Processor PWA (Table 107) and the Store Processor PWA
(Table 108). To aid in troubleshooting, refer to the System Functional Block Diagram given in
Figure 25, which is presented in the Description and Operation section. Also, refer to the detailed
system wiring diagram (Figure A1) and PWA schematic diagrams given in Appendix A at the rear of
this manual for additional troubleshooting aids.

Frequency response and input gain calibration procedures are described in the Fault Isolation sec-
tion for the Audio Processor PWA.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 1 Page
Page 102
102
Feb.
July 01/93
30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Variac
115 + 1 VAC Watt/AC Line
400 Hz Meter

Audio Scope
Oscillator

Frequency Frequency
Meter Meter
Channel A Channel B

Input Output
VTVM VTVM
Terminal Block TB1
Pin 1 115V Hot
Pin 2 115V Gnd

Recorder Recorder
Power In
Input Output
Terminals Terminals Speaker

LOCAL CONTROL
RECORDER AMP UNIT
CHANNEL
SIDE SELECT (Audio Amplifier) SIDE
Switch Switch

Rec.
Recorder c.u.
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER Interface
SYSTEM TEST PANEL, Connector
P/N 9300A860 J3 J2

Connection
For Interface
Interface
Cable To
Cable
Control Unit,
When Used
P1
Input J1 Output

Model A100S
SolidState Cockpit Voice Recorder
Under Test

Model A100S Operational Test SetUp


Figure 101
237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 1 Page
Page 103
103
Feb.
July 01/93
30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 102
Model A100S Operational Test Procedure

ITEM PROCEDURE REFERENCE


A. PRELIMINARY TEST SETUP Test SetUp Figure 101
(1) Except for the Model A100S, connect all units as shown in
Figure 101. At the A860 Cockpit Voice Recorder System Test
Panel, hereinafter referred to as the Test Panel, set function
switches as follows:
POWER ON/OFF switch Set this toggle switch to
position OFF (down).
POWER AC/DC switch Set this toggle switch to
position AC (up).
CHANNEL SELECT switch Set this switch to position CH1.
RECORD BIAS/OFF Set the RECORD toggle switch to
switch position BIAS (up).
LOCAL AMP switch Set this switch to position REC.
VOLUME control Set the VOLUME control at its
midrange position.
MODE SYS/UNIT select sw. Set the SYS/UNIT switch to
(Left top of panel) position SYS.

(2) Set output of generator to 3 Vrms @ 1 KHz


output. Note the ac power consumption, if any.

(3) Apply power to the Variac and adjust as needed for 115 +1 Vac
output. Note the ac power consumption, if any.

B. POWERON TEST Test SetUp, Figure 101


This test checks the Model A100S ac power consumption and the
powerup audible tone generated by the recorder.
(1) Connect the Model A100S and the Control Unit (if one is being
used) to the Test Panel.
NOTE: With the RECORD BIAS/OFF switch set to position
BIAS, prerecorded data will be overwritten.

(2) At the Test Panel, while monitoring the Variac and listening for
the startup audible tone, set the POWER ON/OFF toggle
switch to position ON. Note: at the instant that power is
applied, the recorder will generate a brief audible tone. If no
audible tone is heard, proceed to Table 105 for troubleshooting.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 3 Page
Page 104
104
Feb.
Jul. 01/93
01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 102
Model A100S Operational Test Procedure (Continued)

ITEM PROCEDURE REFERENCE

(3) Carefully readjust Variac to provide 115 + 1 Vac to the Test Panel.
Note the ac power consumption. Subtract from this
figure, the power consumption noted in step A.(2).
The ac power consumed by the recorder should be12 watts
or less. If not, proceed to Table 105 for troubleshooting.

C. ALL TEST Test SetUp, Figure 101


Sophisticated BuiltInTestEquipment (BITE) has been designed
into the A100S to allow a quick operational confidence check without
removing the dust cover. This check can be accomplished at the test
bench using the Test Panel.
(1) ALL TEST Using Test Panel:

(a) At the Test Panel, set the MODE switch to position UNIT.

(b) At the Test Panel, press and hold the green ALL TEST
pushbutton for approximately 1 minute to allow
recorded data to be monitored in the playback mode.

(c) While holding in the ALL TEST pushbutton, monitor the


TEST meter directly above the ALL TEST pushbutton.
The needle should remain in the green (GOOD) area.

(d) At the Test Panel, monitor the speaker for the 640 Hertz
test tone; if necessary, turn up the panel VOLUME control.
The test tone will alternate between the channels and
will always start a new cycle at Channel 1. If this is not
the case, proceed to Table 105 for troubleshooting.

(e) Control Unit Voltage Check: Measure the output of the Control Unit
connectors on the A860 Control Panel and ensure a reading of
18 VDC + 15% with a 1 K ohm load across the output.

NOTE: If recorder does not pass All Test, check for fault conditions
described in notes at end of this chapter.

NOTE: CLEARING MEMORY LATCHED FAULT CONDITION


The A100S Store Processor Card, p/n: 205E060200 or 205E102700, stores
memory fault codes in nonvolatile EEPROM. Certain memory fault conditions
must be reset by service personnel prior to returning the unit to normal operation.
This Memory latched fault condition is indicated by the Fault Indicator, CR5, lo-
cated on the Store Processor Card, being illuminated when the unit is powered up
in the Record Mode of operation. The Memory Latched Fault Condition can be
cleared as described in the procedure below.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 3 Page
Page 105
105
Feb.
Jul. 01/93
01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 102
Model A100S Operational Test Procedure (Continued)

ITEM PROCEDURE REFERENCE

(1) With the SSCVR connected to the A860 CVR Test Panel, power the A100S
up in the Reproduce Mode. (Record/Bias Switch, S11, on the Test Panel to
OFF.)
(2) If the Pointers Not Saved condition has been latched, the Fault Indicator,
CR5, on the Store Processor Card will flash 10 times.
(3) Allow the flashing indication cycle to complete, or observe that the unit does
not have this condition.
Note: Since this procedure requires critical timing sequence for clearing the
fault condition, read Steps (4) & (5) completely before performing.
(4) To clear the Memory Latched Fault condition, first press and release the All
Test Switch, S13, on the A860 CVR Test Panel. (This begins a 5second
interval in which the latched fault condition may be cleared.)
(5) Immediately after pressing and releasing the All Test Switch, S13, press and
hold the Bulk Erase Switch, S10, for atleast 3 seconds but not more than the
5 second interval.
(6) Power down the recorder, place the unit into Record Mode by placing the
CVR Test Panel switch S11 to Record/Bias position and reapply power to the
recorder.
(7) Observe that the Fault Indicator is no longer illuminated. Press All Test
Switch and observe test meter is in green to verify proper operation of re-
corder.
(8) If recorder fails to test good, or the Fault Indicator, CR5, is still illuminated,
then repeat steps (3) (7). If problem continues, return unit to L3AR for ser-
vice.
(9) If the Pointers Not Saved latched condition was observed in step (2) above,
then proceed with the next procedure.
NOTE: POINTERS NOT SAVED LATCHED FAULT CONDITION
The A100S is designed such that an impending loss of power is signaled to the
CPU to preserve the current system pointers in nonvolatile (EEPROM) memory.
Any interruption to this cycle might result in a corrupted set of pointers and cause a
Pointers Not Saved latched fault condition.
(1) With the SSCVR connected to the A860 CVR Test Panel, power the A100S
up in the Reproduce Mode. (Record/Bias Switch, S11, on the Test Panel to
OFF.)
(2) If the Pointers Not Saved condition has been latched, the Fault Indicator,
CR5, on the Store Processor Card will flash 10 times.
(3) Allow this flashing fault indication cycle to complete.
Note: Since this procedure requires critical timing sequence for clearing the
fault condition, read Steps (4) & (5) completely before performing.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 2 Page
Page 106
106
Feb.
Mar. 01/93
15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 102
Model A100S Operational Test Procedure (Continued)

ITEM PROCEDURE REFERENCE

(4) Press and release the All Test Switch, S13, on the A860 CVR Test Panel.
(This begins a 5second interval in which the latched fault condition may be
cleared.)
(5) Immediately after pressing and releasing the All Test Switch, S13, press and
hold the Bulk Erase Switch, S10, for atleast 3 seconds but not more than the
5second interval. During the 3 seconds while the Bulk Erase Switch, S10, is
being pressed, briefly press and release the All Test Switch, S13, again.
(6) To verify that the fault has cleared, power down the recorder, then reapply
power while in the Reproduce mode of operation and observe that the Fault
Indicator, CR5, on the Store Processor Card briefly flashes but does not illu-
minate.
(2) ALL TEST Using Associated Control Unit:

(a) At the Test Panel, set the MODE switch to position SYS.

(b) At the Control Unit, press and hold the ALL TEST push
button for approximately 1 minute to allow recorded
data to be monitored in the playback mode.

(c) At the Control Unit, monitor the TEST meter. The


needle should remain in the green (GOOD) area.

(d) At the Control Unit with a suitable headset connected


to the 1/4 inch phone jack, monitor the A100S test tone.
The test tone should be an audible 640 Hertz tone and
should alternate between channels. If this is not the
case, proceed to Table 105 for troubleshooting.

D. PLAYBACK TEST Test SetUp, Figure 101

This test verifies the playback ability of the A100S recorder.


(1) At the System Test Panel, set the RECORD BIAS/OFF toggle
switch to position OFF (down).

(2) At the Test Panel, press the ALL TEST pushbutton. The
recorder should automatically begin replaying the data
recorded since the recorder was last poweredup. If this
is not the case, proceed to Table 105 for troubleshooting.

(3) Connect the headset to the recorder front panel jack to


monitor the combined audio. The previously recorded test
tone should be heard.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 1 Page
Page 107
107
Feb.
July 01/93
30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 102
Model A100S Operational Test Procedure (Continued)

ITEM PROCEDURE REFERENCE


NOTE: The recorder test tone can also be heard via the Test Panel
speaker and also by connecting to the HEADSET phone
jack on the Control Unit.

(4) At the Test Panel, place the RECORD BIAS/OFF toggle


switch to position BIAS (up). The recorder will resume
recording data at the point in memory where it had stopped
when the PLAYBACK function was initiated.

E. BULK ERASE TEST Test SetUp, Figure 101

This test checks the capability of erasing the information stored


in the A100S FCSSU (CMOS Flash memory).
(1) Bulk Erase LockOut:
NOTE: This portion of the test verifies that the Bulk Erase function
will not be initiated by momentarily contacting the ERASE
pushbutton (less than 2 seconds).

(a) At the Test Panel, verify that the RECORD BIAS/OFF


toggle switch is still set to position BIAS (up).

(b) At the Test Panel (or the Control Unit if used), press and
release the BULK ERASE pushbutton for less than 2 seconds.

(c) This action should not have started the Bulk Erase function.
If started, proceed to Table 105 for troubleshooting.
(2) Bulk Erase:
NOTE: All previously recorded data will be erased during the Bulk
Erase cycle.
(a) At the Test Panel (or the Control Unit if used), press and
hold the ERASE pushbutton for more than two seconds
and release.

(b) Monitor the Test Panel speaker. For units equipped


with 2Megabit Memory Devices, the erase tone should
be audible for approximately 13 seconds. For units
equipped with 8Megabit Memory Devices (Modification
Dot 1), the erase tone should be audible for approximately
1 to 15 seconds. If the erase tone is not heard, proceed to
Table 105 for troubleshooting.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 2 Page
Page 108
108
Feb.
Mar. 01/93
15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 102
Model A100S Operational Test Procedure (Continued)

ITEM PROCEDURE REFERENCE

(3) Bulk Erase Verification:


This test verifies that all previously recorded information has been
erased from the memory.
(a) At the Test Panel, verify that the RECORD BIAS/OFF
toggle switch is still set to position OFF (down).

(b) At the Test Panel, press the ALL TEST pushbutton.


The recorder should automatically begin replaying the
data recorded since the recorder was last poweredup.

E. BULK ERASE TEST (Continued) Test SetUp, Figure 101

(c) When the unit is placed back into the playback mode
after a Bulk Erase is performed, a sound similar to a
galloping horse or tapping fingers is heard.
This sound indicates that there is no data in memory.
If nothing is heard, proceed to Table 105 for
troubleshooting.

F. BEACON TEST

This test verifies the proper operation of the beacon (Underwater


Locating Device) mounted on the A100S front panel.
(1) Turn on the L3 Beacon Tester (P/N 15977).

(2) Using a ground strap or similar conductive material, short


the beacon center conductor, located on the underside of
the beacon, to the cradle.

(3) While the beacon is shorted to the cradle, an audible tone


should be heard at the beacon test set. Once detected,
remove the shorting jumper. If an audible tone is not
detected, proceed to Table 105 for troubleshooting.

(4) If the ULD is functioning properly, it will emit inaudible,


ultrasonic soundwaves that the 42A12( ) will receive and
reproduce at a lower, audible frequency. Proper operation
of the ULD is indicated by a repetitive beep emanating
from the 42A12( )s speaker.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 2 Page
Page 109
109
Feb.
Mar. 01/93
15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

4. CONTROL UNIT, MODEL A151/A151B & A152/A152B


TEST PROCEDURES
Table 103 provides the operational tests and alignment procedures for the Model A151/A151B and
A152/A152B Control Units. Figure 102 is a diagram of the basic test setup to be used for testing
either type Control Unit. Figure 103 shows the location of the Control Unit microphone input gain
control (potentiometer R9 on the Microphone Preamplifier PWA).
Table 103
Model A151 and A152 Control Units, Operational Test Procedure
ITEM PROCEDURE REFERENCE
A. PRELIMINARY TEST SETUP
(1) Remove the dust cover from the Control Unit to be tested. Figure 102
(2) At the Control Unit, connect a jumper wire between pin 5B
on the Microphone Preamplifier PWA and chassis; this con
nection disables the AGC circuitry (see Figure 31/Figure 32).
(3) Connect all units as shown in Figure 102
(4) At the Test Panel, set the function switches as follows:
POWER AC/DC Switch AC
POWER ON/OFF Switch OFF
LOCAL AMP Switch C.U. (Control Unit)
ROLL OFF Switch 700 Hertz
ATTENUATION Switches 6 dB ON, (right)
12 dB ON, (right)
24 dB OFF (left)
MIC INT/EXT Switch EXT
CHANNEL SELECT Switch CH1

NOTE: In Model A152/A152B Control Units, where the builtin


microphone is wired internally to pins N (HI) and P (LO) of
the Microphone Preamplifier PWA (see Figure 31/Figure 32),
disconnect microphone leads and apply input signals
using a properly shielded cable directly to circuit board
pins N and P. In other units, the input signal should be
applied to the test panel input with the MIC INT/EXT switch
set to EXT.
(5) When testing Models A151 and A152, test signals may be applied
to input terminals on the RECORDER side of the Test Panel. For
Models 1521, A1522 and A1524, remove the microphone
wires from pins N and P on the printed circuit board and connect
the test signal directly to pins N (HI) and P (LO). See Figure 901.
(6) At the Test Panel, set the POWER ON/OFF switch to position ON.
(7) Apply power to the Variac and adjust as needed for 115 +1 Vac
power to the Test Panel input (TB1 1 & 2). See Figure 102.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 1 Page
Page 110
110
Feb.
July 01/93
30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Variac
115 + 1 Vac Watt/AC Line
400 Hz Meter

Freq Meter Input Terminal Block TB1


Channel A VTVM Pin 1 115V Hot
Pin 2 115V Gnd

Audio System Test Panel


Oscillator Control Unit
Input CONTROL UNIT Speaker
SIDE
RECORDER
SIDE
LOCAL AMP
MIC. (Audio Amplifier)
Switch
Freq Meter Output Select
Channel B VTVM

C.U. Rec.
Scope Control Unit
Output

J2

Connection For Interface


Cable To Control Unit

Input Output

Control Unit
Under Test

Control Unit Test Setup


Figure 102

POTENTIOMETER
R9

Control Unit Test and Adjustment Point


Figure 103
237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 1 Page
Page 111
111
Feb.
July 01/93
30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 103
Model A151 and A152 Control Units, Operational Test Procedure (Continued)

ITEM PROCEDURE REFERENCE


B. GAIN ALIGNMENT Figure 102
NOTE: For Model A151 & A152 units with Mod. 5, refer to Section 6.B.
(1) At the Audio Oscillator, apply a 4 mV, 1 kHz signal to the
Control Unit input terminals.
(2) Adjust Control Unit potentiometer R9 (location illustrated in
Figure 103) for a 0.5V level as measured at the Output VTVM.
C. MAX OUTPUT TEST Figure 102
(1) At the Audio Oscillator, increase the Control Unit input signal
level to approximately 12 mV.
(2) Adjust the input signal level for a 2 volt level at the Output VTVM.
(3) A sinewave output with no sign of clipping should be
observed on the oscilloscope.
D. AGC TEST Figure 102
(1) At the Control Unit, remove the jumper connecting post 5B on
the Microphone Preamplifier PWA to the chassis (installed in the
PRELIMINARY TEST SETUP).
(2) Observe that the voltage level measured at the Output VTVM
dropped to between 0.3 and 0.6 volt.
(3) Reconnect the jumper between post 5B on the Microphone
Preamplifier PWA and the chassis.
E. SIGNAL/NOISE RATIO Figure 102
(1) At the Test Panel, short the input terminals and note the reading
Output VTVM.
(2) At the Output VTVM, the noise level should be less than10 mV.
(3) At the Test Panel, remove the short.
F. FREQUENCY RESPONSE Figure 102
NOTE: For Model A151 & A152 units with Mod. 4, refer to Section 5.A.
For Model A151 & A152 units with Mod. 5, refer to Section 6.A.
(1) Set the Output VTVM to the 1 volt fullscale range.
(2) Apply a 1kHz input signal and adjust the input voltage
level (at the audio oscillator) for a 0 dB reading on the
Output VTVM.
(3) Maintaining the above input level, adjust the audio oscillator
for 700 Hz input signal and note the reading on the Output VTVM
in dB. The meter should not deviate more than 0 to 6 dB.
(4) Repeat step (3) with audio oscillator adjusted for both 300 Hz
and 5 kHz.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 1 Page
Page 112
112
Feb.
July 01/93
30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 103
Model A151 and A152 Control Units, Operational Test Procedure (Continued)

ITEM PROCEDURE REFERENCE

G. MICROPHONE GAIN ALIGNMENT Figure 102


(1) At the Test Panel, set the MIC INT/EXT switch to position INT.
(2) Reconnect microphone if disconnected in the PRELIMINARY
TEST SETUP.
(3) At the Calibrated Sound Source, P/N 9300A870, apply a
100 dB sound pressure level to the Control Unit microphone
and adjust the position of the Control Unit to obtain a
maximum reading.
(4) At the Control Unit Microphone Preamplifier PWA, adjust
potentiometer R9 (position illustrated in Figure 103) for a
reading of 0.5 V on the Output VTVM.
H. TEST METER Figure 102
(1) Remove jumper between Pin 5B and ground. Press TEST button
of control unit test meter to read 9dB minimum.
I. BULK ERASE SWITCH Figure 102
(1) While monitoring both the NORMAL and the ACTUATE meters
at the upper left corner of the Test Panel, press the ERASE
button on the Control Unit.
(2) At the Test Panel, the NORMAL meter should drop to midscale
while the ACTUATE meter should rise to midscale.
J. GROUND SHORT TEST Figure 102
(1) Switch test panel GND test switch to Position 1 (GND Short). GND
test lamp should NOT light. If control unit under test has a short
between signal ground and chassis GND test lamp will light indicating
a fault.
K. REVERSED GROUND TEST Figure 102
(1) Switch test panel GND test switch to Position 2 (Reversed Ground).
GND test lamp should NOT light. Touch the control units chassis
with the test panel probe. If control unit is properly grounded the
GND test lamp will light.
(2) For control units with internal microphone repeat above test touching
microphone case.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 2 Page
Page 113
113
Feb.
Mar. 01/93
15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

5. CONTROL UNIT, MODEL A151 & A152 WITH MODIFICATION 4


TEST PROCEDURES
The test procedures for testing Control Units, Models A151 and A152, which include Modification 4,
are the same as those without Modification 4 with the exception of the Frequency Response Test
given below. The test setup given in Figure 102 is to be used for testing these Control Units. Also,
refer to Figure 103 for the Control Unit preamplifier gain adjustment point.

A. FREQUENCY RESPONSE

(1) Set the Output VTVM to its 1 volt fullscale range.

(2) Apply a 1 kHz input signal and adjust its input voltage level (at the oscillator) for an output
signal level of 0 dB as measured on the Output VTVM.

(3) Maintain the same input level. Switch through following frequencies and read dB outputs:

150 Hz 1 to 5 dB
300 Hz 0 to 3 dB
500 Hz 0 to 3 dB
5000 Hz 0 to 4 dB

6. CONTROL UNIT, MODEL A151 & A152 WITH MODIFICATION 5


TEST PROCEDURES
The test procedures for testing Control Units, Models A151 and A152, which include Modification 5,
are the same as those without Modification 5 with the exceptions of the Frequency Response Test
and the Microphone Gain Alignment given below. The test setup given in Figure 102 is to be used
for testing these Control Units. Refer to Figure 103 for the Control Unit preamplifier gain adjustment
point.

A. FREQUENCY RESPONSE

(1) Set the Output VTVM to its 1 volt fullscale range.

(2) Apply a 1 kHz input signal and adjust the input voltage level (at the oscillator) for an output
signal level of 0 dB as measured on the Output VTVM.

(3) Maintain the same input voltage level set above. Switch through the following frequencies
and note the dB outputs:

150 Hz 1 to 5 dB
300 Hz 0 to 3 dB
500 Hz 0 to 3 dB
5000 Hz 0 to 4 dB

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 1 Page
Page 114
114
Feb.
July 01/93
30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

B. MICROPHONE GAIN ALIGNMENT

(1) At the Test Panel, set the MIC INT/EXT switch to position INT. Set the Test Panel attenua-
tor switches for 18 dB attenuation. This is performed by positioning the 6 dB and 12
dB attenuation switches to the right (enable) and the 24 dB attenuation switch to the left
(disable) position.

(2) Connect the microphone if not already connected.

(3) At the Calibrated Sound Source, P/N 9300A870, apply a 100 dB sound pressure level to
the Control Unit microphone and adjust the position of the Control Unit to obtain a maxi-
mum reading on the Output VTVM.

(4) At the Control Unit Microphone Preamplifier PWA, adjust potentiometer R9 (shown in
Figure 103) for an output of 0.5V as indicated on the Output VTVM.

7. MODEL A150 PREAMPLIFIER TEST PROCEDURES


Table 104 provides the operational test procedure for the Model A150 Microphone Pre-
amplifier Module. The Model A150 is designed to be used only with condenser-type mi-
crophones (Model A055). To test the operational performance of the A150 Preamplifier
Module, use Test Cable Assembly, P/N 024E128500, along with the same test setup giv-
en in Figure 102 with one exception. A simulated microphone signal output from the
HP33120B is routed through the A860 Test Panel, a banana jack to BNC adapter,
and Cable 024E187700 to connector J1 on the A150 Preamplifier. The Test Cable As-
sembly, P/N 024E128500 connects between J2 on the A860 Test Panel and the 19pin
connector on Preamplifier A150 to furnish operating power for the preamplifier and to
route the amplified simulated microphone output back to the A860 Test Panel.

Mic
Connector B A
J1 M A
C C

D
K
E B
Signal H J1
Connector J2
J2

External Preamplifier, Model A150 (P/N 93A150-20)


Assembly Diagram
Figure 104
237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev. 3 Page
Page 115
115
Feb.
Jul. 01/93
01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

A150
PREAMPLIFIER MODULE CABLE ASSEMBLY 024E187700

PWA
TERMINALS J1- P2 P1-
MIC_NO.1_IN_HI MIC SIGNAL (wHITE) (BNC)
E5 A A CONNECT MIC
MIC_NO.1_BIAS CENTER CAL OUTPUT
E4 B B NO CONNECT FROM A860
MIC_NO.1_IN_LO MIC GND (SHIELD) SHIELD
E6 C C TEST PANEL
VIA BANANA
JACK-TO-BNC
ADAPTER.

Simulated Microphone Signal Input Test Connections to the


Model A150 Preamplifier Module
Figure 105

Table 104
Model A150 Preamplifier Unit, Operational Test Procedure

ITEM PROCEDURE REFERENCE


A. PRELIMINARY TEST SETUP
(1) Remove the dust cover from the Preamplifier Unit to be tested.
(2) At the Preamplifier Unit, connect a jumper wire between pin 5B
on the Microphone Preamplifier PWA, p/n: 205E and chassis;
this connection disables the AGC circuitry (Figure 32).
(3) At the Test Panel, set the function switches as follows:
POWER AC/DC Switch AC
POWER ON/OFF Switch OFF
LOCAL AMP Switch C.U. (Control Unit)
ATTENUATION Switches 6 dB ON, (right)
12 dB ON, (right)
24 dB OFF (left)
MIC INT/EXT Switch EXT
CHANNEL SELECT Switch CH1
(4) At the Test Panel, set the POWER ON/OFF switch to position ON.
(5) Apply power to the Variac and adjust as needed for 115 +1 Vac
power to the Test Panel input (TB1 1 & 2). See Figure 102.
B. GAIN ADJUSTMENT
(1) At the Audio Oscillator, apply a 4 mVrms, 1 kHz signal to the
Preamplifier Unit input terminals.
(2) Adjust Preamplifier Unit potentiometer R9 (location illustrated in 32)
for a 0.5V level as measured at the Output VTVM.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev. 3 Page
Page 116
116
Feb.
Jul. 01/93
01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 104
Model A150 Preamplifier Unit, Operational Test Procedure (Continued)

ITEM PROCEDURE REFERENCE


C. DISTORTION CHECK
(1) At the Audio Oscillator, increase the Preamplifier input signal
level to approximately 12 mVrms.
(2) Adjust the input signal level for a 2 volt level at the Output VTVM.
(3) A sinewave output with no sign of clipping should be
observed on the oscilloscope.
D. AGC TEST
(1) At the Preamplifier Unit, remove the jumper connecting post 5B on
the Microphone Preamplifier PWA to the chassis (installed in the
PRELIMINARY TEST SETUP).
(2) Observe that the voltage level measured at the Output VTVM
dropped to between 0.3 and 0.6 volt.
(3) Reconnect the jumper between post 5B on the Microphone
Preamplifier PWA and the chassis.
E. SIGNAL/NOISE RATIO
(1) At the Test Panel, short the input terminals and note the reading
Output VTVM.
(2) At the Output VTVM, the noise level should be less than10 mV.
(3) At the Test Panel, remove the short.
F. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
(1) Set the Output VTVM to the 1 volt fullscale range.
(2) Apply a 1kHz input signal and adjust the input voltage
level (at the audio oscillator) for a 0 dB reading on the
Output VTVM.
(3) Measure the output level for each of the frequencies listed below
and verify that the output levels are within the given specifications.
Frequency Input Output
150 Hz 2 to 10 dB
300 Hz 0 to 4dB
500 Hz 0 to 2dB
5,000 Hz 0 to 5dB

G. ATTENUATION CHECK
(1) Set all attenuator switches to OFF.
(2) Apply a 1kHz input siganal and adjust the input voltage
level (at the audio oscillator) for a 0 dB reading on the
Output VTVM.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev. 3 Page
Page 117
117
Feb.
Jul. 01/93
01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 104
Model A150 Preamplifier Unit, Operational Test Procedure (Continued)

ITEM PROCEDURE REFERENCE

(3) Set the 6 dB switch to ON and note the level on the


Output VTVM, it should read: 3 to 9 dB. Set the 6 dB switch
to OFF.
(3) Set the 12 dB switch to ON and note the level on the
Output VTVM, it should read: 9 to 15 dB. Set the 12 dB switch
to OFF.
(3) Set the 24 dB switch to ON and note the level on the
Output VTVM, it should read: 20 to 28 dB. Set the 24 dB switch
to OFF.
H. GAIN Verification
(1) At the Test Panel, set the attenuator switches as follows:
6 dB ON
12 dB ON
24 dB OFF
(2) At the Audio Oscillator, apply a 4 mVrms, 1 kHz signal to the
Preamplifier Unit input terminals.
(3) Verify a 0.5V level as measured at the Output VTVM, if necessary,
adjust Preamplifier Unit potentiometer R9 (location illustrated in 32).
(4) Measure the voltage across C15. Voltage should be 6.0 V (+/ .6V).
I. GROUND TEST
(1) Switch Test Panel GND test switch to REVERSED GND position.
(2) Touch the Preamp Unit chassis with the Test Panel probe. Verify
that the GND FAULT lamp does not illuminate.
(3) Set the Test Panel GND test switch to BYPASS position.
J. SYSTEM TEST
(1) Turn Test Panel Power OFF.
(2) Reinstall Preamp Dust Cover.
(3) Turn Test Panel Power ON.
(4) Set Test Panel LOCAL AMP switch to C.U. Verify that a voice or
1-kHz tone can be heard through the Test Panel speaker as the
VOLUME control is rotated clockwise.

8. CALIBRATION TEST FOR MODEL A055B REMOTE MICROPHONE MODULES


This series of tests verifies the proper operation of the L3 Model A055B series of remote condenser
type microphones, part numbers 93A05510, 20, 30, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 66, 67 and
95.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev. 3 Page
Page 118
118
Feb.
Jul. 01/93
01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

A. PRELIMINARY SETUP

(1) Set up for test as illustrated in Figure 106.

(2) Position the Calibrated Sound Source, P/N 9300A870, approximately 6inches from the
microphone.

(3) Connect microphone to Dumont: Model 701 oscilloscope and HP 400D AC VTVM, or
equivalent.

NOTE: If a sound level source and oscilloscope are not available,


use the alternate method given in step C. to verify operation.

B. OUTPUT VERIFICATION

(1) Apply a 100 dB sound pressure level to the microphone.

(2) The VTVM should indicate 12 mV + 6 dB.

(3) The waveform displayed on the oscilloscope should be free from distortion.

C. ALTERNATE METHOD

This method is to be used only when the Calibrated Sound Source is not available.

(1) At a normal voice level, speak into the microphone from a distance of approximately 6in-
ches.

(2) The VTVM should fluctuate between 2 and 10 mV.

*Remote Microphone
Oscilloscope
+ 6Vdc

Audio

+ Shield
Calibrated Sound Source
P/N 9300A870

6 Volt + 1 Volt
Battery or D.C.
Power Supply
10K 1/4W AC VTVM
Resistor

* For P/N 93A05540 & 45 remote microphones, the +6 Vdc line is black and the audio line is white. For P/N
93A05560, 65, 66, 66, 67, & 95 remote microphones, the +6Vdc line is white and the audio line is black.

Remote Microphone Test Setup


Figure 106
237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 1 Page
Page 119
119
Feb.
July 01/93
30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

9. MODEL A100S SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING


System level troubleshooting for the Model A100S is provided in Table 105. Troubleshooting is
based on the Operational Test Procedure described in the front of this section. That is, if an ex-
pected indication called for in the Operational Test Procedure is not correct, the troubleshooting pro-
cedure will direct the technician to the probable cause of the malfunction. System troubleshooting
restricts corrective maintenance to replacement of a PWA and/or the Flash Crash Survivable Stor-
age Unit (FCSSU).

Each step given in Table 105 corresponds to the respective step described in the Operational Test
Procedure. To aid in troubleshooting, refer to Figure 25, System Functional Block Diagram, pres-
ented in the Description and Operation section, Figure A1 the detailed system wiring diagram pres-
ented in Appendix A and to the detailed schematic diagrams of each PWA also provided in Appendix
A.

Board level troubleshooting follows the system troubleshooting and provides test point analysis, logic
analyzer fault detection (Audio Processor PWA), and component level fault isolation.

WARNING: VOLTAGES CAPABLE OF FATAL INJURY ARE PRESENT AT THE RECORDER IN-
PUT CONNECTOR; ONLY QUALIFIED MAINTENANCE TECHNICIANS SHOULD
PERFORM THE FOLLOWING MAINTENANCE.

CAUTION: THE A100S PRINTED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLIES CONTAIN DEVICES SENSITIVE TO


ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD). PERSONNEL HANDLING A PRINTED CIR-
CUIT BOARD SHOULD COMPLY WITH PROPER ESD HANDLING PROCEDURES;
FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE ESD SENSITIVE DEVICES
RENDERING THE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD USELESS. PRIOR TO HANDLING A
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, ENSURE PROPER PERSONNEL GROUNDING TECH-
NIQUES ARE USED. ALSO, ENSURE THAT ALL CIRCUIT BOARDS ARE PLACED
INTO STATIC SHIELDING CONDUCTIVE BAGS WHEN HANDLING OR STORING.

ESD SYMBOL FOR ESD


WARNING GROUND CONNECTING
SYMBOL POINT

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 1 Page
Page 120
120
Feb.
July 01/93
30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 105
System Level Troubleshooting

STEP TEST DESCRIPTION EXPECTED RESULTS FAULT ISOLATION PROCEDURE

A. Preliminary Setup N/A N/A


B. PowerOn Test A.) Brief Audible tone 1) Recheck test setup and apply
upon powerup power to unit. If no brief audible
tone is heard, turn off power and
perform next step.
2) Remove dust cover, turn on power
and check if red FAULT LED (CR5)
at the center of the Store Processor
PWA, P/N 205E060100 and 205
E102700, is lit (refer to IPL Figure
6, item 20). This LED lights continu
ally whenever a fault exists in the
A100S and, for a period of 5
seconds, whenever a Bulk Erase
cycle is initiated.
3) Check power supply voltages at
the Aircraft Interface PWA, P/N
205E059700:
TP2 (+12 Vdc);
TP3 (12 Vdc);
NOTE
Whenever power to the unit under test is re- TP4 (+5 Vdc)
moved and reapplied, the BULK ERASE push- 4) If regulated voltages are incorrect,
button on the Test Panel must be pressed for check input line voltage. If input is
approximately 3 to 4 seconds and released to correct, turn power off and remove
clear a preexisting memory fault condition. and replace Aircraft Interface PWA.
To remove, refer to the Disassembly
Section. For further troubleshooting,
refer to Table 106.
5) If input and regulated voltages are
correct, remove and replace Audio
Processor PWA, P/N 205E059800.
To remove, refer to the Disassembly
Section. For further troubleshooting,
refer to Table 107.
NOTE
Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100, is to be 6) Apply power and check if red FAULT
used only with FCSSU, P/N 253E034803. Store LED on Store Processor PWA is still
Processor PWA, P/N 205E102700, is intended to lit. If so, remove and replace Store
be used with FCSSU, P/N 253E066000 but may Processor PWA. To remove, refer to
be used with either model FCSSU. the Disassembly Section. For
further trouble shooting, refer to
Table 108.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 1 Page
Page 121
121
Feb.
July 01/93
30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 105
System Level Troubleshooting (Continued)

STEP TEST DESCRIPTION EXPECTED RESULTS FAULT ISOLATION PROCEDURE

B. PowerOn Test 7) If the red FAULT LED on the new


(continued) Store Processor PWA lights upon
powering up, turn power off and
NOTE remove and replace the FCSSU.
Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100, is to be
Refer to the Disassembly section.
used only with FCSSU, P/N 253E034803. Store
Processor PWA, P/N 205E102700, is intended to 8) Apply power and check if red FAULT
be used with FCSSU, P/N 253E066000 but may LED on Store Processor PWA lights
be used with either model FCSSU. after power up and memory cleared.
If this is the case, assemble unit as
first tested and return to factory for
servicing and recertification.

Power consumption 1) If power consumption is excessive,


less than 12 watts. turn power off at the Test Panel.
2) Disconnect the recorder from the
Test Panel.
3) Using an ohmmeter, measure the
resistance between input connector,
J1, pin 2 (115 Vac Hot), pin 3 (115
Vac cold), and J1 pin 17 (chassis
ground). There should be an open
between the power pins and chassis
NOTE ground. If a power line is shorted to
Whenever power to the unit under test is re- ground, remove and replace the
moved and reapplied, the BULK ERASE push- Aircraft Interface PWA, P/N
button on the Test Panel must be pressed for 205E059700. If no short is de
approximately 3 to 4 seconds and released to tected, perform next step.
clear a preexisting memory fault condition.
4) Disconnect Store Processor PWA
Cable Assembly W2 (plug P5) from
connector J5 of the Aircraft Interface
Cable Assembly W1. Remove Audio
Processor PWA from the recorder.
5) Reconnect the recorder to the Test
Panel and apply power.
6) If power consumption is now within
limits, turn power off, reconnect the
Store Processor PWA Cable
Assembly W2/P5 to connector J5 of
the Aircraft Interface Cable
Assembly W1.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 1 Page
Page 122
122
Feb.
July 01/93
30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 105
System Level Troubleshooting (Continued)

STEP TEST DESCRIPTION EXPECTED RESULTS FAULT ISOLATION PROCEDURE

B. PowerOn Test 7) Remove the four screws securing


(Continued) the Store Processor PWA to the
FCSSU and disconnect the Store
Processor PWA connector J2 from
the FCSSU interface connector P2.
Reapply power.
NOTE 8) If power consumption is excessive,
Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100, is to be turn power off and remove and
used only with FCSSU, P/N 253E034803. Store
replace the Store Processor PWA.
Processor PWA, P/N 205E102700, is intended to
be used with FCSSU, P/N 253E066000 but may 9) If power consumption is within limits,
be used with either model FCSSU. turn power off and reconnect the
Store Processor PWA J2 connector
to the FCSSU connector P2 and
using four screws secure in place.
10) Turn power on. If power drain is
still excessive, remove and replace
the FCSSU.
11) Reinstall Audio Processor PWA.
Turn power on. If power consump
tion is excessive, remove and
replace the Audio Processor PWA.
12) If power consumption remains
excessive after performing the
previous steps, turn power off and
remove and replace the Aircraft
Interface PWA.

C. All Test a.) ALL TEST meter 1) Turn power off. Remove and replace
indicates in the green the Audio Processor PWA.
GOOD area while
ALL TEST button is 2) If ALL TEST continues to fail,
pressed. remove and replace the Store
Processor PWA.

3) If ALL TEST continues to fail,


remove and replace the FCSSU.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 1 Page
Page 123
123
Feb.
July 01/93
30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 105
System Level Troubleshooting (Continued)

STEP TEST DESCRIPTION EXPECTED RESULTS FAULT ISOLATION PROCEDURE

C. ALL Test 4) If ALL TEST continues to fail, re


(Continued) move and replace the Aircraft Inter
face PWA.
5) If ALL TEST continues to fail, inspect
the test setup.

D. Playback Test a. Recorder begins 1) Check test setup.


playing back data
since last power 2) Turn power off to the recorder. At
down once RECORD the Test Panel, enable RECORD
BIAS is turned off BIAS. Reapply power and perform
and the ALL TEST an ALL TEST. Continue the ALL
button is pressed. TEST for approximately one minute
to provide a suitable test signal for
the playback test.

3) Disable the RECORD BIAS. Press


the ALL TEST button and release.

4) If the unit fails to playback the ALL


TEST signal recorded since last
powerup, remove power and
remove and replace the Audio
Processor PWA.

5) If the test continues to fail, remove


and replace the Store Processor
PWA.

E. Bulk Erase Test a. Bulk Erase function 1) Check test setup and repeat test.
started when Bulk
Erase button is 2) If a bulk erasing cycle is initiated
pressed less than after pressing BULK ERASE button
two seconds for less than two seconds, replace
the Aircraft Interface PWA.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 1 Page
Page 124
124
Feb.
July 01/93
30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 105
System Level Troubleshooting (Continued)

STEP TEST DESCRIPTION EXPECTED RESULTS FAULT ISOLATION PROCEDURE

E. Bulk Erase Test b. Bulk Erase function 1) Check test setup and repeat test
(Continued) starts after pressing ensuring BULK ERASE button is
BULK ERASE button pressed for at least 2 seconds.
longer than 2 seconds;
a bulk erase tone 2) If Bulk Erase test fails again, remove
(approx. 600 Hz) will and replace the Store Processor
be heard for 1 15 PWA.
seconds in newer
models (13 seconds 3) If Bulk Erase test still fails, remove
for older models). and replace the Aircraft Interface
PWA.

c. After Bulk Erase is 1) If Bulk Erase test fails, remove and


performed, a sound replace the Store Processor PWA.
similar to a galloping
horse or tapping 2) If Bulk Erase continues to fail,
fingers is heard when remove and replace the Aircraft
the unit is put in the Interface PWA.
playback mode.

F. Beacon Test a. When the center 1) Check the battery expiration date
conductor at the printed on the beacon. If expired,
underside (silver spot) replace the beacon.
of the beacon is
shorted to the beacon 2) Remove the beacon and test on the
cradle, an audible L3 ULD Beacon Tester, P/N
beep is heard at the 15977. If defective, replace beacon.
beacon test set, if
incorporated; other
wise, perform step 2.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 2 Page
Page 125
125
Feb.
Mar. 01/93
15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

10. MODEL A100S PRINTED WIRING ASSEMBLY (PWA) FAULT


ISOLATION
Fault Isolation at the Printed Wiring Assembly (PWA) level has been developed for the Model A100S
such that expected indications for key signals and test points are described along with the
associated circuitry. As such, if an expected indication is not correct, the fault isolation chart will pro-
vide the circuitry which is the probable cause of failure for the signal under inspection. Once the
probable circuitry is identified, the technician is expected to use common troubleshooting techniques
to further isolate the fault to a particular circuit or component.

A. AIRCRAFT INTERFACE PWA FAULT ISOLATION

The Aircraft Interface PWA, P/N 205E059700, connects the aircraft wiring to the A100S
through a 57pin DPX style connector designated J1. Power regulation, lightning protection, RF
attenuation and discrete signal conditioning functions are also performed on this PWA. Refer to
the Description and Operation Section, 8.B.(1), for an indepth functional description of the Air-
craft Interface PWA.

The fault isolation procedure for the Aircraft Interface PWA is given in Table 106. Refer to the
detailed system wiring diagram, Figure A1, and to the Aircraft Interface PWA detailed schematic
diagram, Figure A2, given in Appendix A of this manual.

Table 106
Aircraft Interface PWA Fault Isolation Procedure

Test Signal Functional Expected Possible Faulty


Point Nomenclature Description Value Stage / Comp.
TP1 System Ground N/A N/A N/A

TP2 +12Vdc +12V + 10%; +12V +10% U2, C15, C16,


<1% RMS ripple C17, C18,
C19, C22, CR13,
CR14, CR15,
CR16, CR19,
CR24, CR25, T1

TP3 12Vdc 12V + 10%; 12V +10% U2, C15, C16,


<1% RMS ripple C17, C18,
C19, C22, CR13,
CR14, CR15,
CR16, CR19,
CR24, CR25, T1

TP4 +5Vdc +5V + 1%; +5V + 1% U2, C15, C16,


<1% RMS ripple C17, C18, C19,
C22, CR13, CR15
CR14, CR16,
CR19, CR24,
CR25, T1

237002
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Testing
Rev 1 Page
Page 126
126
July 01/93
Feb. 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 106
Aircraft Interface PWA Fault Isolation Procedure (Continued)
Test Signal Functional Expected Possible Faulty
Point Nomenclature Description Value Stage / Comp.
TP5 TEST TONE 640 kHz; this signal is 640 kHz C12, C13, C20,
rectified by CR12 & C14 sine wave; R1, R2, R3, R4,
and applied to the 2.5V approx. U1
reference comparator, U4, 12V pkpk
which is used to develop
the /NO FAULT signal, which
turns on the +INDICATOR
current source. This signal
is only applied when the
ALL TEST is enabled.

TP6 +18Vdc regulated +18V + 15%;<0.1A; +18V + 1% U3, C28, C29,


(for units prior to <1% rms ripple. The C30, CR20
S/N 1000, this regulated +18V is used
value will be to power the Control Unit.
+30 VDC) The +18V is derived
from the 12V.

J2 /RECORD This signal is pulled up +5V U4, C23, C25,


pin 23 to +5V when the RECORD R7, R8, R11,
BIAS is in the OFF position. CR23, CR26

J2 ERASE This signal is pulled up +5V U4, R7, R8, R15,


pin 26 to +5V when the Erase C24, C26, CR21,
pushbutton on the test CR22
panel or the Control Unit
is pressed.

J2 TEST This signal is pulled up +5V U4, R7, R8, R12,


pin 24 to +5V when the ALL C21, C27
TEST button is pushed
on the Test Panel or at
the Control Unit.

B. AUDIO PROCESSOR PWA FAULT ISOLATION


The primary function of the Audio Processor PWA, P/N 205E059800, is to digitize the four au-
dio signals supplied via the Aircraft Interface PWA and to interface with the Store Processor
PWA. In doing so, the Audio Processor accepts four channels of cockpit audio and then con-
verts the audio to a digital byte oriented format suitable for storage in the solidstate crash pro-
tected memory (FCSSU). Refer to Description and Operation Section 8.B.(2) for an indepth
functional description of the Audio Processor PWA.
The Logic Configurable Array (LCA), U13, on the Audio Processor provides a means to perform
a closedloop test, which isolates the Audio Processor PWA from the Store Processor PWA and
the FCSSU. As such, component level fault isolation for the Audio Processor is described with
the Audio Processor in the test mode.

237002
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Testing
Rev 3 Page
Page 127
127
Jul. 01/93
Feb. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

As with the Aircraft Interface PWA, fault isolation will be accomplished by listing key signals, de-
scribing the expected indications, and identifying the possible faulty circuitry. Once the probable
circuitry is identified, the technician is expected to use traditional troubleshooting techniques to
further isolate the fault.
Set up the Audio Processor PWA for fault isolation as described below and refer to Table 107 for
the Audio Processor PWA fault isolation procedure. Refer to the detailed schematic diagram of
the Audio Processor PWA, Figure A3, given in Appendix A of this manual.

(1) Audio Processor PWA Fault Isolation Test Setup

This procedure is used to prepare the Audio Processor PWA for fault isolation.

(a) Place the Audio Processor PWA in a known good Model A100S recorder.

(b) Connect the A100S to the Test Panel as illustrated in Figure 101.

(c) Adjust the Audio Oscillator for a 3V rms, 1 kHz signal at the RECORDER INPUT
terminals on the Test Panel right side when Channels 1, 2 or 3 are to be tested; when
Channel 4 is to be tested, adjust for a 2V rms,1 kHz input signal.

(d) At the Audio Processor PWA, connect point E40 to point E41. This will put the Audio
Processor in the test mode.

(e) Disconnect the connection between the Store Processor PWA Cable Assembly W2,
plug P5 and the Aircraft Interface Cable Assembly W1, connector J5.

(f) Turn power on at the Test Panel.

(g) At the Audio Processor PWA, momentarily short point E38 to ground. This simulates
the system reset pulse required to initiate the Audio Processors digital devices.

(h) Using an oscilloscope, refer to Table 107 and check for the indications described in
the fault isolation procedure. Be sure to perform the checks in the sequence de-
scribed in the procedure.

NOTE: Because of the complexity of the digital circuitry, the checks described in the
fault isolation chart are not all encompassing; consequently, an identified
check may measure as expected and the device might still be faulty at
another output. As such, L3 recommends that if the technician cannot isolate
a faulty Audio Processor PWA to the component level by following the fault
isolation chart, the PWA should be sent back to the factory for repair.

Table 107
Audio Processor PWA Fault Isolation Procedure

Test Signal Functional Expected Possible Faulty


Point Nomenclature Description Value Stage / Comp.

U3 VBB (5V) 5V developed for use 5V U3, C8, C14,


pin 1 by the logic devices +10% C20, C23, C85

237002
Testing and
Testing and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 1 Page
Page 128
128
July 01/93
Feb. 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 107
Audio Processor PWA Fault Isolation Procedure (Continued)

Test Signal Functional Expected Possible Faulty


Point Nomenclature Description Value Stage / Comp.
U8 MCLK1 MCLK1 is a 12.28 MHz 12.28 MHz U8, R6
pin 5 crystaloscillator generated square wave;
signal applied to pin 1 & 2 approx.
of U2 to generate the 5.0V pkpk
various clocks required to
drive the Audio Processors
digital devices.
U2 kHz128 kHz128 is a square wave 128 kHz U2
pin 8 signal derived by U2 from TTL level
the MCLKI signal. kHz128 square wave
is applied to pin 1 of PLD
U1 as a clock.
U1 DONE DONE is a control signal Logic High U1, R42
pin 10 applied to pin 4 of U11 (+5V)
and pin 55 of LCA U13.
U13 XDCLK XDCLK is an output clock Logic Low U13
pin 75 from U13. w/ high pulses
U16 /RECFIFO_EMPTY Control signal generated Logic High U16
pin 24 by FIFO, U16, and (+5V)
applied to the LCA, U13. High w/Neg.
pulses
U12 /PLAYFIFO_EMPTY Control signal generated square wave U12
pin 24 by FIFO, U16, and High w/Neg.
applied to the LCA, U13. Pulses
U10 V1IN V1IN is the Channel 1 1 kHz Adj. pot. R1, U6,
pin 8 analog input conditioned 1V pkpk U9, U10, T1, C1,
and buffered for application sine wave C4, C6, C9, C10,
to the encoder/decoder U22. C16, C25, C26,
R17, R18, R19,
NOTE: If the 1 kHz signal is present at pin 8, but R20, R21, R23,
the amplitude is incorrect perform the AP PWA Input, R24, R26, R28,
Gain Calibration procedure given in B.(2) on Page 133. R29, R30, R31,
R32, R33, R34
U10 V2IN V2IN is the Ch. 2 analog 1 kHz Adj. pot. R3, U6,
pin 7 input conditioned and 1V pkpk U9, U10, T2, C7,
buffered for application sine wave C11, C17, C21,
to the encoder/decoder U23. C20, C32, C34,
C35, R17, R18,
NOTE: If the 1 kHz signal is present at pin 7, but R19, R20, R21,
the amplitude is incorrect perform the AP PWA Input, R23, R24, R26,
Gain Calibration procedure given in B.(2) on Page 133. R28, R29, R30,
R31, R32, R33,
R34

237002
Testing and
Testing and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 3 Page
Page 129
129
Jul. 01/93
Feb. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 107
Audio Processor PWA Fault Isolation Procedure (Continued)

Test Signal Functional Expected Possible Faulty


Point Nomenclature Description Value Stage / Comp.
U10 V3IN V3IN is the Channel 3 1 kHz Adj. pot. R2, U6,
pin 14 analog input conditioned 1V pkpk U9, U10, T3, C2,
and buffered for application sine wave C5, C12, C18,
to the encoder/decoder, U24. C19, C22, C34,
C30, C31, R17,
NOTE: If the 1 kHz signal R18, R19, R20,
is present at pin 14, but R21, R23, R24,
the amplitude is incorrect, R26, R28, R29,
perform the AP PWA Input R30, R31, R32,
Gain Calibration procedure R33, R34
given in B.(2) on Page 133.

U9 AIN AIN is the Channel 4 1 kHz Adj. pot. R4, U6,


pin 1 (AREA MIC) analog input 1V pkpk U9, T4, C13, C5,
conditioned and buffered sine wave C27, C33, C36,
for application to the C37, R17, R18,
encoder/decoder, U25. R19, R21, R23,
R29, R30, R31,
NOTE: If the 1 kHz signal R32, R33
is present at pin 1, but
the amplitude is incorrect,
perform the AP PWA Input
Gain Calibration procedure
given in B.(2) on Page 133.

U22 V1OUT V1OUT is the analog output 1 kHz U22, C28, R22,
pin 2 of the encoder/decoder, sine wave R25, R27, R36,
U22. This signal is applied approx. R37
to summing amplifier 2V pkpk
network U14.

U23 V2OUT V2OUT is the analog output 1 kHz U22, C24, R22,
pin 2 of the encoder/decoder, sine wave R25, R27, R36,
U23. This signal is applied approx. R37
to summing amplifier 2V pkpk
network U14.

U24 V3OUT V3OUT is the analog output 1 kHz U22, C15, R22,
pin 2 of the encoder/decoder, sine wave R25, R27, R36,
U24. This signal is applied approx. R37
to summing amplifier 2V pkpk
network U14.

U25 AOUT AOUT is the analog output 1 kHz U22, C47, R22,
pin 2 of the encoder/decoder, sine wave R25, R27, R36,
U25. This signal is applied approx. R37
to summing amplifier 2V pkpk
network U14.

237002
Testing and Troubleshooting
Page 130
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 107
Audio Processor PWA Fault Isolation Procedure (Continued)

Test Signal Functional Expected Possible Faulty


Point Nomenclature Description Value Stage / Comp.
U14 SUMMING_1 SUMMING_1 is the CH 1 1 kHz U14, R35, R38,
pin 14 equalized playback signal approx. R39, R40, R41,
which is applied to 3V pkpk R43, R46, C64,
summing amplifier C66, C68, C71
network U5, U4, Q1 &
Q2 to generate the
COMBINED_AUDIO signal.

U14 SUMMING_2 SUMMING_2 is the CH 2 1 kHz U14, R35, R38,


pin 1 equalized playback signal approx. R39, R40, R41,
which is applied to 3V pkpk R43, R46, C67,
summing amplifier C69, C70, C72
network U5, U4, Q1 &
Q2 to generate the
COMBINED_AUDIO signal.

U14 SUMMING_3 SUMMING_3 is the CH 3 1 kHz U14, R35, R38,


pin 8 equalized playback signal approx. R39, R40, R41,
which is applied to 3V pkpk R43, R46, C62,
summing amplifier C63, C73, C75
network U5, U4, Q1 &
Q2 to generate the
COMBINED_AUDIO signal.

U14 SUMMING_A SUMMING_A is the AREA 1 kHz U14, R35, R38,


pin 7 MIC equalized playback approx. R39, R40, R41,
signal which is applied to 3V pkpk R43, R46, C65,
summing amplifier C76, C78, C80
network U5, U4, Q1, &
Q2 to generate the
COMBINED_AUDIO signal.

U4 COMBINED_AUDIO COMBINED_AUDIO is 1 kHz U4, U5, Q1, Q2,


pin 4 the summation of the sine wave CR4, CR5, R7,
four audio input channels. approx. R10, R11, R12,
10V pkpk R13, R15, R48
C81

U15 TT_SQ TT_SQ is only generated 640 Hz U13, U15, CR3,


pin 8 when the ALL TEST sawtooth CR6, C77, R8,
pushbutton is pressed on approx. R9, R14, R16,
the Test Panel or the 2V pkpk R45
Control Unit. The Test Tone
signal is a 640 Hz, + 20 Hz
signal, generated by the
LCA, U13.

237002
Testing and Troubleshooting
Page 131
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 107
Audio Processor PWA Fault Isolation Procedure (Continued)

Test Signal Functional Expected Possible Faulty


Point Nomenclature Description Value Stage / Comp.
U22 XV1_PCM XV1_PCM is the digitized 17.3 kHz U22
pin 13 output of encoder/decoder sawtooth
U22. This signal is applied
to ADPCM Computational
Processor, U17.

U23 XV2_PCM XV2_PCM is the digitized 17.3 kHz U23


pin 13 output of encoder/decoder sawtooth
U23. This signal is applied
to ADPCM Computational
Processor, U18.

U24 XV3_PCM XV2_PCM is the digitized 17.3 kHz U24


pin 13 output of encoder/decoder sawtooth
U23. This signal is applied
to ADPCM Computational
Processor, U19.

U25 XA_PCM XA_PCM is the digitized 17.3 kHz U25


pin 13 output of encoder/decoder sawtooth
U25. This signal is applied
to ADPCM Computational
Processors, U20 & U21.

U17 RV1_PCM RV1_PCM is the playback 17.3 kHz U18


pin 24 PCM from the Store sawtooth
Processor PWA and the
FCSSU Memory. The signal
is applied to encoder/
decoder U22 for conversion
to an audio output.

U18 RV2_PCM RV2_PCM is the playback 17.3 kHz U18


pin 24 PCM from the Store sawtooth
Processor PWA and the
FCSSU Memory. The signal
is applied to encoder/
decoder U22 for conversion
to an audio output.

U19 RV3_PCM RV1_PCM is the playback 17.3 kHz U18


pin 24 PCM from the Store sawtooth
Processor PWA and the
FCSSU Memory. The signal
is applied to encoder/
decoder U22 for conversion
to an audio output.

237002
Testing and
Testing and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 3 Page
Page 132
132
Jul. 01/93
Feb. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

(2) Audio Processor PWA Input Gain Calibration

NOTE: This adjustment is factory calibrated and should not require field adjustment; how-
ever, the following procedure is provided in case it is felt that adjustment is neces-
sary to troubleshoot the Audio Processor PWA.

This procedure describes the adjustments of the input gain potentiometers for the four
channels on the Audio Processor PWA.

(a) At the Test Panel, reset the test conditions according to that given in step (1) Audio
Processor PWA Fault Isolation Test Setup. Refer to Page 128.

(b) At the Audio Processor PWA, connect the L3 Audio Monitor Adapter with Modifica-
tion 1 (AMA/1), P/N 17TES0200, to connector J6 on the Audio Processor PWA (refer
to Figure 107).

(c) Using a 1/4inch monophonic jacktoBNC test cable, connect the AC voltmeter to
the respective AMA/1 jack for the A100S channel output to be adjusted.

For Model A100S Connect To AMA/1


Channel 3 PILOT jack
Channel 2 COPILOT jack
Channel 1 SPARE jack
Channel 4 AREA jack
Combined Audio COMBINED jack
Channel
(d) Set the Test Panel CHANNEL SELECT switch to the channel to be adjusted and pro-
ceed to step (e) or (g).

(e) To adjust the gain of Channels 1, 2 or 3, verify that a 3V rms, 1 kHz input signal is
applied from the Audio Oscillator to the Test Panel RECORDER INPUT terminals.

(f) While monitoring the AC voltmeter, adjust the input gain for Channels 1, 2 and 3 on
the Audio Processor PWA, so that a 1V rms +10% reading is obtained on the AC
voltmeter; adjust channel controls as follows (refer to Figure 107 for location):

Channel 1 adjust potentiometer R1.


Channel 2 adjust potentiometer R3.
Channel 3 adjust potentiometer R2.
(g) To adjust the gain of Channel 4, verify that a 2V rms, 1 kHz signal is applied from the
Audio Oscillator to the Test Panel RECORDER INPUT terminals.

(h) At the Audio Processor PWA, while monitoring the AC voltmeter, adjust the input
gain for Channel 4 (Area Mic), using potentiometer R4 (refer to Figure 107), so that
1V rms +10% is obtained on the AC voltmeter.

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 1 Page
Page 133
July
Feb. 30/94
01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

U11
CR2 R R C U21 U20 U12 C
5 6 44 42 C41 C
U2 82

+
C40 C
43
U18

U13
U19 C
C88
50 U8
P1
U17
C
46 C
P1
45

U1
C49
U16
L1
J5 U24 U23 U22 U25

R44
J5 R42
CR1
C87
C23 C20 C14 C8 R49

R37 R27 R14 C86

R25 R36 R45 R13


C
R43 R16 57 CR4
C U15
R39 CR6
58 R12
R38 C CR5
77 CR3
R41 R9 C U7 C
39 38 R11
J6
R40 R8
C72 C76 C56 R15
Q2 Q1
C68 C78 C
J6 R C 48
47 C63 C66 U14 R R 52 U5
46 48 C
C65 C64 U4
79 C7
C67 C73 R7 C
74 C13
C69 C75 C2 C1
R R R10
C C R35 C59 C81 21 23 R33
47 24 T4
C R29
R C C C C
17 R 80 71 62 C55
22 C32 C25 R 70 C33 C5 C29 C4 R4 C3
26
28 R U3
24
C15 C28 R2 T2
C C C C C U6
C53 11 27 31 21 26
C36 C12 C34 C6 R3
R R
T3 + C C
C C 30 32
C30 R 19 10 R1 C 83 85
R 20 R C60 84
U10 U9
34 31
R17 + +
C37 C18 C35 C9 T1
C C R19
22 16
R18
C51 C61

R1 - R4
T1 - T4

Audio Processor PWA, P/N 205E059800, Component Layout Drawing


Figure 107
237002
Testing and
Testing and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Page 134
Rev 1 Page 134
Feb.30/94
July 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

(3) Model A100S Frequency Response Measurement

NOTE 1: The frequency response of the A100S, for all practical purposes, is guaran-
teed due to the digitizing process; however, this test, which is described as the
frequency response test is often a helpful troubleshooting tool.

The electronic circuitry of the Model A100S can be categorized into two gener-
al categories: the analog signalin conditioning circuitry and the memory inter-
face circuitry to include the crash protected memory. The electronics of the
analog section can be further divided into individual channel sections which aid
in overall troubleshooting.

NOTE 2: If the frequency response measurement does not check correctly, it is prob-
ably due to the encoder/decoder devices located on the Audio Processor PWA
(U22 U25). If that is not the case, refer to the troubleshooting charts for fur-
ther fault isolation procedures.

(a) At the Test Panel, reset the test conditions according to that given in step (1) Audio
Processor PWA Fault Isolation Test Setup. Refer to Page 128.

(b) At the Audio Processor PWA, connect the L3 Audio Monitor Adapter (AMA/1), P/N
17TES0200, to connector J6 on the Audio Processor PWA (refer to Figure 107).

(c) To monitor Channel 1, connect the SPARE jack to the AC voltmeter using the
1/4inch monophonic jacktoBNC test cable.

(d) While monitoring the output of Channel 1 with an AC voltmeter, slowly adjust the au-
dio oscillator from 150 to 3500 Hz. The diptopeak deviation in the output should
be less than or equal to 6 dB.

(e) Repeat step (d) for Channel 2 connecting the 1/4inch monophonic jacktoBNC
test cable to the COPILOT jack and to the AC voltmeter.

(f) Repeat step (d) for Channel 3 connecting the 1/4inch monophonic jacktoBNC
test cable to the PILOT jack and to the AC voltmeter.

(g) For Channel 4 (Area Mic), connect the 1/4inch monophonic jacktoBNC test
cable to the AREA jack and to the AC voltmeter. Then, adjust the audio oscillator
from 150 to 5000 Hz. Like the other channels, the diptopeak deviation in the out-
put should be less than or equal to 6 dB.

237002
Testing and Troubleshooting
Page 135
Rev 1 Page
Feb. 30/94
July 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

C. STORE PROCESSOR PWA FAULT ISOLATION


The Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100 and 205E102700, interfaces the solidstate
memory to the Audio Processor PWA via microprocessor U22. In order to provide thirty minutes
of continuous recording, the Store Processor aligns the solidstate memory array like a nonvola-
tile circular buffer, which the Store Processor PWA writes to at the head of the circular buffer and
erases at the end of the buffer.
The Store Processor PWA can be functionally broken into a control management section and an
interface section. Refer to Description and Operation Section 8.B.(3) for an indepth functional
description of the Store Processor PWA.
As with the other PWAs in the Model A100S, the fault isolation has been developed such that
key test points and signals are described along with their expected indications. If a fault is de-
tected, the fault isolation chart directs the technician to the circuitry which is the probable cause
of failure. Once the probable circuitry is identified, the technician is expected to use traditional
troubleshooting techniques to further isolate the failure.
Refer to the Audio Processor PWA Fault Isolation Test Setup given in Section (1), Page 128
and setup as directed. Complete the Audio Processor PWA fault isolation procedure successful-
ly and then reconnect the Store Processor PWA Cable Assembly W2/P5, step (e), to the Aircraft
Interface Cable Assembly W1 connector J5.
Refer to Table 108 and check for the indications described in the Store Processor PWA fault
isolation procedure. Detailed schematic diagrams of the two Store Processor PWAs, P/N
205E060100 and 205E102700, are given in Appendix A, as Figure A4 and Figure A5, respec-
tively.

Table 108
Store Processor PWA Fault Isolation Procedure
Test Signal Functional Expected Possible Faulty
Point Nomenclature Description Value Stage / Comp.
U16 VEE VEE is a +5V dc supply +5V + 10% U16, L3, CR1,
pin 1 provided because of the CR4, C3, C4,C5,
need to save memory C12
pointers and other state
variables at power down.
VEE is applied to U24,
pin 32. U24 is the
nonvolatile local memory.

U3 VPP VPP is a +12V dc, + 5% +12V + 5% U3, CR3, L1, R4,


pin 5 supply voltage which is C2, C9, C11
(See Pg. provided to power the
A-36) crashprotected memory
(FCSSU).

Y1 CLKIN CLKIN is a 32 MHz signal 32 MHz Y1, R1


pin 5 provided to micro square wave
processor U22 as a approx.
clock signal. 2.5V pkpk

237002
Testing
Testing and
and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 1 Page
Page 136
136
Feb.
July 01/93
30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 108
Store Processor PWA Fault Isolation Procedure (Continued)

Test Signal Functional Expected Possible Faulty


Point Nomenclature Description Value Stage / Comp.
U22 CLKOUT CLKOUT is the 16 MHz 16 MHz U22
clock output of micro sine wave
processor U22. approx.
2.5V pkpk

U14 ADR(9...0) ADR(9...0) is the 10 LSBs of TTL Data U14


the local address bus.

U10 ADR(19...8) ADR(19...8) is the10 MSBs TTL Data U10


of the local address bus.

U20 /REC_RD /REC_RD is the control High with U20


pin 16 signal used to read the negative
data from the Audio transitions
Processor PWA.

U19 DLYDCLK DLYDCLK is the CLKOUT 16 MHz U19


pin 5 delayed by 13 nanoseconds square wave
approx.
2.5V pkpk

U4 /WR_FLASH /WR_FLASH is the control Logic High U14


pin 8 signal used to read and with negative
write data from the crash transitions
protected memory.

TP1 /PWR_FAIL /PWR_FAIL is a power Logic High U1, U2, U23,


watchdog signal which R1, R2, R3, R5,
provides a logic low C14
when the LOW_LINE signal
goes below acceptable
limits.

TP2 /RST /RST is the system reset Logic High U1, U2, U23,
control signal derived from R1, R2, R3, R5,
the condition of the C14
regulated +5V dc. On
powerup, /RESET remains
low for 35 to 70 ms after
Vcc raises above +4.75V.
On powerdown, /RESET
goes low whenever Vcc
falls below +4.5V.

U6 AD(15...8) AD(15...8) are address TTL Data U6, U23, R7, R11
pin11 bits interfaced from the
18 Audio Processor PWA.

237002
Testing and
Testing and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 3 Page
Page 137
137
Jul. 01/93
Feb. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 108
Store Processor PWA Fault Isolation Procedure (Continued)

Test Signal Functional Expected Possible Faulty


Point Nomenclature Description Value Stage / Comp.
U7 AD(7...0) AD(7...0) are address TTL Data U7
pin 11 bits interfaced from the
18 Audio Processor PWA.

U12 AD(8...0) AD(8...0) are address TTL Data U12


pin 2 bits interfaced from the
23 Audio Processor PWA

U15 FADR (14, 13, 11, These address signals are TTL Data U15
pins 3, 5, 9, 7, 6, 4, 1) interfaced to the crash
7, 9, 12, protected (flash) memory.
14,16,18

U13 FADR (0, 2, 3, 5, These address signals are TTL Data U13
pins 3, 5, 8, 10, 12) interfaced to the crash
7, 12, 14, protected (flash) memory.
16, 18

U18 AD(7...0) & U18 buffers the least TTL Data U18
pins 29, D(7...0) significant half of the data
1118 bus into and out of the
crashprotected memory.

U9 FADR(15...23) Memory address lines TTL Data U9


pins 211,
1523

U8 FADR(15...23) Memory address lines TTL Data U8


pins 211,
1523

U11 SEL(7...0) Memory select lines TTL Data U11


pins 7,
915

237002
Testing and Troubleshooting
Page 138
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

11. CONTROL UNIT FAULT ISOLATION


The Model A100S has been developed to work in conjunction with all existing L3 Control Units. The
history of the Control Units is such that there are several variations of the basic control unit.

As with the A100S fault isolation procedures, the Control Units fault isolation procedures are pres-
ented in tabular (chart) form. The troubleshooting approach for the Control Units differs from the
Model A100S in that Control Unit troubleshooting is based on fault recognition versus expected in-
dication as in the Model A100S. This is due to the immense field experience related to the Control
Unit.

The Control Unit consists of physical connections for a phone jack, primary input/output connector, a
meter and various pushbuttons, as well as the MIcrophone Preamplifier PWA (dynamic/condenser).
The microphone preamplifier circuitry consists of a series of four amplifier/buffer stages and an AGC
circuit. L3 recommends halfsplit troubleshooting methods be used on the preamplifier, largely due
to the flowthru nature of the circuitry. Refer to Figure 15 through Figure 24, in the Description and
Operation Section for wiring diagrams of the different versions of the L3 Control Units.

Table 109 provides the system level troubleshooting procedure for the Control Unit. Refer to
Table 110 for the procedure to troubleshoot Control Unit Microphone Preamplifiers 9300A030 and
93A26301, Table 111 for the procedure to troubleshoot Control Unit Microphone Preamplifier
93A26302 and to Table 112 for the procedure to troubleshoot Microphone Preamplifiers 9300A242,
93A266 and 93A26601. Refer to Appendix A for schematic diagrams of the Control Unit Micro-
phone Preamplifier PWAs (Figures A6 and A7).

Table 109
System Level Troubleshooting Procedure for Control Units

Trouble Probable Cause Remedy


1. Control Unit (a) Control Unit wiring har (1) Check out internal wiring connections
does not work ness with opened or and repair if necessary.
shorted leads
(2) Repair wiring.
2. Meter and Refer to the System
switches do Level Troubleshooting
not work given in Table 105
3. Microphone (a) Defective microphone (1) Switch to external mike and feed in
inoperative 4 mV at 1 kHz. The output should be
or garbled 0.4 to 0.5 Vac.
(b) Microphone preamplifier (1) Switch to external mike. Measure the
board defective output of the microphone with a 10 dB
sound source. Level at 1 kHz to be
3 to 6 mV.
(2) Replace Microphone preamplifier board
and calibrate.

237002
Testing and
Testing and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Page 139
Rev 1 Page 139
Feb.30/94
July 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 110
Troubleshooting Procedure for Microphone Preamplifiers 9300A030
and 93A26301

Trouble Probable Cause Correction


Low output, not distorted, no AGC C21, Q5 shorted or R30, C5 open Replace
Q6 defective
Normal output, not distorted, no AGC R28, C19, D3, R29 open, D2 or Replace
C20 shorted
No 1kHz rolloff C8 shorted or R10 open Replace
No or improper attenuation C11, C12 shorted, R15, R16, R17, Replace
R18, R19 open
No B+ at any transistor D1 or R27 open or D1 reversed Replace

Table 111
Troubleshooting Procedure for Microphone Preamplifiers 93A26302

Trouble Probable Cause Correction

Low output, not distorted, no AGC C8, Q5 or R10 shorted, C7 open Replace
Q6 defective
Normal output, not distorted, no AGC R19, C14, D1, R18 open, D2 or Replace
C11 shorted
No 1-kHz rolloff C5 shorted or R6 open Replace
No or improper attenuation C13, C16 shorted, R17, R29, R30, Replace
R31, R32 open
No B+ at any transistor D4 or R27 open or D4 reversed Replace

237002
Testing and
Testing and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Rev 1 Page
Page 140
140
July 01/93
Feb. 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 112
Troubleshooting Procedure for Microphone Preamplifiers 9300A242,
93A266 and 93A26601

Trouble Probable Cause Correction


Low output, not distorted, no AGC C8, Q5 shorted or R10, C7 open Replace
Normal output, not distorted, R19, C14, D1, R18 open, D2 or Replace
no AGC C11 open
No or improper attenuation C13 or C16 shorted, R17, R29, R30, Replace
R31, R27 open
No B+ at any transistor D4 or R27 open Replace

237002
Testing and Troubleshooting
Page 141
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

237002
Testing and Troubleshooting
Page 142
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

DISASSEMBLY
1. GENERAL
This section contains all the information required to completely disassemble the Model A100S Solid
State Cockpit Voice Recorder and associated Control Units, Models A151/A151B and A152/A152B.
This information is coordinated with the Testing and Fault Isolation section probable cause analysis.
Access to subassemblies within the Model A100S is described such that there is minimal disturbance
to other subassemblies.

Loctite or other sealants are used at many places in this recorder. Exercise care when removing
screws sealed with the adhesive.

CAUTION: THE A100S PRINTED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLIES CONTAIN DEVICES SENSITIVE TO


ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD). PERSONNEL HANDLING A PRINTED CIR-
CUIT BOARD SHOULD COMPLY WITH PROPER ESD HANDLING PROCEDURES;
FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE ESD SENSITIVE DEVICES
RENDERING THE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD USELESS. PRIOR TO HANDLING A
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, ENSURE PROPER PERSONNEL GROUNDING TECH-
NIQUES ARE USED. ALSO, ENSURE THAT ALL CIRCUIT BOARDS ARE PLACED
INTO STATIC SHIELDING CONDUCTIVE BAGS WHEN HANDLING OR STORING.

ESD SYMBOL FOR ESD


WARNING GROUND CONNECTING
SYMBOL POINT

2. DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
Special tools, fixtures, and equipment needed to disassemble and repair the Model A100S are listed
in Figure 901.

NOTE: Numbers shown in parentheses in the following text and figures are the Illustrated Parts List
(IPL) figure number followed by the IPL item number for a particular part; e.g., (7100) for
IPL Figure 7, Item 100. For items listed in the parts list but not illustrated, the item number
is preceded by a .

In addition to the IPL figure references, each disassembly instruction is accompanied with an illustra-
tion showing specific assemblies in which the steps of procedure are related. The figures in this sec-
tion contain the same figure/item number references identifying the piece parts of the assembly as
the IPL figures, however, different views of the assemblies are provided to facilitate disassembly task
actions.

23-70-02
Disassembly
Rev 1 Page 301
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

A. UNDERWATER LOCATING DEVICE (Beacon) (See Figure 301 or IPL Figure 2)


The Underwater Locating Device (ULD) should be mounted on the A100S front panel so that the
beacon water switch is facing to the down (refer to Figure 301, 2160A and 2160B). The ULD is
equipped with a battery having a life expectancy of six years and may be manufactured by either
the Dukane Corporation, P/N: DK120, or Benthos, P/N: ELP362D. The two ULDs are identical in
form, fit and function, so if a new replacement device is needed, it may be ordered directly from L3
Aviation Recorders (L3AR). When ordering from L3AR, the L3AR part number must be used (Du-
kane: p/n 266E030501, Benthos: p/n 266E030502).

2-90
2-105

2-25
2-100

2-110

2-150

2-155

BOTTOM 2-160A
PLATE 2-160B
2-155
Disassembly of Underwater Locating Device (ULD) and Dust Cover Assemblies
Figure 301
As a general rule, the beacon should be removed from service on or before the expiration date
printed on the beacon. The batteries installed in the beacons are field replaceable. Refer to service
information provided from their respective manufacturers listed below for servicing and recertifica-
tion.

Dukane Corporation Benthos


(Cage Code 94970) (Cage Code 26858)
SeaCom Division, 49 Edgerton Dr.
2900 Dukane Drive North Falmouth, MA 02556
St. Charles, IL 60174

23-70-02
Disassembly
Rev 3 Page 302
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

BEACON REMOVAL PROCEDURE

(1) To remove the beacon (2160A, 2160B) from the Beacon Mount Assembly (2150),
use a 3/32 Allen hex-wrench, remove the four 832 screws (MS5195943) and #8
countersink lock-washers (MS3533617) that secure the cover plate to the bottom of
the Beacon Mount Assembly (also refer to Figure 302). The beacon can now be re-
moved through the bottom opening of the Beacon Mount Assembly (2150).

(2) If it is also necessary to remove the Beacon Mount Assembly (2150), use a 3/16 Allen
hex-wrench, remove the four 1/420, 3/4 hex-cap screws (2155) that secure the Bea-
con Mount Assembly to the front panel (2110).

(3) If using the DK100 beacon, replacement of the beacon (2125) battery should not be
attempted in the field. The DK100 beacon should be returned to its respective manufac-
turer (address listed above) for battery replacement. A new replacement beacon (with
six-year battery) may be ordered directly from Aviation Recorders using P/N
266E030501/02.

NOTE: The replacement beacon should always be inserted into the Beacon
Mount Assembly (2135) with the water switch end to the bottom and
the battery replacement date facing to the front.

Beacon Mount Assembly

Cover Plate

Four #8
St. Steel 1508-00
Lockwashers
MS-35336-17
Four Hexcap
Screws (2155)

Four 832x3/8
Lg. Flat Head
Screws Underwater Beacon
MS-51959-43

Water
Switch End

Disassembly of ULD Cradle Assembly for Beacon Access


Figure 302
23-70-02
Disassembly
Rev 2 Page 303
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

B. MAIN CHASSIS DISASSEMBLY (See Figure 301 or IPL Figure 2)

(1) Dust Cover (290)

(a) If the unit is installed in the aircraft rack mount, loosen the lockdown nuts from the
two front panel holddown retainers and disconnect the power/signal input connector
from rear panel assembly. Slide the A100S from rack assembly. For further details
on the aircraft installation of the unit, refer to the Model A100S Installation and Oper-
ating Instructions contained in FAR 04611238.

(b) Remove the two 5/16 panhead screws (2100) which secure the dust cover to the
rear panel of the chassis assembly.

(c) Remove the single 3/8 panhead screw (2105) from the top front of the dust cover
and slide main chassis assembly (225) forward out of the dust cover.

(2) Front Panel Assembly Removal (See Figure 303 or IPL Figure 2)

(a) To remove and disassemble the front panel assembly (2110), first remove the ULD
Cradle assembly as described in Paragraph A.

(b) Remove four 1/2 panhead screws (2180), which secure the two holddown as-
semblies (2175) along with the two panhead screws (2115) and fiber washers
(2120) at the top of the front panel.

(c) Remove the Name Plate (2130) by the removing four panhead screws (2135)
that attach it to the front panel.

(d) Loosen and remove the nut which attaches the Jack Cover (2195) to Phone Jack
assembly (2190), this is part of the Voice Monitor Cable Assembly W3.

(e) Gently separate the Front Panel assembly from the Front Isolator Plate (270) taking
care not to damage the Front Panel Gasket (2125).

(f) To remove the handle assembly (2165), loosen two 1/2 flathead screws (2170)
from back side of front panel.

NOTE: The Dust Cover assembly does not need to be removed to remove and disas-
semble the Front Panel assembly.

23-70-02
Disassembly
Page 304
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

2-190

2-125

2-110

2-120

2-115

2-195

2-130

2-70

2-170

2-175

2-180
2-135 2-165

Disassembly of Model A100S Front Panel Assembly


Figure 303

(3) Audio Processor PWA Removal (See Figure 304 or IPL Figure 2 )

(a) Remove chassis assembly (225) from dust cover as described in Step B.(1) and
gently lay chassis on its right side.
CAUTION: ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD) WARNING: PRIOR TO HANDLING A
PRINTED WIRING ASSEMBLY, ENSURE PROPER PERSONNEL ESD
GROUNDING TECHNIQUES ARE USED. ONCE REMOVED, ENSURE THAT
THE PRINTED WIRING ASSEMBLY IS PLACED INTO A STATIC SHIELDING
CONDUCTIVE BAG.

23-70-02
Disassembly
Rev 2 Page 305
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

(b) To gain access to the Audio Processor PWA (2280), remove the card retainer as-
sembly (285) by removing the two 1/2 flathead screws (280) which hold it in
place.

(c) To remove the Audio Processor PWA (2280), pull up on the left and right card guide
locks (230) and (235) and gently pull card out of its slot.

2-80
Aircraft Interface
2-85
PWA
2-248 2-245

2-35
Audio Processor
PWA
(2-280)
P2/J2
(6-310)

FCSSU
(2-200)

Store Processor
PWA 2-30

W2
(6-295)
J5/P1
2-25 (6-305)

2-247

Removal of Audio Processor and Store Processor PWAs


Figure 304

(4) Store Processor PWA Removal (See Figure 304 or IPL Figures 2, 5 & 6)

(a) Because the Store Processor Interface Cable Assembly W2 (6295) is soldered di-
rectly to the Store Processor circuit board (525), plug P5 (6300) of the cable as-
sembly (refer to Figure 306) must be removed from the Aircraft Interface Cable As-
sembly connector J5/W1 (3245) which is mounted to the chassis (refer to
Figure 306).

(b) Remove the four 3/16 flathead screws (2248) which mount the Store Processor
PWA (2247) to the FCSSU unit (refer to Figure 305).

23-70-02
Disassembly
Rev 2 Page 306
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

(c) Carefully unplug P2 on the FCSSU Unit (2200 / 2200A) from connector J2 (6310)
on the Store Processor PWA.

(d) Gently lift the Store Processor PWA up and away from plug P2 and the FCSSU as-
sembly.

PLUG P5
(6-300)

INTERFACE
CABLE
ASSEMBLY W2
(6-295)

P2 FCSSU
(2-200 / 2-200A)
Four 3/16"
Flat-head
Screws Store Processor PWA
(2-248) J2 (2-247)

Removal of Store Processor PWA From The


Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit (FCSSU)
Figure 305

(5) Aircraft Interface PWA Removal (See Figure 306 or IPL Figures 2, 3 & 6)

(a) After removal of the Dust Cover assembly as described in Step B.(1) place the chas-
sis in its upright position.

(b) To gain access to the Aircraft Interface PWA (2245), remove the Audio Processor
PWA as described in Step B.(3) above.

(c) To remove the Aircraft Interface PWA from the Chassis (225), the Aircraft Interface
Cable Assembly W1 (3230) must also be removed since this cable assembly is sol-
dered directly to the circuit board.

(d) To remove the Aircraft Interface Cable Assembly, unplug P5 of the Store Processor
Cable Assembly W2 (6295) from J5 (3245) of the Aircraft Interface Cable Assem-
bly W1 (3230).

(e) Disconnect J5 of the Aircraft Interface Cable Assembly from the chassis by remov-
ing two Phillipshead screws (260) and selflocking nylon insert nuts (265).

23-70-02
Disassembly
Rev 2 Page 307
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

(f) Disconnect J3 and J4 (2240) of the Aircraft Interface Cable assembly from the
Chassis assembly by removing four straightslot screws (250) and low profile nuts
(255).

(g) The Aircraft Interface PWA is mounted to the rear of the chassis. To remove it, re-
move the five 1/4 flathead screws (2260) which mount the circuit board to the
standoffs (2265).

(h) Remove the four 3/8 flathead screws (2255) which secure the Aircraft Interface
main connector J1 to the rear of the chassis. Use caution that the three key mount-
ing screws for J1 are not removed on the circuit board by mistake since these screws
are accessible from the rear of the chassis and can be easily confused with the four
intended mounting screws.

(i) Disconnect the Aircraft Interface Transformer T1 (3200) from the rear chassis panel
by removing the single 1/4 flathead screw (2250). Once disconnected use care to
support T1 so its connections to the circuit board are not damaged.

(j) Carefully slide the Aircraft Interface PWA from the chassis assembly. The standoffs
may cause the circuit board to jam between the chassis and closest card guide; con-
sequently, exercise extreme care when removing it.

(k) To remove the five mounting standoffs (2265) from the Aircraft Interface PWA, loos-
en and remove the five 5/16 panhead screws (2270) and washers (2275) from
the noncomponent side of the circuit board.

2-60 J3/J4 of W1 J5/W1


3-240 3-245
Store Processor Interface
2-50 Cable Assembly W2 (6-295)
with Plug P5 (6-300)

2-25
2-65

2-260

Aircraft Interface
2-250 Cable Assembly
W1 (3-230)

Aircraft Interface 2-55


2-255
PWA
2-265 2-245
2-270
2-275

Figure 306. Removal of Aircraft Interface PWA


23-70-02
Disassembly
Rev 1 Page 308
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

(6) Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit Removal (See Figure 307 or IPL Figures 2, 5 & 6 )

CAUTION: THE FLASH CRASH SURVIVABLE STORE UNIT (FCSSU) IS A PRECISION AS-
SEMBLED UNIT WHICH MUST BE RETURNED TO THE FACTORY FOR SERV-
ICING. ATTEMPTING TO DISMANTLE THE SEALED UNIT MAY CAUSE DAM-
AGE TO THE INTERNAL FLASH MEMORY BOARDS AND RESULT IN LOSS
OF DATA.

(a) Remove the dust cover from the Chassis Assembly (225) as described in Step B.(1)
and gently lay chassis on its right side.

(b) Remove the Audio Processor PWA (2280) from its card slot (J4) as described in
Step B.(2) to gain access to the rear isolator plate.

(c) Remove the Front Panel Assembly as previously described in Step B. (2) to gain ac-
cess to the Front Isolator Plate (270); refer also to Figure 307.

NOTE: If it is not necessary to remove the Store Processor PWA along with the FCSSU
(2200), simply remove the four 3/16 flathead screws (530) which secure the
Store Processor PWA to the FCSSU (refer to Figure 305), disconnect P2 from J2,
and carefully place the circuit board off to the side. If this is the case, omit the
following step and proceed to step (e).

(d) To remove the Store Processor PWA with the FCSSU, the Store Processor Interface
cable assembly W2 (6295) plug P5 (6300) must be disconnected from the Aircraft
Interface Cable Assembly connector W1/J5 (3245) located on the chassis as pre-
viously described in Step B.(4).

(e) At the Front Isolator Panel (270), loosen and remove the two1032 hexhead
screws (2240) and vibration mount spacers (2235) used to secure the FCSSU to
the two forward elastomeric shock mounts (2205).

(f) At the Rear Isolator Panel, loosen and remove the two 1032 Phillipshead screws
(2230) that secure the FCSSU to the two rear elastomeric shock mounts (2205).
This will also detach one end of the grounding strap.

(g) To remove the ground strap (25) from the Rear Isolator Panel, loosen and remove
the single 5/16 panhead screw (220) with washer (215) and hex nut (210).

(h) Gently slide the FCSSU out from the chassis.

(i) Return the FCSSU assembly to the factory for servicing.

NOTE: The two forward elastomeric shock mounts (2205) and the two rear elastomeric
shock mounts (2205) should be carefully inspected at this time for wear and/or
damage. If the elastomeric shock mounts need replacing, proceed to step (7).

23-70-02
Disassembly
Rev 1 Page 309
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

10-32
Phillips
Screw
(2-230)

Rear
Isolator Panel

Elastomeric
Shock Mount
(2-205)

Vibration
Front Mount
Isolator Panel Spacer
(2-70) (2-235) 10-32
Hex
Screw
Store Processor (2-240)
PWA
(See Note)
FCSSU
(2-200)
NOTE:
Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E0601-00, is to be used only with FCSSU, P/N 253E0348-00.
Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E1027-00, may be used with either FCSSU, P/N 253E0348-00, P/N253E0601-00 or 253E1293-00.
Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E1027-01, may be used with either FCSSU, P/N 253E0992-00 or 253E1293-00.

Removal of Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit (FCSSU)


Figure 307
23-70-02
Disassembly
Rev 2 Page 310
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

(7) FCSSU Elastomeric Shock Mounts, P/N AM0037 Removal (See Figure 308 and
IPL Figure 2)

(a) Perform steps (a) through (h) of the FCSSU disassembly procedure.

(b) Remove the damaged elastomeric shock mounts (2205) from the front isolator pan-
el by loosening and removing the two flathead screws ((2210) and nylon insert
nuts (2215).

(c) Remove the damaged elastomeric shock mounts (2205) from the rear isolator panel
by loosening and removing the two panhead screws ((2220) from the captive nylon
locking nuts (2225).

(d) Attach the new front and/or rear elastomeric shock mounts (2205) to their respec-
tive isolator panel using the hardware removed in steps (2) and (3).

(e) Return to the FCSSU assembly procedure F. (4) given in the Assembly Section for
reinstalling the FCSSU.

23-70-02
Disassembly
Rev 1 Page 311
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

10-32
Phillips
Screw
(2-230)

Rear
Isolator Panel

Elastomeric
Shock Mount Front
(2-205) Isolator Panel
(2-70) Vibration
Mount
Spacer
(2-235) 10-32
(2-215) Hex
Screw
(2-240)

Store Processor
PWA
(See Note) (2-210)
FCSSU (2-205)
(2-200)

(2-210)

Removal of FCSSU Elastomeric Shock Mounts, P/N AM0037


Figure 308
23-70-02
Disassembly
Rev 1 Page 312
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

C. MODEL A151/A151B AND A152/A152B CONTROL UNIT DISASSEMBLY


(See IPL Figure 7)
NOTE: This control unit disassembly procedure covers all models of the control unit used
with the Model A100S. Disregard those steps and parts that do not pertain to the
exact model of control unit being disassembled. For specific effectivity of parts to
configuration, refer to the EFF Code column in IPL Figure 7.

(1) Remove two 1/4 panhead screws (765) with washers (760) and pull the dust cover
(755) from the front panel assembly (715) and chassis assembly (790).

NOTE: Do not perform the next step to remove the insulator unless replacement is nec-
essary.

(2) Remove insulator (770) from bottom of dust cover.

(3) Remove Microphone Preamplifier PWA (7155) from the chassis assembly by removing
four 3/8 panhead screws (7160).

(4) Remove front panel assembly (715) from chassis by removing four 3/8 panhead screws
(720).

(5) Remove harness wires from the Microphone Preamplifier PWA (7155), meter (725),
switches (730 and 735), and phone jack (740). Remove microphone wires from har-
ness assembly connector (780) or Microphone Preamplifier PWA (7155) as appropriate
for the type configuration.

(6) Remove meter (725) by unscrewing the rear collar and pulling meter assembly from the
face of the front panel assembly.

(7) Remove green test switch (730) and red erase switch (735) by removing their
associated nuts and washers and pulling the switches from the rear of the front panel as-
sembly.

(8) Remove the phone jack (740) by removing attaching plug (750), nut, washer and one
shoulder washer (745) from the face of the front panel assembly while pulling the second
shoulder washer (745) and phone jack (740) from the rear.

NOTE: Perform the next step only if microphone or harness assembly replacement is
necessary. The microphone is nested in a damper (7105 and 7135) and hum
shield (7115) which is cemented in place. Exercise caution when removing the
microphone (7110 and 7140) and/or damper to prevent damage to the damper.

Microphone cap (775), if installed in place of a microphone, may be removed at


any time to facilitate disassembly, inspection, replacement or repair.

(9) Remove the microphone (7110 and 7140) by removing the grommet (7120) from the
microphone damper assembly (7105 and 7135), loosen microphone cap (775) and
washer (7150) and pull free of microphone hum shield (7115) from the face of the front
panel assembly.

23-70-02
Disassembly
Rev 1 Page 313
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

7-15

7-20


7-115 7-30

7-75 7-35

7-40
7-110
7-140
7-60
7-65
7-150

7-45

7-25
7-50

7-105
7-135
7-55

7-85

7-70

7-90

7-120
7-80
7-160
7-155

Disassembly of Model A151/A151B and A152/A152B Control Units


Figure 309

23-70-02
Disassembly
Page 314
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

D. ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT BOARD DISASSEMBLY (See IPL Figures 316)

The procedures listed in this section are general in nature. The components used on the A100S
printed wiring assemblies are advanced electrical circuits protected by conformal coating and are
very heat, static and shock sensitive. Extreme care should be exercised when repairing these
circuit boards. It is highly recommended that a defective circuit board be returned to the factory
for repair.

CAUTION: THE A100S PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS CONTAIN DEVICES THAT ARE SEN-
SITIVE TO ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD). PERSONNEL HANDLING A
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD SHOULD COMPLY WITH PROPER ESD HAN-
DLING PROCEDURES; FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN DAMAGE TO
THE ESD SENSITIVE DEVICES RENDERING THE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
USELESS. PRIOR TO HANDLING A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, ENSURE
PROPER PERSONNEL GROUNDING TECHNIQUES ARE USED. ALSO, EN-
SURE THAT ALL PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS ARE PLACED INTO STATIC
SHIELDING CONDUCTIVE BAGS WHEN HANDLING OR STORING.

ESD SYMBOL FOR ESD


WARNING GROUND CONNECTING
SYMBOL POINT

(1) Remove any circuit board assembly which needs replacement or repair as described in the
previous steps. All of these circuit board assemblies are shown in detail in the Illustrated
Parts List with their accompanying schematic diagrams located in Appendix A.

(2) To remove protective conformal coating on the circuit board, rub the area around the dam-
aged component with a cotton swab soaked with alcohol. Any residual coating can be re-
moved by the soldering iron prior to desoldering terminals.

(3) Protect the component to be removed by using a heatsink clamp between the soldering
point and the component itself.

(4) Using an Endeco Model 300 vacuum desoldering iron, or equivalent, heat the connection
on the terminal in question until the solder becomes liquid and remove it with the vacuum
bulb.

(5) Straighten the bent lead using needlenose pliers and pull the component lead from the
board.

(6) Repeat Steps 2 through 5 for each component to be replaced.

(7) Refer to the Assembly section of this Component Maintenance Manual for any special
instructions on installing components.

23-70-02
Disassembly
Rev 1 Page 315
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

23-70-02
Disassembly
Page 316
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

CLEANING
1. GENERAL
This section contains a list of all required cleaning materials, general cleaning procedures, applicable
cautions and warnings related to the use of any cleaning material, and instructions for cleaning the
Model A100S major assemblies.

2. MATERIALS REQUIRED
Refer to Table 401 for a listing of required cleaning materials:

Table 401
Cleaning Materials Required

Material Specification

DryCleaning Solvent Federal Specification


Isopropyl Alcohol PD680
SoftBristle Brush
Cotton Swabs
LintFree Cotton Cloth

NOTE: Equivalent substitutes may be used for all cleaning materials. All materials and chemicals
may be obtained from any commercial source.

3. CLEANING PROCEDURES
WARNINGS: 1) OBSERVE ALL FIRE PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING FLAMMABLE
MATERIALS FOR CLEANING PURPOSES.

2) PERFORM OPERATIONS INVOLVING CLEANING SOLVENT IN A WELL


VENTILATED AREA. AVOID PROLONGED BREATHING OF VAPORS OR
CONTACT WITH SKIN.

CAUTION: THE A100S PRINTED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLIES CONTAIN DEVICES SENSITIVE TO


ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD). PERSONNEL HANDLING A PRINTED CIR-
CUIT BOARD SHOULD COMPLY WITH PROPER ESD HANDLING PROCEDURES;
FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE ESD SENSITIVE DEVICES
RENDERING THE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD USELESS. PRIOR TO HANDLING A
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, ENSURE PROPER PERSONNEL GROUNDING TECH-
NIQUES ARE USED. ALSO, ENSURE THAT ALL CIRCUIT BOARDS ARE PLACED
INTO STATIC SHIELDING CONDUCTIVE BAGS WHEN HANDLING OR STORING.

ESD SYMBOL FOR ESD


WARNING GROUND CONNECTING
SYMBOL POINT

23-70-02
Cleaning
Rev 1 Page 401
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

CAUTION: DO NOT IMMERSE ANY PRINTED WIRING ASSEMBLY MOUNTED ELECTRONIC


PARTS IN THE CLEANING SOLVENT; OTHERWISE, CIRCUIT BOARD AND/OR
COMPONENT DAMAGE MAY RESULT.

A. PRINTED WIRING ASSEMBLY CLEANING


(1) Remove dust, dirt, and foreign matter from all surfaces, using softbristle brush.

(2) Wipe finished surfaces and contacts, using a cloth moistened in solvent.

(3) After replacing any components, clean all solder joints with solvent prior to recoating the
repaired area.

B. CONNECTOR CLEANING
Wipe dust and dirt from connectors, using a lintfree cloth, moistened with solvent.

C. MACHINED METAL PARTS CLEANING


(1) Blow dust from surface, holes, and recesses with an ionized air nozzle.

(2) Remove bulk of surface grease and dirt with rags.

(3) Immerse metal parts in a washing bath of solvent and scrub until clean.

(4) Remove parts from bath and permit to dry.

(5) Immerse parts in a rinsing bath; rinse and remove from bath. Do not permit solution to
remain trapped in holes and recesses during draining.

(6) Dry in a dustfree area.

D. UNDERWATER LOCATING DEVICE (Beacon) CLEANING


The Model A100S beacon water switch should be kept clean by wiping with a soft lint-free cloth
at least once every 24 months (more frequently under high humidity conditions). The beacon
cradle is positioned on the A100S front panel so that the water switch is facing down; refer to
Figure 401 for manner of installation.

The beacon cleaning procedure requires no disassembly and consists only of cleaning the cen-
ter contact of the beacon water switch. Make sure the beacon case and water switch are free of
dirt and/or grease film. If necessary, take the beacon out of the mounting bracket assembly as
shown in Figure 401 and wipe clean with approved cleaning agent. The water switch end insula-
tor must be free of dirt, lint, or moisture to prevent current from leaking across the switch.

As an added note, there are two types of beacons used with the Model A100S. Each is
equipped with a battery having an expected life of six years. The two approved beacons are the
Dukane beacon, P/N DK120, and a Benthos beacon, P/N ELP362D.

The two beacons are identical in form, fit, and function but carry different part numbers. The
Dukane beacon, p/n: 266E0305-01, and the Benthos beacon, p/n: 266E0305-02, may be or-
dered directly from Aviation Recorders using these numbers.

23-70-02
Cleaning
Rev 3 Page 402
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

As a general rule, the beacon should be removed from service on or before the expiration date
printed on the beacon. The batteries installed in the DK120 or ELP326D beacons are field re-
placeable. Refer to service information provided from their respective manufacturers listed below
for servicing and recertification.

Dukane Corporation Benthos


(Cage Code 94970) (Cage Code 26858)
SeaCom Division, 49 Edgerton Dr.
2900 Dukane Drive North Falmouth, MA
St. Charles, IL 60174 02556

Beacon Mount Assembly

Cover Plate

Four #8
St. Steel 1508-00
Lockwashers
MS-35336-17
Four Hexcap
Screws (2155)

Four 832x3/8
Lg. Flat Head
Screws Underwater Beacon
MS-51959-43

Water
Switch End

Underwater Locating Device (ULD) Beacon Water Switch Location


Figure 401

23-70-02
Cleaning
Rev 3 Page 403
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

23-70-02
Cleaning
Rev 1 Page 404
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

CHECKS
1. GENERAL
This section contains the various checks that should be performed on the Model A100S SolidState
Cockpit Voice Recorder during shop maintenance. Check procedures are written in stepbystep
procedures wherever practicable, and include specific methods, techniques, and equipment required.
Electrical set up and checks are given in the Testing and Troubleshooting Section of this Component
Maintenance Manual. There is no periodic maintenance requirements for the A100S SSCVR.

CAUTION: THE A100S PRINTED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLIES CONTAIN DEVICES SENSITIVE TO


ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD). PERSONNEL HANDLING A PRINTED CIR-
CUIT BOARD SHOULD COMPLY WITH PROPER ESD HANDLING PROCEDURES;
FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE ESD SENSITIVE DEVICES
RENDERING THE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD USELESS. PRIOR TO HANDLING A
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, ENSURE PROPER PERSONNEL GROUNDING TECH-
NIQUES ARE USED. ALSO, ENSURE THAT ALL CIRCUIT BOARDS ARE PLACED
INTO STATIC SHIELDING CONDUCTIVE BAGS WHEN HANDLING OR STORING.

ESD SYMBOL FOR ESD


WARNING GROUND CONNECTING
SYMBOL POINT

2. CHECKS
A. MAIN RECORDER ASSEMBLY
(1) Check the general physical integrity of the recorder; i.e. front panel switches, microphone
jack, Underwater Locating Device and rear panel connector pins.

(2) Check that dust cover is serviceable, exhibiting no undue deterioration and is properly
painted.

B. MECHANICAL INSPECTION
(1) Remove the unit dust cover.

(2) Inspect all parts for cracks, distortion, excessive wear, and proper finish.

(3) Inspect all cast parts for cracks, especially at bosses, flanges, and other critical areas.

(4) Inspect all terminal boards and connectors for loose terminals, pins, locking rings and
screws, and cracks in the boards that may have been brought about by environmental
conditions.

(5) Check all wire leads for broken conductors, burnt or deteriorated installation, and loose
connections.

(6) Check the electronic circuit boards for broken parts and bad solder joints. Check for burnt
parts. Check the boards for cracks and abrasions.

(7) Inspect the nameplate for legibility.

23-70-02
Checks
Rev 1 Page 501
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

C. ELECTRICAL INSPECTION

Perform all test setup and testing per instructions given in the Testing and Troubleshooting
Section of this Component Maintenance Manual.

D. UNDERWATER LOCATING DEVICE (ULD) INSPECTION

The ULD beacon used in the A100S is equipped with a battery having an expected life of six-
years.

Detailed procedures for testing the Underwater Locating Device are located in the Beacon sec-
tion of Table 102.

The beacon should be removed from service on or before the expiration date printed on the bea-
con. The batteries installed in the DK120 or ELP326D beacons are field replaceable. Refer to
service information provided from their respective manufacturers listed below for servicing and
recertification.

The ULD used with the Model A100S may be manufactured by either the Dukane Corporation
(P/N DK120) or Benthos (P/N ELP362D); their addresses are as follows:

Dukane Corporation Benthos


(Cage Code 94970) (Cage Code 26858)
SeaCom Division, 49 Edgerton Dr.
2900 Dukane Drive North Falmouth, MA
St. Charles, IL 60174 02556

23-70-02
Checks
Rev 3 Page 502
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

REPAIR
1. GENERAL

This section is intended to contain information required to restore a worn or damaged part to a ser-
viceable condition. Since the Model A100S is a completely solidstate device containing no electro
mechanical moving parts, the information presented herein applies only to the repair of a printed wir-
ing assembly. The components used on the PWA circuit boards of the Model A100S are advanced
electrical circuits protected by conformal coating and are heat, static and shock sensitive. Extreme
care should be used when repairing these boards. It is highly recommended that a known bad circuit
board be returned to the factory for repair.

If infield repair of a printed wiring assembly is necessary (such as board surface damage or replac-
ing damaged electrical components such as capacitors, resistors, transistors, transformers, and inte-
grated circuits), refer to the Disassembly Section if its removal is not obvious and to the Illustrated
Parts List Section for its parts listing. Replace all components not meeting the requirements outlined
in the Testing and Troubleshooting Section. Remove loose conductive material in accordance with
the Cleaning Section. Table 601 lists the basic repair materials required.

Table 601
Repair Materials Required

Item Manufacturer and Specification Use

1. Soldering iron 25watt pencil tip PWA component


and standard IC tips removal
2. Solder Tin lead rosin core 60/40 per To tin all component
QQS571 leads and wires
3. Adhesive Methylene dichloride For repairing minor
cracks and fractures

CAUTION: THE MODEL A100S PRINTED WIRING ASSEMBLIES CONTAIN DEVICES SEN-
SITIVE TO ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD). PERSONNEL HANDLING A
CIRCUIT BOARD SHOULD COMPLY WITH PROPER ESD HANDLING PROCE-
DURES; FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE ESD SENSI-
TIVE DEVICES RENDERING THE CIRCUIT BOARD USELESS. PRIOR TO
HANDLING A CIRCUIT BOARD, ENSURE PROPER PERSONNEL GROUNDING
TECHNIQUES ARE USED. ALSO, WHEN THE CIRCUIT BOARDS ARE TO BE
STORED, ENSURE THAT THEY ARE PLACED INTO STATIC SHIELDING CON-
DUCTIVE BAGS.

ESD SYMBOL FOR ESD


WARNING GROUND CONNECTING
SYMBOL POINT

23-70-02
Repair
Rev 1 Page 601
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

2. REPAIR PROCEDURES
A. PRINTED WIRING ASSEMBLIES (Refer to applicable IPL Figures.)

CAUTION: USE A PAIR OF LONGNOSED PLIERS OR OTHER SUITABLE HEAT SINK


PROTECTION WHEN REMOVING HEATSENSITIVE COMPONENTS SUS-
PECTED OF BEING FAULTY. THE SAME APPLIES WHEN INSTALLING NEW
HEATSENSITIVE COMPONENTS

(1) Do not remove any component from the circuit board unless deemed faulty. To remove a
component, unsolder the appropriate leads using a 25watt pencil tip soldering iron. Tag
the unsoldered leads to facilitate reassembly. Verify polarity and or orientation of the com-
ponent.

CAUTION: IN ADDITION TO USING A PROPER HEAT SINK WHEN SOLDERING A


SOLIDSTATE DEVICE, EXERCISE EXTREME CARE TO USE A MINI-
MUM OF HEAT WHILE SOLDERING TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE
CIRCUIT BOARD.

(2) All components must be physically secured to the nonprinted side of the circuit board by
inserting the leads in the appropriate holes and bending the ends of the lead wires inward
approximately 1/8 inch. The part should make physical contact with the board. Also, make
certain all component markings or values face upward and are readable.

(3) Make certain all connections are mechanically strong before attempting to solder. Solder
per MILS6872.

(4) Remove any old or excessive solder as required.

(5) Remove flux residue with Alpha No. 563 cleaner and flux remover. Perform final wash in
clean solution of the same cleaner.

(6) Apply protective coating (PC18 or PC29M manufactured by Hysol Division of Dexter Cor-
poration or Conathane 1155 per MILI46058 type PUR) to all reworked areas of the cir-
cuit board as follows:

(a) Ensure that printed circuit board is clean and dry.

NOTE: The protective coating is to be applied only to components that have been
replaced.

(b) Coating may be sprayed or applied with a brush.

(c) Cure coating per manufacturer instructions.

23-70-02
Repair
Rev 1 Page 602
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

ASSEMBLY
1. GENERAL
This section contains detailed stepbystep procedures describing the complete assembly of the
Model A100S Recorder. Any testing during assembly is also included as well as storage instructions
after assembly.

2. REQUIRED MATERIALS
Refer to Table 701 for a tabular listing of required assembly materials.

There are no special tools or equipment required during assembly. Special equipment required for
unit testing can be found in Table 901 of the Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment Section.

3. ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
CAUTION: THE MODEL A100S PRINTED WIRING ASSEMBLIES CONTAIN DEVICES SEN-
SITIVE TO ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD). PERSONNEL HANDLING A
CIRCUIT BOARD SHOULD COMPLY WITH PROPER ESD HANDLING PROCE-
DURES; FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE ESD SENSI-
TIVE DEVICES RENDERING THE CIRCUIT BOARD USELESS. PRIOR TO
HANDLING A CIRCUIT BOARD, ENSURE PROPER PERSONNEL GROUNDING
TECHNIQUES ARE USED. ALSO, ENSURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BOARD IS
PLACED INTO A STATIC SHIELDING CONDUCTIVE BAG WHEN HANDLING
OR STORING.

ESD SYMBOL FOR ESD


WARNING GROUND CONNECTING
SYMBOL POINT

A. GENERAL ASSEMBLY TECHNIQUES


Though procedures listed in this section are general in nature, some of the circuit components
require special handling and preparation before installation. The components used on the PWA
circuit boards of the Model A100S are advanced electrical circuits protected by conformal coat-
ing and are heat, static and shock sensitive. Extreme care should be used when repairing these
boards. It is highly recommended that a known bad circuit board be returned to the factory for
repair.

NOTE: Numbers shown in parentheses in the following text are the Illustrated Parts List
(IPL) figure number followed by the IPL item number for a particular part; e.g.,
(8115) for IPL Figure 8, Item 115. For items listed in the parts list but not illustrated,
the item number is preceded by a .

(1) Remove old solder and make connections mechanically secure before resoldering.

(2) Sleeve component leads and jumper wires as required to prevent shorting.

(3) Use 60/40 solder (Item 1, Table 701) throughout.

23-70-02
Assembly
Rev 1 Page 701
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 701
Required Assembly Materials (Sheet 1 of 2)

Item Manufacturing and Specification Use

1. Solder Resin core 60/40 per QQS571 All Component


leads and wires.

2. Protective PC18 or PC29M manufactured by Hysol Printed wiring


coating Division of Dexter Corp. [V04347], assembly coating and
211 Franklin St., Olean, NY 14760 solder connections.
or Conathane 1155 per MILI46058
type PUR.

3. Cleaner/flux Alpha No. 563 Clean new solder


remover joints.

4. Primer Loquic primer, Grade N No. 8821 Primer for items 5,


manufactured by Loctite Corp., 6, 7, 8.
705 N. Mountain Rd.,
Newington, CT 06111 [V05972]

5. Adhesive Loctite, Grade A manufactured by Retain screws.


Loctite Corp., 705 N. Mountain Rd.,
Newington, CT 06111 [V05972]

6. Adhesive Loctite, Grade C No. 8421 Retain screws.


manufactured by Loctite Corp.,
705 N. Mountain Rd.,
Newington, CT 06111 [V05972]

7. Adhesive Loctite, No. 222 Lock/sealant Retain screws.


manufactured by Loctite Corp.,
705 N. Mountain Rd.,
Newington, CT 06111 [V05972]

8. Adhesive Loctite, No. 242 Lock/sealant Retain screws.


manufactured by Loctite Corp.,
705 N. Mountain Rd.,
Newington, CT 06111 [V05972]

9. Adhesive Glyptal No. 1201 manufactured by Retain screws.


General Electric Co., Silicone
Products Business Dept.,
Waterford, NY 12188 [V01139]

23-70-02
Assembly
Rev 1 Page 702
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

Table 701
Required Assembly Materials (Sheet 2 of 2)

Item Manufacturing and Specification Use

10. Adhesive Rubber cement No. EC847 manufactured Secure gasket to


by Minnesota Mining and Mfg. Co., cover.
Adhesive Coatings and Sealers Div.,
3M Center, St. Paul, MN 55101 [V04963]

11. Adhesive RTV108, G. E. Sealant, Gen. Purp.

12. Adhesive RTV 162 white Secure components.

13. Adhesive RTV106 red Secure components.

14. Tubing Shrink tubing, black, 0.063 I.D. Insulate wire leads.
No. FIT2211/16 manufactured by
Alpha Wire Corp, 711 Lidgerwood Ave.,
Elizabeth, NJ 07207 [V92194]

15. Tubing Shrink tubing, white 3/16 thermofit Insulate wire leads.
No. RNF1003/16WHT manufactured by
Raychem, [V06090]

16. Wire No. 26 AWG hookup wire, TFE Electrical wiring.


Teflon, 14/38 strand, 0.041 O.D., red

17. Wire No. 26 AWG hookup wire, TFE Electrical wiring.


Teflon, 19/38 strand, 0.041 O.D., orange

18. Wire No. 20 Stranded Wire, White Electrical wiring.


600 V.

19. Lubricant 810346 manufactured by Dukane, Lubricate ULD Oring


Ultrasonic Division, and threads
St. Charles, IL 60174 [V94970]

20. Sealant Compound Silicon RBR Dow Corning Sealant, Gen. Purp.

21. Adhesive RTV3145, Corning Sealant, Silicone Rbr.

22. Jumper Wire, #22 BUSS SOLID L3 P/N 2769900008 Jumper Wire

23-70-02
Assembly
Rev 1 Page 703
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

B. GENERAL CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY (See applicable IPL Figures)


(1) After removal of a defective component from a circuit board following the procedures de-
scribed in DISASSEMBLY, the following procedures must be followed when replacing the
electronic components.

(a) All components must be physically secured to the nonprinted side of the circuit
board by inserting the leads in the appropriate holes and bending the ends of the
lead wires inward approximately 1/8 inch. The part should make physical contact with
the board.

(b) All terminal posts should be riveted in place before soldering.

(c) Leads from components mounted to terminal posts must have a minimum 300
wraparound.

(d) Component markings or values should face upward and be readable.

(e) On all IPL and schematic drawings, the  (square) pad indicates (+) positive end of
capacitors, cathode end of diodes and mechanical orientation of symmetrical multi
leaded devices.

(2) Solder components in place (following the appropriate schematic) with a small pencil iron
rated at no more than 25 watts. Use rosin core 60/40 solder (Item 1, Table 701).

(3) Remove flux residue with Alpha No. 563 cleaner and flux remover (Item 3, Table 701). Per-
form final wash in clean solution of the same cleaner.

(4) Apply protective coating (Item 2, Table 701) to all repaired areas as follows:

(a) Ensure that printed wiring boards are clean and dry.

NOTE: Protective coatings are to be applied only to components that have been re-
placed.

(b) Coating may be sprayed, applied with a brush, or board may be dipped.

(c) Cure coating per manufacturer instructions.

C. AIRCRAFT INTERFACE PWA, P/N 205E059700 (See IPL Figures 2 & 3)


(1) Special installation Instructions for components on this circuit board are as follows:

(a) Connect transformer T1 to the board per the following list using #20 stranded white
wire (Item 18, Table 701) and cover terminals with white tubing (Item 15, Table 701).

T11 to E5
T12 to E6
T13 to E7
T14 to E8

(b) After installing T1, generously apply silicon sealant (Item 20, Table 701) on the non
component side for 115 volt protection over the following pins:

J12, J13, C16, C17, CR14, CR25, E5, E6, L1L3, and C35C38.

23-70-02
Assembly
Rev 2 Page 704
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

(c) Apply silicon sealant (Item 20, Table 701) generously as follows:

under U2, U3, C19 and C22;


between CR7 & CR3, CR3 & CR4, CR4 & CR8, CR5 & CR6,
CR6 & CR1, CR1 & CR2.
at base of CR31.

(d) When installing connector J1 (3210) only use one of the mounting screws (3220)
and washers (3215) where shown in IPL Figure 3. Apply locking compound (Item 7,
Table 701) to threads of screw (3220).

(e) Install power supply (355) with washers (360) between part body and printed wir-
ing board on each pin.

(f) Install transistor pads (375/390) beneath CR3 (370) and Q1 (385), respectively.

(g) Install the five mounting standoffs (2265) to the Aircraft Interface board, using five
5/16 panhead screws (2270) and washers (2275) on the noncomponent side of
the board.

(2) Installation of Aircraft Interface PWA into Chassis assembly:

(a) It is assumed that the Audio Processor PWA (2280) is not in its card slot, J4, since
this interface connector is an integral part of the Aircraft Interface Cable Assembly
W1 (3230).

(b) To install the Aircraft Interface PWA into the Chassis (225), the Aircraft Interface
Cable Assembly W1 (3230) must also be installed since this assembly is hard sol-
dered to the board.

(c) Attach connectors J3 (2240) and J4 (2240) of the Aircraft Interface Cable Assem-
bly W1 to the Chassis assembly by installing four straightslot screws (250) and low
profile nuts (255).

(d) Attach J5 of the Aircraft Interface Cable Assembly W1 to the Chassis assembly by
installing two Phillips screws (260) and selflock nylon insert nuts (265).

(e) Connect plug P5 of the Store Processor Cable Assembly W2 (6300) to connector
J5 (3245) of the Aircraft Interface Cable Assembly W1 (3230).

(f) Carefully slide the Aircraft Interface PWA into the chassis assembly while supporting
transformer T1. Exercise care while positioning the board in place since the board
standoffs may cause it to jam between the chassis and the closest card guide; do not
force board.

(g) Mount the Aircraft Interface transformer T1 (3200) to the rear chassis panel by
installing the single 1/4 flathead screw (2250).

(h) Attach the four 3/8 flathead screws (2255) which secure the Aircraft Interface
main connector, J1, to the rear of the Chassis.

23-70-02
Assembly
Rev 1 Page 705
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

(i) Attach the five 1/4 flathead screws (2260) which mount the PWA to the standoffs
(2265).

(j) Once the Aircraft Interface PWA is secured in place, install the Audio Processor
PWA by sliding it into its card slot (Aircraft Interface Cable Assembly W1 connector
J4) and securing it in place by pushing down on the left and right card guide locks
(230) and (235).

(k) Attach the card retainer assembly (285) by installing two 1/2 flathead screws
(280).

(l) Slide the chassis assembly (225) into the dust cover (290 and attach with the
single 3/8 panhead screw (2105) in the top front of the dust cover and with the
two 5/16 panhead screws (2100) which secure the dust cover to the rear panel of
the chassis assembly.

D. AUDIO PROCESSOR PWA, P/N 205E059800 (See IPL Figures 2 & 4)

(1) Special installation Instructions for components on this circuit board are as follows:

(a) Apply a thin coat of adhesive (Item 21, Table 701) to the inside of the transformer
covers (4360) which attach to T1T4 (4355).

(2) Installation of Audio Processor PWA into the Chassis assembly:

(a) Install the Audio Processor PWA by sliding it in its card slot (connector J4 of the Air-
craft Interface Cable Assembly W1) and securing it by pushing down on the left and
right card guide locks (230) and (235).

(b) Attach the card retainer assembly (285) by installing two 1/2 flathead screws
(280).

(c) Slide the chassis assembly (225) into the dust cover (290 and attach with the
single 3/8 panhead screw (2105) in the top front of the dust cover and with the
two 5/16 panhead screws (2100) which secure the dust cover to the rear panel of
the chassis assembly.

E. STORE PROCESSOR PWA, P/N 205E060100 and P/N 205E102700 (See


IPL Figures 2, 5 & 6)

(1) Special installation instructions for circuit board, P/N 205E060100, are as follows:

(a) Install C8 (6275) under U5 (645) between its socket strips (650).

(b) Install C7 & C13 (6285) under U4 (625) between its socket strips (630).

(c) Install C10 (6255) under U22s (6100) socket (6105).

(d) Install C15 (6245) under Y1 (6125).

23-70-02
Assembly
Rev 1 Page 706
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

(e) Install dip capacitors C1XX (6225, 230, 235, 240, 250 & 260) in the same holes as
their corresponding integrated circuits UXX. Note: the reference designators for the
dip capacitors are similar to their corresponding ICs plus 100. For example: C123 is
located under U23, etc.

(f) When installing C102 (6250) under U2 (6125) be sure to orient C102 correctly, the
power pins for U2 are pins 2 and 3.

(g) When installing U24s (6110) socket (6115), remove pin 1 completely.

(2) Installation of Store Processor PWA (55) onto the FCSSU (2200).

NOTE: Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100 is to only be used with FCSSU, P/N
253E034803 (2 megabit). Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E1027 00 is intended
for use with FCSSU P/N 253E066000 (8 megabit); however, it may be used with
either FCSSU.

(a) Position the Store Processor PWA on the FCSSU and mate connector J2 (6310) to
FCSSU plug P2.

(b) Using four 3/16 flathead screws (530) secure the Store Processor PWA to the
FCSSU.

(c) Connect plug P5 (6300) of the Store Processor Interface Cable Assembly, W2,
(6295) to connector J5 (3245) of the Aircraft Interface Cable Assembly, W1.

F. FLASH CRASH SURVIVABLE STORE UNIT (FCSSU), P/N 253E034803, P/N


253E066000 and P/N 253E129300 (See Figure 701 and IPL Figures 2, 5 & 6)
Prior to installing the FCSSU assembly (2200) into the chassis, the Audio Processor circuit
board and front panel assembly must be removed.
(1) Remove Chassis assembly (225) from dust cover as described in DISASSEMBLY Step
B.(1).
(2) Remove front panel assembly as previously described in DISASSEMBLY Step B.(2) to
gain access to the front plate isolator panel (270).
(3) Remove the Audio Processor PWA (2280) from its card chassis slot as described in DIS-
ASSEMBLY Step B.(3) to gain access to the rear isolator plate.
NOTE: The front and rear elastomeric shock mounts (2205) should be checked at this
time for possible damage. If it is necessary to replace an elastomeric shock
mount (2205), proceed to the instructions given in G. Otherwise, proceed to the
next step herein.

(4) If not already mounted, mount the Store Processor PWA to the FCSSU as instructed in
previous Step E.(2).

NOTE: Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E102700 may be used with either FCSSU (2 me-
gabit or 8 megabit); however, Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100 can only
be used with FCSSU P/N 253E034803 (2 megabit).

23-70-02
Assembly
Rev 2 Page 707
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

(5) If not already attached, attach the chassis end of the ground strap (25) to the rear isolator
panel with the single 5/16 panhead screw (220) with washer (215) and hex nut (210).

(6) Carefully slide the FCSSU assembly (2200) into its position in the chassis.

(7) Secure the FCSSU to the front elastomeric shock mounts (2205) using the two 1032
hexhead screws and vibration mount spacers.

(8) Secure the FCSSU to the rear elastomeric shock mounts (2205) using the two 1032
Phillipshead screws. Attach the grounding strap (25) to one of the Phillipshead screws.

(9) Connect Store Processor Cable Assembly W2 (6295) plug P5 (6300) to connector J5
(6300) on the Aircraft Interface Cable Assembly (3245).

(10) Install the Audio Processor circuit board into its card slot (Aircraft Interface Cable Assem-
bly W1 connector J4) and secure it in place by pushing down on the left and right card
guide locks (230) and (235).

(11) Attach the card retainer assembly (285) by installing two 1/2 flathead screws (280).

(12) Reinstall the front panel assembly.


(13) Slide the chassis assembly (225) into the dust cover (290 and attach with the single 3/8
panhead screw (2105) in the top front of the dust cover and with the two 5/16 panhead
screws (2100) which secure the dust cover to the rear panel of the chassis assembly.

G. FCSSU ELASTOMERIC SHOCK MOUNTS, P/N AM0037 (See Figure 702


and IPL Figure 2)

(1) Perform steps (1) through (3) of the FCSSU procedure.


(2) Remove the damaged elastomeric shock mounts (2205) from the front isolator panel by
loosening and removing the two flathead screws ((2210) and nylon insert nuts (2215).

(3) Remove the damaged elastomeric shock mounts (2205) from the rear isolator panel by
loosening and removing the two panhead screws ((2220) from the captive nylon locking
nuts (2225).

(4) Attach the new front and/or rear elastomeric shock mounts (2205) to their respective iso-
lator panel using the hardware removed in steps (2) and (3).

(5) Return to the FCSSU procedure for reinstalling the FCSSU.

23-70-02
Assembly
Rev 1 Page 708
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

10-32
Phillips
Screw
(2-230)

Rear
Isolator Panel

Elastomeric
Shock Mount
(2-205)

Vibration
Front Mount
Isolator Panel Spacer
(2-70) (2-235) 10-32
Hex
Screw
Store Processor (2-240)
PWA
(See Note)
FCSSU
(2-200)
NOTE:
Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E0601-00, is to be used only with FCSSU, P/N 253E0348-00.
Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E1027-00, may be used with either FCSSU, P/N 253E0348-00, P/N253E0601-00 or 253E1293-00.
Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E1027-01, may be used with either FCSSU, P/N 253E0992-00 or 253E1293-00.

Figure 701. Installation of Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit (FCSSU)

23-70-02
Assembly
Rev 2 Page 709
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

10-32
Phillips
Screw
(2-230)

Rear
Isolator Panel

Elastomeric
Shock Mount Front
(2-205) Isolator Panel
(2-70) Vibration
Mount
Spacer
(2-235) 10-32
(2-215) Hex
Screw
(2-240)

Store Processor
PWA
(See Note) (2-210)
FCSSU (2-205)
(2-200)

(2-210)

Installation of FCSSU Elastomeric Shock Mounts, P/N AM0037


Figure 702
23-70-02
Assembly
Rev 2 Page 710
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

H. MODEL A151/A151B & A152/A152B CONTROL UNITS (See IPL Figure 7)

NOTE: This Control Unit assembly procedure covers the A151/A151B and A152/A152B and
alternate models of the Control Unit used with the Model A100S. Disregard those steps
and parts that do not pertain to the exact model of Control Unit under assembly. For
specific effectivity of parts to configuration, refer to the EFF Code column in IPL Figure
7.

(1) Install the microphone (7110/7140) by threading the microphone cable through the
grommet (7125), microphone bracket assembly (790), microphone damper assembly
(7105/7135) and hum shield assembly (7115).

(2) Install the phone jack (740) by attaching plug (750), nut, washer and one shoulder wash-
er (745) to the face of the front panel assembly (715) while attaching the second shoul-
der washer (745) and phone jack (740) to the rear.

(3) Attach green test switch (730) and red erase switch (735) by inserting the switches
from the rear of the front panel assembly and installing their associated nuts and washers
and the switches to front panel assembly.

(4) Install meter (725) by inserting it from the rear of the front panel assembly and screwing
the rear attaching collar.

(5) Install the harness wires to the preamplifier assembly (7155), meter (725), switches
(730 and 735), and phone jack (740). Install microphone wires from harness assembly
connector (780) or preamplifier assembly (7155) as appropriate for the type configura-
tion.

(6) Attach front panel assembly (715) to chassis by installing four 3/8 panhead screws
(720).

(7) Install preamplifier assembly (7155) to the chassis assembly by inserting four 3/8 pan
head screws (7160).

(8) Ensure insulator (770) is attached to bottom of dust cover.

(9) Attach front panel assembly (715) and chassis assembly (790) to the dust cover (755)
by inserting two 1/4 panhead screws (765) with washers (760) from the rear of the
dust cover assembly.

23-70-02
Assembly
Page 711
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

4. STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE: A bench test is required after storage of more than one year, refer to Testing and Trouble-
shooting section for specific test and check out procedures.

A. STORAGE IN ORIGINAL CONTAINERS

When possible, the Model A100S system equipment should be stored in its original container(s).
Provide adequate packing to ensure protection from damage during storage and shipment and
ensure that adequate silica gel packages are packed in the container(s) to protect the equipment
from moisture. Seal the container(s) to provide a moistureproof package.

B. STORAGE WITHOUT ORIGINAL CONTAINERS

If the original container(s) are not available, perform the following procedures to wrap the Model
A100S system equipment for storage:

(1) Wrap the recorder unit in plain wrapping paper or newspaper of sufficient thickness to thor-
oughly cover all sharp corners and protrusions.

(2) Enclose the unit in a polyethylene bag (3 mils thick, min.) with packages of silica gel suffi-
cient to provide moisture protection and seal the bags.

(3) Place the recorder unit in a suitably sized heavy construction cardboard box surrounded
with packing material sufficient to protect it on all sides. Arrange packing material in such
a way that the unit is protected and will not move around within the box.

(4) Seal box(es) with fiberglass packing tape.

(5) Mark boxes clearly as to contents.

23-70-02
Assembly
Page 712
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, & EQUIPMENT


1. GENERAL
This section provides a listing of all required tools, fixtures, and equipment which are not common
maintenance tools. Refer to Table 901 for a listing of special test equipment required for testing the
Model A100S system. Refer to the following paragraphs for a synopsis of equipment description and
purpose. Refer to the applicable user manual for an indepth explanation of the test equipment op-
eration and configuration.

Table 901
Model A100S Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment

Special L3 Fairchild
Equipment and Type Manufacturer

Cockpit Voice Recorder System Test Panel L3 P/N 9300A860


Calibrated Sound Source L3 P/N 9300A870
L3 Audio Monitor Adapter/ Mod.1 L3 P/N 17TES0200
Ultrasonic Test Set (Beacon Tester) L3 P/N 15977

A. COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER SYSTEM TEST PANEL, P/N 9300A860

The operation of the Model A100S Recorder and associated control units may be verified using
the standard Cockpit Voice Recorder System Test Panel, P/N 9300A860, originally designed for
the test and calibration of the Model A100 series of tapebased Cockpit Voice Recorders (refer
to Figure 901). Using this panel, audio signals can be applied to individual channels for test and
analysis. Additionally, the test panel can be used to activate the Model A100S builtintest util-
ity, to initiate its Bulk erase feature, and to replay previously recorded data (combined audio).

The Test Panel is divided into two section: RECORDER and CONTROL UNIT. The RECORD-
ER section (right half) contains all the controls for test tone, bulk erase, bias trap and associated
input/output points. The CONTROL UNIT (left half) section contains all the necessary controls
to perform operational checks on all models of control units. Switches for attenuation (6, 12, and
24 db), and a 700 1K Hertz filter are included in this test panel to simulate actual conditions.
The audio output from either the recorder or control unit section can be monitored, using a head-
set, at the HEADSET jack or by way of the front panel speaker. The Test Panel measures
19inches wide, 8.75inches high and 9.5inches deep.

23-70-02
Special Tools and Test Fixtures
Rev 1 Page 901
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

FAIRCHILD COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER


SYSTEM TEST PANEL
A
N C
O BULK TEST HEADSET
R T
ERASE U
M TEST A
A
L T
E
BIAS TRAP
SYS UNIT ADJUST
O O
U AII3 U
T -6 dB BULK T
P A ERASE P
U T U
T MODE T T
E
GND N
FAULT U -12 dB BULK
700 1kHz A ERASE
T
I
ROLL OFF GND O
SHORT N
-24 dB I
ALL N
I
N BYPASS REC. TEST P
P U
U REVERSED 3 T
T GND C.U. 2 4
INT EXT 1
SHORT
MIC A55 C.U.
VOLUME LOCAL AMP
CHANNEL
SELECT RECORD
AC ON BIAS
MIC
J2 CAL -18VDC +18VDC
J3
2A AC CONTROL OFF
DC 2A DC OFF
POWER UNIT

GTP PROBE(FOR GROUND TEST)

Cockpit Voice Recorder System Test Panel, P/N 9300A860


Figure 901

B. CALIBRATED SOUND SOURCE, P/N 9300A870


Refer to Figure 902 for an illustration of the Calibrated Sound Source unit, P/N 9300A870 front
panel. Using this panel in conjunction with the Cockpit Voice Recorder System Test Panel, au-
dio signals can be applied to selective microphone devices for test and analysis.

MICROPHONE CALIBRATE
CALIBRATED
SOUND SOURCE
P/N 9300-A870

USE 1 kHz
SET TO 0 dB

Calibrated Sound Source, P/N 9300A870


Figure 902
C. AUDIO MONITOR ADAPTER / MODIFICATION 1, P/N: 17TES0200
Refer to Figure 903 for an illustration of the Audio Monitor Adapter with Modification 1 (AMA/1),
P/N 17TES0200. The AMA/1 is used to extract selective channel audio data from the Model
A100S. It may be used along with the L3 Cockpit Voice Recorder System Test Panel and the L3
Calibrated Sound Source Unit to verify proper operation of the Model A100S. A typical A100S
unit under test is illustrated in Figure 904.

23-70-02
Special Tools and Test Fixtures
Rev 1 Page 902
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

10 CONTACT CONNECTOR
L3 P/N 063-98-00365

30-INCH
FLAT-RIBBON
CABLE

UNIT DIMENSIONS:
HEIGHT - 7.55 INCHES
WIDTH - 4.05 INCHES
DEPTH - 1.72 INCHES

L3 Audio Monitor Adapter With Modification 1, P/N 17TES0200


Figure 903
The AMA/1 along with an external amplifier and speaker are the only instruments required to
provide quality analysis of the recorded audio data. To use the AMA/1, the recorder must be
taken from the aircraft, placed on a test bench and its dust cover removed. The AMA/1 30inch
cable is mated, via its 10pin connector, to the Playback Monitor connector designated J6 which
is located on the Audio Processor PWA at its center outer edge (refer to Figure 904).

This connection routes the four audio channels and the Combined Audio channel (summation of
Channels 1 through 4) from the Model A100S to the AMA/1 for output individually, via 1/4inch
monophone jacks, as follows:
From SSCVR To AMA/1 Signal Amplitude
Channel 3 PILOT jack 1 Vrms + 10%
Channel 2 COPILOT jack 1 Vrms + 10%
Channel 1 SPARE jack 1 Vrms + 10%
Channel 4 AREA jack 1 Vrms + 10%
Combined Audio Channel COMBINED jack 1.45 Vrms + 10%
The signal amplitudes available at the AMA/1 monophone jacks are based on the Model A100S
having an applied input of 3 Vrms for Channels 1, 2 and 3 and 2 Vrms for Channel 4.

As a general rule, the signal amplitude available at the AMA/1 SPARE (Channel 1), COPILOT
(Channel 2 ) and PILOT (Channel 3) jacks is 33% of the A100S applied input whereas the signal
amplitude available at the AREA jack (Channel 4) is 50% of the unit applied input. The signal
amplitude available at the AMA/1 COMBINED jack is approximately 1.45 times the highest indi-
vidual channel amplitude present at the AMA/1. Also, the signal amplitude measured at the
AMA/1 COMBINED jack should be identical to that measured at the Headset jack on both the
Model A100S front panel or its associated Control Unit front panel.

23-70-02
Special Tools and Test Fixtures
Rev 1 Page 903
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

CALIBRATED
SOUND
SOURCE
P/N9300A870

FAIRCHILD COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER


SYSTEM TEST PANEL

COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER


SYSTEM TEST PANEL, P/N 9300A860

J6

J6

TO MODEL
A100S REAR
PANEL CONNECTOR

TO J6
ON AUDIO
PROCESSOR
PWA

AUDIO
MONITOR ADAPTER
(AMA/1)
Model A100S SSCVR Typical Test Setup
Figure 904
23-70-02
Special Tools and Test Fixtures
Rev 2 Page 904
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST


1. GENERAL
This section contains the following sections: Introduction, Equipment Designator List, Numerical In-
dex, and Detailed Parts List. The Introduction describes usage of the Illustrated Parts List (IPL), a
listing of abbreviations, and a list of vendor names, addresses, and codes per the current issue of
Federal Supply Code for Manufacturers, catalog handbook H41. A configuration matrix listing the
Model A100S SolidState Cockpit Voice Recorder configurations is provided in paragraph 8. The
Equipment Designator Index provides a cross reference from manufacture reference designator to
manufacturing part number. The Numerical Index provides a numerical listing of all manufacturing
part numbers.

2. PURPOSE
The purpose of this Illustrated Parts List is to assist maintenance and supply personnel in requisition-
ing, storing, issuing and identifying parts to maintain the Model A100S recorder. This Illustrated Parts
List is not to be taken as the authority for the procedure of assembly or disassembly. Overhaul or
repair should be done by authorized personnel only.

3. ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this section:
Abbreviation Meaning
AR As Required
NHA Next Higher Assembly
RF Reference
4. EQUIPMENT DESIGNATOR INDEX
The Equipment Designator Index is an index of designators assigned to electrical parts as shown in
electrical wiring and schematic diagrams. Equipment designators are listed in alphanumerical se-
quence showing applicable figure and item numbers.

5. NUMERICAL INDEX
The Numerical Index is a complete listing of parts included in the Detail Parts List, crossreferenced
to the applicable figure and item number, L3s part numbers, the manufacturers part numbers and
total quantity required.

Part numbers are arranged in a alphanumerical sequence beginning at the extreme lefthand position
and continue from left to right, one position at a time. The order to precedence in beginning the part
number arrangement is as follows:
A. Letters A through Z (Alphabetical Os are considered as numerical zeros).
B. Numerals 0 through 9.
Part number entry is limited to a single line and does not exceed fifteen characters.

The FIGURE number and ITEM number columns contain the figure and item number(s) for all parts
listed. When more than one figure and item number are shown for the same part number, the part
number is not repeated.

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1001
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

6. DETAIL PARTS LIST


The Detail Parts List consists of illustrations and columnar parts breakdown of the component and all
assemblies, subassemblies, and parts that can be disassembled, repaired and reassembled, or re-
placed. Items that are riveted, welded or spun over are not listed. Parts made of bulk stock such as
wire, tape or bonding braid are also not listed. Illustrations are each assigned a figure number, com-
mencing with Figure 1 and progressing in sequence.

The FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBER column reflects the assigned figure number of the illustration in
which the item is shown and the item number listed on the illustration. Figure numbers are shown for
the first entry of each figure and at the top of each subsequent column. When there is more than one
type of subassembly for the same function additional figures are included with the same number, but
followed by an additional alpha designator (such as A, B, etc.).

Each part number listed in the Detail Parts List is assigned an index number. Index numbers begin
with number 1 for each illustration and in broken sequence to facilitate the insertion of new items
which are not variants of existing items. Items listed but not illustrated are identified by a dash to the
left of the index number.

Item Number Alpha variants are assigned consecutively, A through Z, for related part numbers to
show Service bulletin related modifications, or configurational differences from the original item, Non
service bulletin related product improvement parts, or optional parts.

The PART NUMBER column contains the manufacturers part number when the part is purchased
from a source other than L3 Communications, or the L3 part number for those parts which must be
purchased from L3. When the manufacturers part number is used for any parts, the L3 number is
also shown enclosed in parentheses, in the NOMENCLATURE column. When standard parts (such
as MS, AN, RC, CP, etc.) are used, vendor codes are not assigned to these parts. However, for
nonstandard parts the vendor code is assigned in the NOMENCLATURE column and is preceded by
the letter V. It corresponds to the Federal Supply Code for Manufacturers as listed in Cataloging
Handbook H41.

When a part has multiple vendors, all part numbers are listed in the PART NUMBER column. The
first vendor will be assigned an item number and each subsequent part number is assigned the same
item number with an alpha variant.

The NOMENCLATURE column describes the part or assembly. Nomenclature wording is arranged so
that the identifying noun or key word is always the first part of the description; this is followed by mo-
difying words. Standard abbreviations are used as necessary. Assemblies which are not broken
down within a listing but which are covered by a separate figure will carry the notation (SEE FIG.
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN). The listing of the assembly in the breakdown figure will carry the ref-
erence (SEE FIG. FOR NHA). If the vendor is not L3, the manufacturers vendor code may be
included in parentheses in this column.

The indenture system, provided by the numbers 1 through 6 in the heading, shows the relationship
of one part to another; for example, a part listed under indenture 3 is a component of the assembly
listed under indenture 2 immediately above it. Items used to attach parts or assemblies to each
other are designated ATTACHING PARTS and are listed immediately following the item or items
they attach. The symbol * * * denotes the end of attaching parts.

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1002
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

The EFFECTIVITY CODE column establishes parts relationship with units or assemblies which are
essentially the same but have variations. These units or assemblies are assigned reference letters
such as A, B, C, D, etc. Parts which are not common to all configurations but are associated with
one or more of the coded lead items carry the letter or letters assigned to the lead item with which it
is associated. If a part is common to all lead items, the EFFECTIVITY CODE column is blank.

The UNITS PER ASSY column lists the quantity of the item required in one assembly in which it is a
component. It is, therefore, not necessarily the total quantity of the part required in the complete
equipment; the equipment total can be found in the Numerical Index. The term RF denotes that the
assembly has been previously listed in the parts breakdown, or in some instances engineering refer-
ence documentation associated with an assembly part.

7. MANUFACTURERS CODE

Code Manufacturer

00141 PIC Design Corp.


Subsidiary of Wells Benrus Co.
Benrus Center
P.O. Box 335
Ridgefield, CT 06877

01121 Allen Bradley Co.


1201 South 2nd St.
Milwaukee, WI 53204

01295 Texas Instruments Inc.


Semiconductor Group
13500 N. Central Expressway
P.O. Box 225012 M/S 49
Dallas, TX 75265

02289 HiG Co. Inc.


Spring St. and Rte. 75
Windsor Locks, CT 06096

03038 LongLok Fastener Corp.


An Inlex Co.
13709 S. Normandie Ave.
Gardena, CA 90249

04713 Motorola Inc.


Semiconductor Group
5005 E. McDowell Rd.
Phoenix, AZ 85008

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1003
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Code Manufacturer

06288 Edal Industries Inc.


4 Short Beach Rd.
East Haven, CT 06512

07263 Fairchild Camera and Instrument Corp.


Semiconductor Division
Mail Stop 141053
401 Ellis St.
P.O. Box 7284
Mountain View, CA 94042

08842 Abacus Electronics Corp.


Dobbs Ferry, NY

10581 Magnetico Inc.


182 Morris Ave.
Holtsville, NY 11742

11983 Nortronics Co. Inc.


8101 10th Ave. N.
Minneapolis, MN 55427

13511 Amphenol Cadre Division


Bunker Ramo Corp.
Los Gatos, CA

14752 Electrocube Inc.


1710 S. Del Mar Ave.
San Gabriel, CA 91776

15755 Abbott Transistor Laboratories Inc.


5200 W. Jefferson Blvd.
Los Angeles, CA 90016

16741 Triad Transformer Corp.


Huntington, IN

22527 Fisher Scientific Co.


585 Alpha Dr.
Pittsburgh, PA 15238

25140 TRW Inc.


TRW Globe Motor Division
2275 Stanley Ave.
Dayton, OH 45404

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1004
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Code Manufacturer

26858 Benthos
49 Edgerton Dr.
North Falmouth, MA 02556

27014 National Semiconductor Corp.


2900 Semiconductor Dr.
Santa Clara, CA 95051

30655 Elastic Stop Nut Corp. of America


Fastener Division
Union, NJ 07083

34335 Advanced Micro Devices


901 Thompson Pl.
Sunnyvale, CA 94086

46384 Penn Engineering and Manufacturing Corp.


P.O. Box 311
Doylestown, PA 18901

51791 Statek Corp.


512 N. Main St.
Orange, CA 92668

56289 Sprague Electric Co.


87 Marshall St.
North Adams, MA 01247

71279 Cambridge Thermionic Corp.


445 Concord Ave.
Cambridge, MA 02138

71460 ITT Canon Electric


666 E. Dyer Rd.
Santa Ana, CA 92702

71643 Connecticut Hard Rubber Co.


407 East St.
New Haven, CT 06509

71785 TRW Inc.


TRW Cinch Connectors Division
1501 Morse Ave.
Elk Grove Village, IL 60007

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 3 Page
Page 1005
1005
Feb.
Jul. 01/93
01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Code Manufacturer

72794 Dzus Fastener Co. Inc.


425 Union Blvd.
West Islip, NY 11795

72982 Erie Technological Products Inc.


645 West 11th St.
Erie, PA 16512

79136 Waldes Kohinoor Inc.


4716 Austel Pl.
Long Island City, NY 11101

80053 Beckman Instruments Inc.


Electronic Instruments Division
3900 North River Rd.
Schiller Park, IL 60176

81039 Plessey Dynamics Corp. 1


414 Chesnut Ave.
Hillside, NJ 07205

81300 Dayco Corp.


333 W. 1st St.
Dayton, OH 45402

83086 New Hampshire Ball Bearings Inc.


Rt. 202
Peterborough, NH 03458

91146 ITT Cannon Electric Co.


Salem Division
Salem, MA

91506 Augat Inc.


33 Perry Ave.
P.O. Box 779
Attleboro, MA 02703

94867 Churchill Corp.


344 Franklin St.
Box G
Melrose, MA 02167

94970 Dukane Corp.


SeaCom Division
2900 Dukane Drive
St. Charles, IL 60174

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1006
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Code Manufacturer

95238 Continental Connector Corp.


3463 56th St.
Woodside, NY 11377

95987 Weckesser Co. Inc.


4444 West Irving Park Rd.
Chicago, IL 60641

98659 Computer Instruments


100 Madison Ave.
Hempstead, NY 11550

8. CONFIGURATION MATRIX
The Model A100S SolidState Cockpit Voice Recorder currently has two configurations:
S100008000 and S100008001 (the light weight version).

The S100008000 has three effectivities: the standard version has the 30 minute FCSSU (P/N:
253E066000) installed, version A has the 60 minute FCSSU (P/N: 253E129000) installed and ver-
sion B has the titanium FCSSU (P/N: 253E129300) installed.

The S100008001 has two effectivities: the standard version has the 30 minute FCSSU (P/N:
253E099200) installed and verson A has the 60 minute FCSSU (P/N: 253E129300) installed.

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1007
Feb. 01/93
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

EQUIPMENT DESIGNATOR INDEX

Equipment Equipment Equipment


Designator FigItem Designator FigItem Designator FigItem

CR1 3 40 CR31 3 40 C8 4 350


CR1 4 15 CR32 3 10 C8 6 275
CR1 6 15 CR33 3 10 C8 8 70
CR2 3 40 CR34 3 5 C8 9 75
CR2 4 25 C1 3 105 C9 3 110
CR2 6 10 C1 4 330 C9 4 340
CR3 3 40 C1 6 270 C9 6 290
CR3 4 10 C1 8 50 C9 8 20
CR3 6 5 C1 9 70 C9 9 25
CR4 3 40 C2 3 110 C10 3 110
CR4 4 20 C2 4 330 C10 4 335
CR4 6 15 C2 6 220 C10 6 255
CR5 3 40 C2 8 25 C10 8 40
CR5 4 20 C2 9 30 C10 9 45
CR5 6 20 C3 3 110 C11 3 110
CR6 3 40 C3 4 350
C11 4 335
CR6 4 10 C3 6 265
C11 6 275
CR7 3 40 C3 8 55
C11 8 15
CR8 3 40 C3 9 55
C11 9 20
CR9 3 10 C4 3 110
C12 3 120
CR10 3 10 C4 4 340
C12 4 340
CR11 3 10 C4 6 280
C12 6 275
CR12 3 10 C4 8 170
C12 8 30
CR13 3 30 C4 9 50
C12 9 35
CR14 3 25 C5 3 110
C13 3 120
CR15 3 35 C5 4 340
CR16 3 45 C5 9 70 C13 4 330
CR17 3 35 C5 6 220 C13 6 285
CR18 3 20 C5 8 30 C13 8 35
CR19 3 20 C5 9 35 C13 9 40
CR20 3 30 C6 3 110 C14 3 145
CR21 3 10 C6 4 340 C14 4 350
CR22 3 15 C6 6 275 C14 6 275
CR23 3 15 C6 8 20 C14 8 20
CR24 3 30 C6 9 25 C14 9 25
CR25 3 25 C7 3 110 C15 3 110
CR26 3 10 C7 4 330 C15 4 345
CR27 3 10 C7 6 285 C15 6 245
CR28 3 10 C7 8 60 C15 8 20
CR29 3 30 C7 9 60 C15 9 80
CR30 3 75 C8 3 110 C16 3 100

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 1 Page 1008
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

EQUIPMENT DESIGNATOR INDEX

Equipment Equipment Equipment


Designator FigItem Designator FigItem Designator FigItem

C16 4 335 C29 4 340 C63 4 340


C16 6 270 C30 3 110 C64 4 340
C16 8 45 C30 4 345 C65 4 340
C16 9 50 C31 3 110 C66 4 340
C17 3 100 C31 4 325 C67 4 340
C17 4 335 C32 3 105 C68 4 340
C17 8 20 C32 4 345 C69 4 340
C17 9 25 C33 3 105 C70 4 320
C18 3 135 C33 4 340 C71 4 320
C18 4 340 C34 3 105 C72 4 340
C18 8 40 C34 4 340 C73 4 340
C18 9 45 C35 3 122 C74 4 310
C19 3 130 C35 4 340 C75 4 340
C19 4 335 C36 3 112 C76 4 340
C19 8 15 C36 4 340 C77 4 340
C19 9 20 C37 3 112 C78 4 340
C20 3 170 C37 4 340 C79 4 310
C20 4 350 C38 3 102 C80 4 320
C20 8 65 C38 4 310 C81 4 315
C20 9 65 C39 4 310 C82 4 295
C21 3 115 C40 4 350 C83 4 300
C21 4 325 C41 4 350 C84 4 300
C21 8 55 C42 4 350 C85 4 295
C21 9 55 C43 4 350 C86 4 290
C22 3 130 C44 4 350 C87 4 290
C22 4 335 C45 4 350 C88 4 305
C22 8 30 C46 4 350 C101 6 235
C22 9 35 C47 4 345 C102 6 250
C23 3 105 C48 4 350 C106 6 235
C23 4 350 C49 4 350 C107 6 235
C24 3 105 C50 4 350 C108 6 240
C24 4 345 C51 4 350 C109 6 240
C25 3 110 C52 4 350 C110 6 240
C25 4 345 C53 4 350 C111 6 230
C26 3 110 C55 4 350 C112 6 240
C26 4 325 C56 4 350 C113 6 235
C27 3 110 C57 4 350 C114 6 240
C27 4 325 C59 4 350 C115 6 235
C28 3 95 C60 4 350 C117 6 260
C28 4 345 C61 4 350 C118 6 235
C29 3 95 C62 4 320 C120 6 225

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1009
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

EQUIPMENT DESIGNATOR INDEX

Equipment Equipment Equipment


Designator FigItem Designator FigItem Designator FigItem

C123 6 225 Q5 9 200 R8 8 160


D1 8 10 Q6 8 185 R8 9 180
D1 9 15 Q6 9 205 R9 3 155
D2 8 10 R1 3 160 R9 4 285
D2 9 15 R1 4 235 R9 6 170
D3 9 10 R1 6 175 R9 8 165
D4 8 5 R1 8 115 R9 9 140
D4 9 5 R1 9 170 R10 3 195
J1 3 210 R2 3 150 R10 4 245
J2 3 250 R2 4 235 R10 6 165
J2 6 310 R2 6 210 R10 8 160
J3 3 240 R2 8 115 R10 9 180
J4 3 240 R2 9 95 R11 3 165
J5 3 245 R3 3 170 R11 4 240
J5 6 300 R3 4 235 R11 6 185
J7 3 225 R3 6 205 R11 8 150
J8 2 190 R3 8 90 R11 9 165
L1 4 5 R3 9 100 R12 3 165
L1 6 140 R4 3 185 R12 4 270
L2 3100A R4 4 235 R12 6 180
L2 6 145 R4 6 200 R12 8 120
L3 3100A R4 8 145 R12 9 135
L3 6 145 R4 9 160 R13 3 195
P1 6 50 R5 3 185 R13 4 240
P1 4 365 R5 4 260 R13 8 145
P2 3 250 R5 6 215 R13 9 160
P4 4 70 R5 8 80 R14 3 150
P5 6 45 R5 9 90 R14 4 275
Q1 3 85 R6 3 145 R14 8 130
Q1 4 125 R6 4 245 R14 9 145
Q1 8 170 R6 6 190 R15 3 165
Q1 9 190 R6 8 85 R15 4 245
Q2 4 125 R6 9 95 R15 6 195
Q2 8 175 R7 3 190 R15 8 125
Q2 9 195 R7 4 280 R15 9 140
Q3 8 175 R7 6 165 R16 4 265
Q3 9 195 R7 8 80 R16 6 180
Q4 8 180 R7 9 90 R16 8 75
Q4 9 200 R8 3 195 R16 9 85
Q5 8 180 R8 4 255 R17 4 225
Q5 8 180 R8 6 170 R17 6 195

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1010
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

EQUIPMENT DESIGNATOR INDEX

Equipment Equipment Equipment


Designator FigItem Designator FigItem Designator FigItem

R17 8 80 R31 8 115 U1 6 130


R17 9 90 R31 9 105 U2 3 55
R18 4 150 R32 4 170 U2 4 45
R18 8 80 R32 8 155 U2 6 125
R18 9 90 R32 9 175 U3 3 65
R19 3 180 R33 4 160 U3 365A
R19 4 150 R34 4 155 U3 4 100
R19 8 100 R35 4 170 U3 6 80
R19 9 110 R36 4 150 U4 3 70
R20 3 175 R37 4 220 U4 4 110
R20 9 120 R38 4 165 U4 6 25
R21 4 165 R39 4 175 U5 365A
R21 8 85 R40 4 160 U5 4 55
R21 9 95 R41 4 165 U5 6 45
R22 4 215 R42 4 145 U6 4 105
R22 8 105 R43 4 195 U6 6 70
R22 9 115 R44 4 145 U7 4 115
R23 4 165 R45 4 150 U7 6 70
R23 8 135 R46 4 155 U8 4 120
R23 9 150 R47 4 210 U8 6 95
R24 4 230 R48 4 200 U9 4 55
R24 8 80 R49 4 250 U9 6 95
R24 9 90 TP1 3 205 U10 4 55
R25 4 200 TP1 6 35 U10 6 90
R25 8 75 TP2 3 205 U11 4 30
R25 9 85 TP2 6 35 U11 6 65
R26 8 100 TP3 3 205 U12 4 90
R26 9 110 TP4 3 205 U12 6 55
R27 4 150 TP5 3 205 U13 4 60
R27 8 140 TP6 3 50 U13 6 130
R27 9 155 TP10 6 155 U14 4 105
R28 4 190 TP20 6 155 U14 6 90
R28 8 110 TP30 6 155 U15 4 105
R28 9 125 TP40 6 155 U15 6 130
R29 4 175 T1 3 200 U16 4 90
R29 8 115 T1 4 355 U16 6 120
R29 9 130 T2 4 355 U17 4 80
R30 4 155 T3 4 355 U17 6 60
R30 8 115 T4 4 355 U18 4 80
R30 9 130 U1 3 50 U18 6 75
R31 4 185 U1 4 35 U19 4 80

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1011
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

EQUIPMENT DESIGNATOR INDEX

Equipment Equipment Equipment


Designator FigItem Designator FigItem Designator FigItem

U19 6 135 U22 4 70 U24 6 110


U20 4 80 U22 6 100 U25 4 70
U20 6 35 U23 4 70 W1 3 230
U21 4 80 U23 6 85 W2 6 40
U21 6 60 U24 4 70 Y1 6 150

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 1 Page 1012
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

NUMERICAL INDEX

AIRLINE TTL
PART NUMBER PART NO. FIG. ITEM REQ

#515 2 195 1
AM0037 2 205 4
AM29C821/BLA 6 95 2
B19120H 3 45 1
BCDAT26195 5 15 1
CCR06CG104FR 4 345A 7
CCR06CG472FR 4 335 6
CCR07CG333FR 4 340 25
CCR07CG683FR 4 345 7
CD54ACT238F3A 6 65 1
CD54HCT14F 6 85 1
CK05BX101K 4 320 5
CK05BX102K 4 315 1
6 290 1
CK05BX103K 3 110 17
8 50 2
CK05BX104K 3 105 6
4 310 4
6 275 5
CK05BX561K 4 325 4
CK06BX104K 3 112 1
CK06BX105K 3 115 1
CK06BX223K 8 55 2
9 55 2
CK06BX274K 4 330 1
CK06BX562K 3 120 2
DD1032 3 135 1
DDU8Z297 6 135 1
DG201AAK 4 115 1
DS2165QN 4 80 5
HLMP1700101 4 25 1
HLMP70001S1 6 20 1
L11 2 190 1
7 40 1
LH0002H 4 110 1
LM136AH2.5 3 75 1
LM139J 3 70 1
MAX632AMJA 6 80 1
MC1558U 3 50 1
MD015C104KAA 4 350 26

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1013
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

NUMERICAL INDEX

AIRLINE TTL
PART NUMBER PART NO. FIG. ITEM REQ

MS15795803 7 60 2
MS24693C3 2 210 4
MS24693C46 2 250 1
MS3533370 2 15 1
2 275 5
MS35649244 2 10 1
MS519575 3 220 3
MS5195714 2 20 1
2 220 4
2 270 5
MS5195727 2 100 2
MS5195728 2 105 1
MS5195745 2 145 4
2 180 4
MS5195865 2 230 2
MS5195913 2 260 5
MS5195915 2 255 4
MS5195917 2 80 2
MS5196065 2 170 2
NMF0509S 3 65A 2
OP27BZ 4 55 1
OP470AY 4 105 5
PLC440 2 225 4
PLC832 2 40 6
RC07GF101J 8 75 1
9 85 2
RC07GF102J 8 80 5
9 90 5
RC07GF103J 8 85 2
9 95 3
RC07GF125J 8 90 1
9 100 1
RC07GF151J 8 95 1
9 105 1
RC07GF152J 8 100 2
9 110 2
RC07GF154J 8 105 1
9 115 1

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1014
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

NUMERICAL INDEX

AIRLINE TTL
PART NUMBER PART NO. FIG. ITEM REQ

RC07GF182J 9 120 1
RC07GF221J 8 110 1
9 125 1
RC07GF222J 8 115 3
9 130 2
RC07GF224J 8 120 1
9 135 1
RC07GF471J 8 125 1
9 140 1
RC07GF472J 8 130 1
9 145 1
RC07GF474J 8 135 1
9 150 1
RC07GF510J 8 140 1
9 155 1
RC07GF561J 8 145 2
9 160 2
RC07GF562J 8 150 1
9 165 1
RC07GF682J 9 170 1
RC07GF821J 8 155 1
9 175 1
RC07GF822J 8 160 2
9 180 2
RNC50*DSCR 6 190 1
RN60D22R1F 3 180 1
SN54BCT2244J 6 130 3
S100008000 1 1 1
S100008001 1 1A 1
SP310 4 360 4
SS02001TG 6 50 2
TM73 3 200 1
VK200 4 5 1
V130LA5 3 40 9
016E094600 2 151 1
024E052600 2 5 1
024E061100 3 230 1
0448000001 3 136 3
0449800012 3 136A 3
046E028001A 4 30 1
046E028101 4 35 1

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 3 Page 1015
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

NUMERICAL INDEX

AIRLINE TTL
PART NUMBER PART NO. FIG. ITEM REQ

046E028201 4 45 1
046E028301A 6 25 1
046E028401A 6 35 1
046E028501A 6 45 1
0469701469 6 55 1
0469701732 6 60 2
0469701736 4 60 1
0469701858 4 70 1
0469701861 4 90 2
0469701868 4 100 1
0469701883 6 90 2
0469701885 6 100 1
0469701888 6 110 1
0469701892 6 120 1
0469701896 6 125 1
0639800074 3 210 1
0639801522 4 365 1
075E060400 2 90 1
0884700024 4 15 1
6 10 1
1.5KE250CA 3 25 2
1.5KE68C 3 30 5
1N295 8 10 2
9 15 2
1N4148 3 10 12
1N4446 8 5 1
9 5 1
1N4614 4 20 2
1N4735,A 9 10 1
1N4761A 6 5 1
1N5234B 4 10 2
1N5256A, B 3 15 1
1N5819 6 15 2
1N5825 3 20 1
1N759A 3 35 1
1N914, A,B 3 5 1
1000200612 6 40 1

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 1 Page 1016
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

NUMERICAL INDEX

AIRLINE TTL
PART NUMBER PART NO. FIG. ITEM REQ

10042DAP 3 80 1
3 90 1
4 130 1
4 140 1
10282N 8 190 1
9 210 1
104JEV 6 225 1
104JEW 6 230 1
104JEX 6 235 7
104JEY 6 240 5
120064455F 3 240 2
1509491002 10 45 1
158X104K 3 102 1
1600021020 8 195 1
9 215 1
167103J400A 3 100A 2
17D170262 2 140 1
7 5 1
17D170618 2 145 1
1829800193 4 150 5
1829800194 4 155 3
1829800195 4 160 2
1829800196 4 165 4
1829800197 4 170 2
1829800198 4 175 2
1829800199 4 180 1
1829800200 4 185 1
1829800201 4 190 1
1829800202 4 195 1
1829800203 4 200 2
1829800204 4 205 1
1829800206 4 210 1
1829800209 4 220 1
1829800210 4 225 1
1829800211 4 230 1
183DHL 6 255 1
1849700118 4 120 1
1849700119 6 150 1
189E061000 2 85 1
191E060700 2 110 1

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1017
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

NUMERICAL INDEX

AIRLINE TTL
PART NUMBER PART NO. FIG. ITEM REQ

191E095300 2 110A 1
196E060500 2 130 1
196E060800 2 70 1
2N2222A 4 125 1
2N2907A 3 85 1
3 135 1
4 135 1
2029800326 3 55 1
2029800391 3 55A 1
205E059700 2 245 1
3 1 1
205E059800 2 280 1
4 1 1
205E060100 2 282A 1
6 1 1
205E066000 5 1A 1
205E102700 2 282B 1
6 1A 1
206E059700 3 260 1
2160 3 60 7
2290200398 2 154 1
2290200413 2 284 4
2299800197 4 370 2
2299800341 2 50 4
2299800417 2 240 2
2299800423 2 60 2
230E094700 2 125A 1
2369800242 4 75 4
236C211010 6 30 2
239E019700 2 235 2
239E063000 2 45 1
24SX263L 2 35 2
24SX263R 2 30 2
25107 3 65 1
253E034803 2 200 1
5 1 1
253E058500 2 150 1
253E060000 1 5 1
2 1 1
253E060001 1 5A 1
2 1A 1

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 3 Page 1018
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

NUMERICAL INDEX

AIRLINE TTL
PART NUMBER PART NO. FIG. ITEM REQ

253E099200 2 200A 1
5 1B 1
253E129000 2 200B 1
5 1C 1
253E129300 2 200C 1
5 1D 1
2559800205 6 155 4
2559800280 3 205 6
263D28 6 260 2
266E030501 2 160A 1
266E030502 2 160B 1
2739800090 4 375 2
2879800154 2 55 4
2879800162 2 65 2
2879800213 4 380 2
2979800257 2 265 5
3019822003 4 290 2
3370415004 8 60 1
9 60 1
3371139004 4 295 2
3371222004 3 95 2
3371315004 4 300 2
3392222005 6 220 2
33996026 6 300 1
34335302 6 310 1
3518 3 255 2
6 315 2
3611010001 3 100 2
3621215004 6 265 1
3623633004 6 270 2
3781312522 3 125 1
6 280 1
39260000T 6 305 1
39424 6 145 2
403DDC 4 305 1
408E060900 2 75 1
42285 6 140 1
46266300 3 245 1
4989021822F 4 215 2
502DFF 6 245 2
502DRC 6 250 1

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1019
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

NUMERICAL INDEX

AIRLINE TTL
PART NUMBER PART NO. FIG. ITEM REQ

54ACTQ245DM 6 75 1
54FCT541DM 6 70 2
56025532 3 215 3
6080102269 6 195 2
6080130902 3 185 1
6080905629 4 240 2
6080908669 3 140 1
6080910000 3 145 1
4 245 3
6080910001 3 150 2
6080910009 4 250 1
6080910701 4 255 1
6080912400 4 260 1
6080924900 3 155 1
6 200 1
6080929401 3 160 1
6080930100 4 265 1
6080930102 3 165 3
6080935700 4 270 1
6080949901 4 275 1
6080964900 3 170 1
6080968100 3 175 1
6080973200 4 280 1
6080988701 4 285 1
6112820001 6 205 1
61924CCB.1 4 40 1
4 50 1
626501 3 225 1
6140116200 6 210 1
6140166508 6 215 1
68120050 3 250 1
68WR10K 4 235 4
74471P42 6 160 2
7473422005 3 130 2
750101R10K 6 165 2
750101R100K 6 180 2
750101R47K 4 145 2
6 185 1
75083R10K 6 175 1
75083R100K 3 190 1
75083R47 6 170 2

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 1 Page 1020
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

NUMERICAL INDEX

AIRLINE TTL
PART NUMBER PART NO. FIG. ITEM REQ

75083R47K 3 195 1
75401001 4 385 46
7552110002 6 285 2
77103050 3 235 1
79NM40 2 215 4
8215733 4 65 1
8215741 6 105 1
8215811 4 85 5
8216651 4 95 2
6 115 1
89984 11 5A 1
8AS23R3 10 70 3
8EP43R3 10 35A 2
8EP44R3 7 65 1
10 35 2
8EP46R3 7 20 4
7 160 4
8EP46R5 11 40 1
9WES4 11 45 1
90649 10 50 1
91391 2 135 4
91504 7 85 4
91508 2 120 2
91539 2 155 4
9158625 8 170 1
9 190 1
9158626 8 175 10
9 195 1
9158627 8 180 10
9 200 1
9158628 8 185 1
9 205 1
91588 8 65 1
9 65 1
91589 9 70 2
91590 8 165 1
9 185 1
91889 9 80 1
93A05500 1 20 1
10 1 1

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1021
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

NUMERICAL INDEX

AIRLINE TTL
PART NUMBER PART NO. FIG. ITEM REQ

93A05503 1 20A 1
10 1A 1
93A05510 1 20B 1
10 1B 1
93A05520 1 20C 1
10 1C 1
93A05530 1 20D 1
10 1D 1
93A05540 1 25 1
11 1 1
93A05545 1 25A 1
11 1A 1
93A05550 1 20E 1
10 1E 1
93A05555 1 20F 1
10 1F 1
93A05560 1 25B 1
11 1B 1
93A05565 1 25C 1
11 1C 1
93A05566 1 25D 1
11 1D 1
93A05567 1 25E 1
11 1E 1
93A05595 1 25F 1
11 1F 1
93A15100 1 10 1
7 1 1
93A15101 1 10A 1
7 1A 1
93A15120 1 10B 1
7 1B 1
93A15130 1 10C 1
7 1C 1
93A15140 1 10D 1
7 1D 1
93A15150 1 10E 1
7 1E 1
93A15200 1 15 1
7 1F 1

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1022
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

NUMERICAL INDEX

AIRLINE TTL
PART NUMBER PART NO. FIG. ITEM REQ

93A15201 1 15A 1
7 1G 1
93A15204 1 15B 1
7 1H 1
93A15220 1 15C 1
7 1J 1
93A15225 1 15D 1
7 1K 1
93A15230 1 15E 1
7 1L 1
93A15235 1 15F 1
7 1M 1
93A15240 1 15G 1
7 1N 1
93A15250 1 15H 1
7 1P 1
93A15260 1 15J 1
7 1Q 1
93A15270 1 15K 1
7 1R 1
93A244 7 125 1
93A26302 7 155 1
8 1 1
93A264 7 80 1
93A265 7 80B 1
93A26601 7 155A 1
9 1 1
93A267 7 80A 1
93A268 7 80C 1
93A272 11 5 1
93A307 7 90 1
7 100 1
7 130 1
93618 2 125 1
9361901 10 5A 1
12 5A 1
93624 10 55A 1
9362619 10 60B 1
9362620 10 60C 1
9362622 10 60 1
9362623 10 60A 1

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1023
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

NUMERICAL INDEX

AIRLINE TTL
PART NUMBER PART NO. FIG. ITEM REQ

9362630 11 30A 1
9362683 11 30 1
93626100 11 30B 1
93626101 11 30C 1
93626115 11 30D 1
93626116 10 60D 1
93626117 10 60E 1
93653 11 15 1
93654 11 35 1
93655 11 25 1
93656 11 10 2
11 10A 3
9365801 11 20 1
9365802 11 20A 1
9365803 11 20B 1
9391767 9 75 1
93972 8 200 1
93989 10 15A 1
931021 7 45 2
931025 11 5B 1
9300A014 7 15 1
9300A01401 7 15A 1
9300A01402 7 15B 1
9300A01403 7 15C 1
9300A033 7 95 1
9300A165 1 30 1
12 1 1
9300A16501 1 30A 1
12 1A 1
9300A206 12 5 1
9300177 2 165 1
930017901 7 30 1
930017902 7 35 1
9300180 2 175 2
9300195 7 55 1
9300197 7 155 1
10 10 1
12 10 1
9300204 7 105 1
7 135 1

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 1 Page 1024
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

NUMERICAL INDEX

AIRLINE TTL
PART NUMBER PART NO. FIG. ITEM REQ

9300205 7 110 1
10 5 1
9300233 7 25 1
930023301 7 25A 1
930023304 7 25B 1
9300285 8 15 2
9 20 2
930028601 4 355 4
9300290 8 20 5
9 25 4
9300301 8 25 1
9 30 1
9300305 8 30 3
9 35 3
9300307 8 35 1
9 40 1
9300329 7 70 1
9300334 10 55 1
9300337 7 75 1
9300344 7 115 1
10 20 1
12 15 1
9300347 10 25 1
9300348 10 30 1
9300351 10 65 1
9300352 10 40 2
9300377 7 120 1
7 145 1
9300382 10 15 1
9300388 7 50 1
9300534 8 40 2
9 45 2
9300543 12 20 1
9300581 2 152 1
9300583 8 45 1
9300583 9 50 1
9300927 10 65A 1
9300928 10 30A 1
933533617 2 154 1

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 3 Page 1025
Jul. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

5
5A

10AE
15
15AK

20
20AF

25
25AF

30
30A

SolidState Cockpit Voice Recorder Configuration, Model S100S,


P/N: S1000080( )
Figure 1
23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1026
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

1 1 S100008000 SSCVR CONFIGURATION, A100S A RF


1A S100008001 SSCVR CONFIGURATION, A100S, B RF
TITANIUM
5 253E060000 FINAL ASSEMBLY, SSCVR (SEE A 1
FIG 2 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
5A 253E060001 FINAL ASSEMBLY, SSCVR, TITANIUM B 1
(SEE FIG 2 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
10A 93A15101 CONTROL ASSEMBY, A1511, BLK, 1
NO MICROPHONE
10B 93A15120 CONTROL ASSEMBY, A151B, M2, 1
GRAY, NO MICROPHONE
10C 93A15130 CONTROL ASSEMBY, A151B, M2, 1
BLK, NO MICROPHONE
10D 93A15140 CONTROL ASSEMBY, A151B, 1
BOEING BROWN, NO MICROPHONE
10E 93A15150 CONTROL ASSEMBY, A151B, ATR 1
BROWN, NO MICROPHONE
15 93A15200 CONTROL ASSEMBY, A152, GRAY, 1
DYNAMIC MIC (SEE FIG 7 FOR
DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
15A 93A15201 CONTROL ASSEMBY, A1521, 1
BLACK, DYNAMIC MIC
15B 93A15204 CONTROL ASSEMBY, A1524, GRAY, 1
DYNAMIC MIC
15C 93A15220 CONTROL ASSEMBY, A152B, GRAY, 1
CONDENSOR MICROPHONE
15D 93A15225 CONTROL ASSEMBY, A152B, GRAY, 1
CONDENSOR MICROPHONE
15E 93A15230 CONTROL ASSEMBY, A152B, BLACK, 1
CONDENSOR MICROPHONE
15F 93A15235 CONTROL ASSEMBY, A152B, GRAY, 1
CONDENSOR MICROPHONE
15G 93A15240 CONTROL ASSEMBY, A152B, GRAY, 1
CONDENSOR MICROPHONE
15H 93A15250 CONTROL ASSEMBY, A152B, 1
BOEING BROWN, CONDENSOR
15J 93A15260 CONTROL ASSEMBY, A152B, 1
BOEING BROWN, CONDENSOR
15K 93A15270 CONTROL ASSEMBY, A152B, BLACK, 1
CONDENSOR MICROPHONE

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1027
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

1 20 93A05500 MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY, REMOTE 1


MODEL A55 (SEE FIG 10 for DETAIL
BREAKDOWN)
20A 93A05503 MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY, REMOTE 1
MODEL A55 (SEE FIG 10 for DETAIL
BREAKDOWN)
20B 93A05510 MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY, REMOTE 1
MODEL A55B, BLACK, CONDENSOR,
NONMAGNETIC, DIRECTIONAL,
REAR CONNECTOR
(SEE FIG 10 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
20C 93A05520 MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY, REMOTE 1
MODEL A55B, BLACK, CONDENSOR,
NONMAGNETIC, DIRECTIONAL,
SIDE CONNECTOR
(SEE FIG 10 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
20D 93A05530 MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY, REMOTE 1
MODEL A55B, BROWN (BOENING),
CONDENSOR, NONMAGNETIC,
DIRECTIONAL, REAR CONNECTOR
(SEE FIG 10 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
20E 93A05550 MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY, REMOTE 1
MODEL A55B, BLACK, CONDENSOR,
NONMAGNETIC, DIRECTIONAL,
REAR CONNECTOR
(SEE FIG 10 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
20F 93A05555 MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY, REMOTE 1
MODEL A55B, BLACK, CONDENSOR,
NONMAGNETIC, DIRECTIONAL,
SIDE CONNECTOR
(SEE FIG 10 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
25 93A05540 MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY, REMOTE 1
MODEL A55B, GRAY, MINICONDEN
SOR, PIGTAIL CONNECTOR, OMNI
DIRECTIONAL
(SEE FIG 11 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1028
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

1 25A 93A05545 MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY, REMOTE 1


MODEL A55B, BROWN (ATR42),
MINICONDENSOR, PIGTAIL
CONNECTOR, OMNIDIRECTIONAL
(SEE FIG 11 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
25B 93A05560 MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY, REMOTE 1
MODEL A55B, GRAY, MINICONDEN
SOR, NONMAGNETIC, DIRECTIONAL,
PIGTAIL CONNECTOR
(SEE FIG 11 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
25C 93A05565 MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY, REMOTE 1
MODEL A55B, BROWN (ATR42),
MINICONDENSOR, NONMAGNETIC,
DIRECTIONAL, PIGTAIL CONNECTOR
(SEE FIG 11 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
25D 93A05566 MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY, REMOTE 1
MODEL A55B, GRAY, MINICONDEN
SOR, NONMAGNETIC, DIRECTIONAL,
PIGTAIL CONNECTOR
(SEE FIG 11 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
25E 93A05567 MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY, REMOTE 1
MODEL A55B, BLACK, MINICONDEN
SOR, NONMAGNETIC, DIRECTIONAL,
PIGTAIL CONNECTOR
(SEE FIG 11 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
25F 93A05595 MICROPHONE ASSEMBY, REMOTE 1
MODEL A55B, BLACK, MINICONDEN
SOR, NONMAGNETIC, DIRECTIONAL,
PIGTAIL CONNECTOR
(SEE FIG 11 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
30 9300A165 MICROPHONE ASSEMBY, REMOTE 1
(SEE FIG 12 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
30A 9300A16501 MICROPHONE ASSEMBY, REMOTE 1
(SEE FIG 12 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1029
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

90

105
100

25

245

80

85

280 145
75
282

200
200A
140

Model A100S SSCVR Final Assembly, P/N: 253E060000 01


Figure 2 (Sheet 1 of 2)
23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1030
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

125
110
120
115
250
170

195

150

260 130

160A
255 160B

B
135
30 25 155

10
B
165
175 180
230 225
245

265
270 185
275 190

205 50
55
60
65 35
45
15
20

220
215

C
70

282

210
284
200
200A 205
C 235 A
240

Model A100S SSCVR Final Assembly, P/N: 253E060000, 01


Figure 2 (Sheet 2 of 2)
23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1031
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

2 1 253E060000 RECORDER FINAL ASSEMBLY, A100S A RF


(SEE FIG 1 FOR NHA)
1A 253E060001 RECORDER FINAL ASSEMBLY, A100S B RF
LIGHT WEIGHT (SEE FIG 1 FOR NHA)
5 024E052600 CABLE, GROUNDING 1
ATTACHING PARTS
10 MS35649244 NUT, HEX, 440 (V96906) 1
(2870200002)
15 MS3533370 WASHER, #4, INTERNAL TOOTH 1
(V96906) (2730200025)
20 MS5195714 SCREW,PAN HEAD,440 X5/16 1
(V96906) (2290200074)
***
25 042E060600 CHASSIS, SSCVR 1
30 24SX263R GUIDE, CARD, LOCK, RIGHT HAND, 2
3.0IN (V01121) (4019800042)
35 24SX263L GUIDE, CARD, LOCK, LEFT HAND, 2
3.0IN (V01121) (4019800043)
40 PLC832 NUT, CAPTIVE, 832, LOCKING, SST 6
(2879800190)
45 239E063000 SPACER, CONNECTOR 1
ATTACHING PARTS
50 2299800341 SCREW, M2X6, FLAT HEAD, SLOT 4
55 2879800154 NUT,HEX,LOW PROFILE,M2 4
60 2299800423 SCREW, M2.5 X 14, FLAT HEAD,SST 2
65 2879800162 NUT,SELFLOCK,NYL INSR 2
***
70 196E060800 PLATE, ISOLATOR, FRONT 1
75 408E060900 RETAINER, CARD 1
ATTACHING PARTS
80 MS5195917 SCREW, FLAT HEAD, 440 X 1/2 2
(V96906) (2290200189)
85 189E061000 PAD, CARD RETAINER 1
***
90 075E060400 DUST COVER, MODIFIED, SSCVR 1
93 9030100047 STATIC AWARENESS LABEL 1
95 9300A218 DELETED
ATTACHING PARTS
100 MS5195727 SCREW ,PAN HEAD, 632 X 5/16 2
(V96906) (2290200084)

ITEM NOT ILLUSTRATED

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 23 Page 1032
Jul. 15/00
Mar. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

2 105 MS5195728 SCREW, PAN HEAD, 632 X 3/8 1


(V96906) (2290200085)
***
110 191E060700 PANEL, FRONT, SSCVR (SUPSD BY 1
ITEM 110A, PRE ECO 07305)
110A 191E095300 PANEL, FRONT, SSCVR (SUPSDS 1
ITEM 110, POST ECO 07305)
ATTACHING PARTS
115 MS5195745 SCREW, PAN HEAD, 832 X 1/2 2
(V96906) (2290200102)
120 91508 FLAT FIBRE WASHER (V06141) 2
(9391508)
***
125 93618 GASKET (OBSOLETE, SUPSD BY 1
ITEM 125A),
125A 230E094700 SEAL, FRONT PANEL (SUPSDS 1
ITEM 125)
130 196E060500 NAMEPLATE, FRONT PANEL 1
ATTACHING PARTS
135 91391 PAN HEAD SCREW (V06141) 4
(9391391)
***
140 17D170262 MODIFICATION RECORD PLATE 1
145 17D170618 PROGRAM REVISION PLATE 1
150 253E058500 UNDERWATER LOCATOR DEVICE 1
CRADLE ASSEMBLY
151 016E094600 BRKT, BEACON MOUNT 1
152 9300581 COVER PLACE, ULD 1
153 2290200398 SCREW, CAP, SKT HD FLT 1
832 x 3/8
154 933533617 LOCKWASHER, #8 CSNK, SST 1
ATTACHING PARTS
155 91539 HEX CP SC (LP62U040J12X2) 4
(V06141) (9391539)
***
160A 266E030501 BEACON,ACOUSTIC,UNDERWATER 1
DUKANE (V94970) (DK120)
160B 266E030502 BEACON,ACOUSTIC,UNDERWATER 1
RJE (V61257) (ELP362D)
165 9300177 HANDLE 1

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 23 Page 1033
Jul. 15/00
Mar. 01/05
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

ATTACHING PARTS
2 170 MS5196065 SCREW, FLAT HEAD, 1032 X 1/2 2
(V96906) (2290200043)
***
175 9300180 HOLDDOWN 2
ATTACHING PARTS
180 MS5195745 SCREW,PAN HEAD, 832 X 1/2 4
(V96906) (2290200102)
***
185 024E061600 CABLE ASSEMBLY, W3, VOICE MON 1
ATTACHING PARTS
190 L11 PHONE JACK (9300384) 1
195 #515 JACK COVER (9300247) 1
***
200 253E034803 ASSEMBLY,FLASH CRASH A 1
SURVIVABLE STORE UNIT (SUPSD
BY ITEM 200A, PRE FSB006)
200A 253E099200 ASSEMBLY,FLASH CRASH B 1
SURVIVABLE STORE UNIT (SUPSD
BY ITEM 200C, PRE FSB009)
200B 253E129000 ASSEMBLY,FLASH CRASH A 1
SURVIVABLE STORE UNIT (SUPSDS
ITEM 200, POST FSB006)
200C 253E129300 ASSEMBLY,FLASH CRASH B 1
SURVIVABLE STORE UNIT (SUPSDS
ITEM 200A, POST FSB009)
205 AM0037 MOUNT, ELASTOMERIC, SHOCK 4
(1789800066)
ATTACHING PARTS
210 MS24693C3 SCREW, FLAT HEAD, 440 X 5/16 4
(V96906) (2290200219)
215 79NM40 NUT 440 NYLON INSERT 4
(2879800241)
220 MS5195714 SCREW, PAN HEAD, 440 X 5/16 4
(V96906) (2290200074)
225 PLC440 NUT, CAPTIVE, NYLON LOCKING 440 4
(2879800191)
230 MS5195865 SCREW, PAN HEAD, 1032 X 3/4 2
(V96906) (2290200334)
235 239E019700 SPACER,VIBRATION MOUNT 2

ITEM NOT ILLUSTRATED


- ITEM 200B U" PART NUMERS DESIGNATED REFURISHED WARRANTY REPAIR" FCSSU'S.
23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1034
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MODEL A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

2 240 2299800417 SCREW, SHCAP, 1032 X 1.125 LOW 2


(V96906) (2290200365)
245 205E059700 PWA, AIRCRAFT INTERFACE A100S 1
(SEE FIG 3 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
ATTACHING PARTS
250 MS24693C46 SCREW, FLAT HEAD, 832 X 1/4 1
255 MS5195915 SCREW, FLAT HEAD, 440 X 3/8 4
(V96906) (2290200187)
260 MS5195913 SCREW, FLAT HEAD, 440 X 1/4 5
(V96906) (2290200185)
***
265 2979800257 STAND OFF, 3/16 HEX, 440 X 11/31, 5
(Mfg. UNICORP, No.
P343M09F09440)
270 MS5195714 SCREW, PAN HEAD, 440 X 5/16 5
(V96906) (2290200074)
275 MS3533370 WASHER, #4, INTERNAL TOOTH 5
(V96906) (2730200025)
***
280 205E059800 PWA, AUDIO PROCESSOR A100S 1
(SEE FIG 4 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
282A 205E060100 PWA, STORE PROCESSOR A 1
(SEE FIGURE 6 FOR DETAIL
BREAKDOWN)
282B 205E102700 PWA, STORE PROCESSOR, 8MB B 1
(SEE FIG 6 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
ATTACHING PARTS
284 2290200413 SCREW, FLAT HEAD, 632 x 3/16 4
285 MS20470AD22 DELETED 8
290 LAC4402 DELETED 2
295 2979800080 DELETED 2
300 QQA250/8 DELETED 5
305 9052703 DELETED 2
310 905E060033 BLOCK DIAGRAM, PHYSICAL RF
315 905E060019 DRAWING TREE, SSCVR RF

ITEM NOT ILLUSTRATED

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1035
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

AIRCRAFT
INTERFACE
PWA
REAR
PANEL
200
T1
T1

110 105 165 105 10 160 150 185 170 105 10 105 50 185 120 10

225
C24 CR21
C C23 CR32
195 20 R15 R5 R3
C C32
J7 R11 33 200

70 U1
R8 CR R1 R2 C34
26 R4
10 U4 T1
CR
C12
27 C
CR10 C13
15 CR18 14 125
CR12
10 CR12 CR9
R6 145
CR17
CR CR11
28 C28 + C1
35
+ C29 105
65 95
E8
A
U3
130 E7
C19 E6 195
E5
E1 E2 20
SH2 CR
230 19 155
235 R R
9 140
10

W1 45
CR16
CR R13 150
33 R 85
14 90

U2 Q1
C CR 75
7 32 C 80
21 CR
C R 5
10 J2 34 CR30
18 20
R12 175
250
135
110 CR5
C22 130
115 CR24
CR6 30
165
CR25 25
CR1 TP1 40
40 CR7
CR2 R7 CR3 TP2
190 CR25 E4 CR4 205
TP3
25 E3 C3 CR8 40
CR14 C11 TP4
100 C8 205
C16 CR29
C26
C9
C10 110
C4 30
C15 CR13 TP5
C5 C31
C17
C27 J1 C6 R19 TP6
CR20 C25 205
C30 CR31
C2
30
180

110 55 215 40
210 110
60 220

Aircraft Interface PWA, P/N 205E059700


Figure 3 (Sheet 1 of 3)
23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1036
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

AIRCRAFT
INTERFACE
PWA
REAR
PANEL
200
T1
T1

C24 CR21

C C23 CR32
20 R15 R5 R3
C C32
J7 R11 33
U1
R8 CR R1 R2 C34
26 R4
U4 T1
CR
C12
27 C
CR10 C13
CR18 14 CR12
CR12 CR9
R6
CR17
CR CR11
28 C28 + C1

+ C29
65A U3
E8
A 102
65A C38 U5 E7
E6
E5
E1 E2
SH2 C19 CR
19
R R
9 C35 112
10

W1
CR16
CR R13
33 R
14

C CR U2
Q1 L1
7 32 C
21
C
J2 18 R
R12 R7 20 CR
34
CR5 CR30
C22
CR24
CR6
CR25
CR1 TP1
CR7
CR2 CR3 TP2
C37
100A CR25 E4 CR4
TP3
C36 E3 C3 CR8
CR14 C11 TP4
C8
L2 CR29
C26
C9
136 C10
C4
C15 CR13 TP5
L3 C5 C31
C27 J1 C6 R19 TP6
CR20 C25
C30 CR31
C2

Aircraft Interface PWA, P/N 205E059700 Post Mod Dot 6


Figure 3 (Sheet 2 of 3)

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1037
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

PIN 1 PIN 1 PIN 1 PIN 1

255
J5

245
STORE
PROCESSOR
PWA

P2
250
AIRCRAFT
INTERFACE
PWA
J3 J4
240 240
SPARE AUDIO
PWA PROCESSOR
PWA

A AIRCRAFT INTERFACE CABLE ASSEMBLY W1 (230)

Aircraft Interface PWA, P/N 205E059800


Figure 3 (Sheet 3 of 3)

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 1 Page 1038
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

3 1 205E059700 PWA, AIRCRAFT INTERFACE A100S RF


SSCVR (SEE FIG 2 FOR NHA)
5 1N914, A, B DIODE, SI, 75.0V, 75.0MA, SW 1
(V16352) (0881009140)
10 1N4148 DIODE, SI, 100.0V, 300.0MA, SW 12
(V16352) (0881041480)
15 1N5256A, B DIODE, SI, 30.0VZ, 4.2MA, ZENER 1
(V04713) (0881052561)
20 1N5825 DIODE, SI, 40V, 5A, SCR (V04713) 1
(0881058250)
25 1.5KE250CA DIODE, SI, 250.0V, 5.0A, 2
SUPRESSOR (V24444) (0889800034)
30 1.5KE68C DIODE, SI, 68.0V, 15.3A, 5
SUPRESSOR (V24444) (0889800052)
35 1N759A DIODE, SI, 12.0V, .1UA, ZENER 1
(V06141) (0889900119)
40 V130LA5 DVC, VRIS, 130VRMS, 20J, 9
(1019800054)
45 B19120H BRIDGE (V06288) (9391863) 1
50 MC1558U AMPLIFIER (V96906) (9391679) 1
55 2029800326 POWER SUPPLY, DCDC, 15.542VIN 1
(SUPSD BY ITEM 55A PRE SB012)
55A 2029800391 POWER SUPPLY, DCDC, 15.542VIN 1
(SUPSDS ITEM 55 POST SB012)
ATTACHING PARTS
60 2160 WASHER, #6, FIBRE .141 ID X 7
(2739800041)
***
65 25107 POWER SUPPLY, DUAL, DC/DC CONV 1
(V31669) (2029800308)
(SUPSD BY ITEM 65A PRE ECO7977)
65A NMF0509S POWER SUPPLY, DUAL, DC/DC CONV 2
(V31669) (2029800360)
(SUPSDS ITEM 65 POST ECO7977)
70 LM139J INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, LINEAR , 1
BIP, COMPARATOR, 14DIP, NH
(V26014) (0469700905)
75 LM136AH2.5 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, LINEAR , 1
BIP, VREF, 3CAN, HNS (V26014)
(0469701575)

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1039
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

ATTACHING PARTS
3 80 10042DAP PAD, TRANSISTOR TO18 OR 28, 4 1
PI (1899800002)
85 2N2907A TRANSISTOR, PNP SW 60V, HFE 100 1
(V07263) (2631029071)
ATTACHING PARTS
90 10042DAP PAD, TRANSISTOR TO18 OR 28, 4 1
PI (1899800002)
***
95 3371222004 CAPACITOR, STAN, 15V, 22UF, +10% 2
100 3611010001 CAPACITOR, PEM, 250V, 0.010 UF, 2
5%, (Mfg. MLRY, No.
167/.01/J/250/A)
100A 167103J400A CAPACITOR, PEM, 400V, 0.01 UF, 2
5% (3610510001)
(ADDED POST SB11)
102 158X104K CAPACITOR, F, PEM, 250VAC, 0.10 UF, 1
10% (3164510002)
(POST MOD DOT 6)
105 CK05BX104K CAPACITOR, 0.10 UF, 10%, 50V 6
(V12294) (3631510002)
110 CK05BX103K CAPACITOR, 0.01 UF, 10%, 100V 17
(V12294) (3633910001)
112 CK06BX104K CAPACITOR, CERAMIC, 0.10 UF, 10%, 1
100V (3695110002)
(ADDED POST SB11)
115 CK06BX105K CAPACITOR, 1.0 UF, 10%, 50V 1
(V51406) (3691510003)
120 CK06BX562K CAPACITOR, CERAMIC, 5600 PF, 10%, 2
200V (3693456000)
125 3781312522 CAPACITOR, FXD, 10 UF, 10%, 35V, 1
(Mfg. UNION CARBID,
No. T330C106K035AS)
130 7473422005 CAPACITOR, AL, 63V, 220 UF, +20%, 2
(Mfg. SPR, No. 630D227M063FK5A)
135 DD1032 CAPACITOR 0.01 UF, 1 KV (V71279) 1
(9391769)
136 0448900001 CHOKE ASSY, FERRITE, WB, 750 3
(SUPSD BY ITEM 136A PRE ECO8645)
136A 0449800012 CHOKE ASSY, FERRITE, WB, 3
.6K/50MHZ
(SUPSDS ITEM 136 POST ECO8645)

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1040
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

3 140 6080908669 RESISTOR, 86.6 OHM, 1%, 1/10W 1


145 6080910000 RESISTOR. 1K, 1%, 1/10W 1
150 6080910001 RESISTOR. 10K, 1%, 1/10W 2
155 6080924900 RESISTOR, 2.49K, 1%, 1/10W 1
160 6080929401 RESISTOR, 29.4K, 1%, 1/10W 1
165 6080930102 RESISTOR. 301K, 1%, 1/10W 3
170 6080964900 RESISTOR, 6.49K, 1%, 1/10W 1
175 6080968100 RESISTOR. 6.81K, 1%, 1/10W 1
180 RN60D22R1F RESISTOR, MF, 22.1 OHM, 0.5W, 1% 1
(6140122100)
185 6080130902 RESISTOR, 309K, 1%, 1/10W, 100 PP 2
190 75083R100K NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/100K OHM, 1
2% (V11236) (1829800135)
195 75083R47K NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/47K OHM, 2
20W@ (V11236) (1829800192)
200 TM73 TRANSFORMER, POWER 115V, 400 HZ 1
INPUT (V01121) (2629800044)
205 2559800280 TERM, STAND OFF, 2 TURRET, 6
NONINS, (Mfg. CTC,
No. 1601558030100)
210 0639800074 CONNECTOR, 57PIN, RACK & PANEL, 1
(Mfg. CANNON, No. DPX0365710059)
ATTACHING PARTS
215 56025532 WASHER, FIBRE, .10 IDX.190 3
(2739800038)
220 MS519575 SCREW, PAN HEAD, 256 X3/8 3
(V96906) (2290200067)
***
225 626501 CONNECTOR, PCB TAB (0639800709) 1
230 024E061100 CABLE ASSEMBLY, W1, AIRCRAFT 1
INTERFACE
ATTACHING PARTS
235 77103050 SPRT, STRAIN RELIEF FOR 1
(2799800018)
***
240 120064455F CONNECTOR, 64CONTACT, IDC 2
FEMALE (0639801521)
245 46266300 CONNECTOR, RECT, 26CONTACT, 1
PLUG (0639800696)
250 68120050 CONNECTOR, PCB, 50CONT, TWO 1
ROW (V53387) (0639801447)

ITEM NOT ILLUSTRATED

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1041
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

3 255 3518 INSERT, POLARIZNG KEY 2


(V53387) (4219800026)
260 206E059700 BOARD, PRINTED WIRING 1
265 905E059701 SCHEMATIC, AIRCRAFT INTERFACE AR
A100S

ITEM NOT ILLUSTRATED

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1042
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

260 245 350 80 90 45 30 350


85 350 50
95

25

U11
CR2 295
R R C U12
5 6 U21 U20 C
44 42 C41 C
U2 82

+
350 C
C40
43
U18
120
U13
U19 C 370
50 C88 375
U8 380
P1 365
80 U17
85 C 350
46 C
45 35
70
75 40
U1
C49
U16
L1
A U24 U23 U22 U25
5

SH2 R44
290
350 J5 R42

A
CR1
C87 240
150 C23 C20 C14 C8 R49
220
R37 R27 R14 C86
200 20
195 R25 R36 R45 R13
C
R43 R16 57 CR4 270
340 U15
R39 CR6 C
175 58 R12 10
R38 C CR5
77 CR3 240
165 R41 R9 C U7 C
39 38 R11 135
R40 R8
140
160 C72 C76 C56 R15
Q2 Q1
C68 C78 C 125
210 J6 R C 48 130
47 C63 C66 U14 R R 52 U5 110
340 46 48
C65 C64 C 370
U4 375
79 C7
170 C67 C73 R7 C 380
74 C13
335 C69 C75 C1 310
R R R10 C2
345 R35 C59 C81 21 23 330
C C R33
215 47 24 T4
C R29 350
R C C C C
17 R 80 71 62 C55
22 C32 C25 R 70 C33 C5 C29 C4 R4 C3
26
28 R U3
345 100
24
C15 C28 R2 T2
C C C C C U6
350 11 27 31 21 26
C53 R3
C36 C12 C34 C6
190
R R
T3 + C C
C C 30 32
C30 R 19 10 R1 C 83 85
230 R R C60 84 295
U10 20 U9
345 34 31
R17 + +
C37 C18 C35 C9 T1
C C R19
155 22 16
R18
105 C51 C61

180
350 335 205 185 320 325 350 105 340 155 170 225 150 355 300
360

Audio Processor PWA, P/N 205E059800


Figure 4 (Sheet 1 of 2)
23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 1 Page 1043
July 30/94
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

60
65

CR2
U11

R R C U12
5 6 U21 U20 C
44 42 C41 C82
U2
+
C40 C
43 305
U18
350
U13
U19 C
50 C88
U8
P1
150 U17
150 C 90
46 C45 95

U1
C
49 U16
L1
A U24 U23 U22 U25

350 R44
J5 R42 145
265 15

C23 C20 C14 C8


A CR1
R49
C87 250

10 R37 R27 R14 C86 275


310 R25 R36 R45 R13 150
C
20 R43 R16 57 CR4 350
C C U15
R39 CR6 105
77 58 R12
285 R38 CR5 115
CR3
R41 R9 C C 310
255 39 U7
R40 38 R11
R8
245
350 C72 C76 C56 R15 350
Q2 Q1
105 C68 C78 C 55
J6 R47 R C 48
C63 C66 U5 350
155 U14 46 R 52
48 C 280
C65 C64 U4 79
200
C C7 310
C67 C73 R7
74 C13
350 C69 C75 C2 C1
R10 245
C C R35 C59 C81
R33 160
47 24 R R T4
R29
22 C C C C C 21 R 175
17 R 80 71 62 70 C33 C5 C29 C4 23 C55 R4 C3
C C R 26
32 25 28 R U3
24
C C R2 T2
15 28 C C C C C U6
11 27 31 21 26 235
C53 R3
C36 C12 C34 C6
T3 + C
R R C C 85
C R C C 30 32
R1
84 83
30 R 20 19 10 R C60
315 U10 U9
34 31 R17 + +
C37 C18 C35 C9 T1
C C R19
22 16 R18
C51 C61

165 350 105

Audio Processor PWA, P/N 205E059800


Figure 4 (Sheet 2 of 2)
23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1044
Mar. 15/00
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

4 1 205E059800 PWA, AUDIO PROCESSOR A100S RF


SSCVR (SEE FIG 2 FOR NHA)
5 VK200 CHOKE, FERRITE, .75K/50MHZ 1
(V01121) (0449800006)
10 1N5234B DIODE, SI, .2VZ, 0.0MA, ENER 2
(V16352) (0881052342)
15 0884700024 DIODE, SI, .0V, 0.0MA, DET, ] 1
(Mfg. HP/TRW, No.
50822835/A2S835)
20 1N4614 DIODE, SI, .8VZ, 20MA, ENER, 2
(V04713) (0881046140)
25 HLMP1700101 INDICATOR, LED RED, 1, f 1
TTL/CMOS (1379800088)
30 046E028001A INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, SERIAL 1
PROM (V06141) (046E028001)
35 046E028101 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, CHMOS, PLD, 1
24 DIP
ATTACHING PARTS
40 61924CCB.1 SOCKET INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 1
24 PIN W/DCPLG CAPACITOR,
(V06141) (2369800248)
***
45 046E028201 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, CHMOS, PLD, 1
24 DIP
ATTACHING PARTS
50 61924CCB.1 SOCKET INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 1
24 PIN W/DCPLG CAPACITOR,
(V06141) (2369800248)
***
55 OP27BZ INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, LINEAR, H 1
BIP, OPAMP, 8 DIP, NS (V06141)
(0464700009)
60 0469701736 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, ARRAY, MOS, 1
LCA, 84PLCC, Mfg. XLNX/MML,
No. XC303070PC84W)
ATTACHING PARTS
65 8215733 SOCKET, PLCC, 4 CONT, /SOLDER 1
(2369800291)
***
70 0469701858 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, DIGITAL, G 4
CMOS, INTERFACE, 0 DIP

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1045
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

ATTACHING PARTS
4 75 2369800242 SOCKET INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 4
20PIN W/DCPLG CAPACITOR
***
80 DS2165QN INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, DIGITAL, 5
CMOS, DSP, 28PLCC (V0B0A9)
(0469701859)
ATTACHING PARTS
85 8215811 SOCKET, PLCC, 28CONT, SQUARE 5
(2369800289)
***
90 0469701861 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, MEMORY, 2
HCMOS, FIFO, 1K X 9
ATTACHING PARTS
95 8216651 SOCKET, PLCC, 32CONT, RECTANGLE 2
(V00779) (2369800276)
***
100 0469701868 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, LINEAR , 1
BIP, VR, 3PP, NH, (Mfg. MOT, No.
MC79LO5ABP*SCR55/+85C)
105 OP470AY INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, LINEAR, 5
BIP, OPAMP, 14DIP (0469701873)
110 LH0002H INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, LINEAR , 1
BIP, AMP, 8CAN, HNS (V27014)
(0469701881)
115 DG201AAK INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, DIGITAL, 1
CMOS, SW, 16DIP, HNS, (V1Y409)
(0469701882)
120 1849700118 OSCILATOR, CRYSTAL, HCMOS, 1
12.288MHZ, (Mfg. CONW, No.
H83G12.288MHZ)
125 2N2222A TRANSISTOR, NPN, SI, SINGLE, 1
30VCE (V07263) (2631022221)
ATTACHING PARTS
130 10042DAP PAD, TRANSISTOR TO18 OR 28, 4 1
PI (1899800002)
***
135 2N2907A TRANSISTOR, PNP SW 60V, HFE 100 1
(V07263) (2631029071)
ATTACHING PARTS
140 10042DAP PAD, TRANSISTOR TO18 OR 28, 4 1
PI (1899800002)
***

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1046
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

4 145 750101R47K NETWORK, RESISTOR, 9/47K OHM, 2


2% (V11236) (1829800167)
150 1829800193 NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/10KOHM, 1%, 5
(Mfg. IRC, No. 4989021002F)
155 1829800194 NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/1KOHM, 1%, 3
(Mfg. IRC, No. 4989021001F)
160 1829800195 NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/15KOHM, 1%, 2
(Mfg. IRC, No. 4989021502F)
165 1829800196 NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/7.5KOHM, 1%, 4
(Mfg. IRC, No. 4989027501F)
170 1829800197 NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/1.87KOHM 2
1%, (Mfg. IRC, No.
4989021871F)
175 1829800198 NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/17.4KOHM, 2
1%, (Mfg. IRC, No.
4989021742F)
180 1829800199 NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/6.19KOHM 1
1%, (Mfg. IRC, No.
4989026191F)
185 1829800200 NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/13KOHM, 1%, 1
(Mfg. IRC, No. 4989021302F)
190 1829800201 NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/825OHM 1%, 1
(Mfg. IRC, No. 4989028250F)
195 1829800202 NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/11KOHM, 1%, 1
(Mfg. IRC, No. 4989021102F)
200 1829800203 NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/4.99KOHM, 2
1%, (Mfg. IRC, No.
4989024991F)
205 1829800204 NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/604OHM, 1
.25%, (Mfg. IRC, No.
4989036040C)
210 1829800206 NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/20OHM 1%, 1
(Mfg. IRC, No. 49890220R0F)
215 4989021822F NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/18.2KOHM 1
1% (1829800207)
220 1829800209 NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/20KOHM, 1%, 1
(Mfg. IRC, No. 4989022002F)
225 1829800210 NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/1.5KOHM 1%, 1
(Mfg. IRC, No. 4989021501F)
230 1829800211 NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/150KOHM, 1
0.25%, (Mfg. IRC, No.
4989031503C)

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1047
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

4 235 68WR10K POT, TRIMMER, 10K OHM, 10%, 0.5W 4


(V01121) (2019800376)
240 6080905629 RESISTOR, 56.2 OHM, 1%, 0.1W 2
245 6080910000 RESISTOR, 1K OHM, 1%, 0.1W 3
250 6080910009 RESISTOR, 100.0 OHM, 1%, 0.1W 1
255 6080910701 RESISTOR, 10.7K OHM, 1%, 0.1W 1
260 6080912400 RESISTOR, 1.24K OHM, 1%, 0.1W 1
265 6080930100 RESISTOR, 3.01K OHM, 1%, 0.1W 1
270 6080935700 RESISTOR, 3.57K OHM, 1%, 0.1W 1
275 6080949901 RESISTOR, 49.9K OHM, 1%, 0.1W 1
280 6080973200 RESISTOR, 7.32K OHM, 1%, 0.1W 1
285 6080988701 RESISTOR, 88.7K OHM, 1%, 0.1W 1
290 3019822003 CAPACITOR, CERAMIC, 50V, 2.2 UF, 2
+20%, (Mfg. MUER/MML,
No. RPE117X7R225M50V)
295 3371139004 CAPACITOR, STAN, 10V, 39 UF, +10% 2
300 3371315004 CAPACITOR, STAN, 20V, 15 UF, +10% 2
305 403DDC CAPACITOR, CERAMIC, DECOUPLING, 1
.04UF X7R (3459800023)
310 CK05BX104K CAPACITOR, 0.10 UF, 10%, 50V 4
(V12294) (3631510002)
315 CK05BX102K CAPACITOR, 1000 PF, 10%, 200V 1
(3633410000)
320 CKO5BX101K CAPACITOR, 100 PF, 10%, 200V 5
(3633410009)
325 CK05BX561K CAPACITOR, 560 PF, 10%, 200V 4
(3633456009)
330 CK06BX274K CAPACITOR, 0.27 UF, 10%, 50V 4
(3691527002)
335 CCR06CG472FR CAPACITOR, CERAMIC, 0.0047UF, 1%, 6
100V (3990547000)
340 CCR07CG333FR CAPACITOR, FIX, CERAMIC, 0.033UF, 25
1%, 50V (3991133001)
345 CCR07CG683FR CAPACITOR, FIX, CERAMIC, .068 UF, 7
1%, 50V (3991168001) (SUPSD BY ITEM
345A PRE ECO9282)
345A CCR07CG104FR CAPACITOR, FIX, CERAMIC, .1 UF, 7
1%, 50V (3991110002) (SUPSDS ITEM
345 POST ECO9282)
350 MD015C104KAA CAPACITOR, CERAMIC, 0.1UF, 50V, 26
+10% (V96906) (7540110002)

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1048
Mar. 15/00
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

4 355 930028601 TRANSFORMER, SELECTED 4


ATTACHING PARTS
360 SP310 COVER, FOR SP66 TRANSFORMER, 4
(0759800054)
***
365 0639801522 CONNECTOR, 64 CONT, PIN HDR MALE, 1
(Mfg. PAND, No. 12006405300)
ATTACHING PARTS
370 2299800197 SCREW, M2.5X12, PAN HEAD, SST 2
375 2739800090 WASHER, EXT TOOTH, M2.5, SST 2
380 2879800213 NUT, M2.5X.45 2
***
385 75401001 CONTROL, PIN .025SQ, .345L, 46
(V01121) (0659800093)
390 905E059801 SCHEMATIC, AUDIO PROCESSOR. AR
A100S

ITEM NOT ILLUSTRATED

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1049
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

J2
P2

15

Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit (FCSSU), P/N 253E034803, P/N 253E066000,
P/N 253E099200, P/N 253E129000, P/N 253E129300
Figure 5

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1050
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

5 1 253E034803 ASSEMBLY, FLASH CRASH A RF


SURVIVABLE STORE UNIT (SEE
FIGURE 2 FOR NHA) OBSOLETE
REPLACED BY P/N 205E066000
FSB No. SSCVR 003
1A 205E066000 ASSEMBLY, FLASH CRASH B RF
SURVIVABLE STORE UNIT (SEE
FIGURE 5 FOR NHA) THIS UNIT
REPLACES ITEM NO. 1 AS PER
FSB No. SSCVR 003
1B 253E099200 ASSEMBLY, FLASH CRASH RF
SURVIVABLE STORE UNIT (SEE
FIGURE 5 FOR NHA) THIS UNIT
IS AN IMPROVEMENT TO ITEM
NO. 1 AS PER FSB No. SSCVR 006
1B 253E129000 ASSEMBLY, FLASH CRASH RF
SURVIVABLE STORE UNIT (SEE
FIGURE 5 FOR NHA) THIS UNIT
IS AN IMPROVEMENT TO ITEM
NO. 1 AS PER FSB No. SSCVR 006
1C 253E129300 ASSEMBLY, FLASH CRASH RF
SURVIVABLE STORE UNIT (SEE
FIGURE 5 FOR NHA) THIS UNIT
IS AN IMPORVEMENT TO ITEM
NO. 1 AS PER FSB No. SSCVR 006
***
15 BCDAT26195 LABEL, BLANK 3.0 X .9 (9090100789) AR

*** CAUTION ***


THIS MODULE CAN ONLY BE SERVICED BY FACTORY
TRAINED TECHNICIANS. OPENING MAY VOID WARRANTY.
P/N 253E0XXXXX S/N XXXXX WT XXXXX Kg REV XX

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1051
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

235 240 110 260 45 240 235 240


185 70 55 145 15 115 120 275 280 60 50 60 195 90 90 270 155

155

195
R11
300
305 U24
TP40 TP10
275 U17 U21
U7 U12 U14 U10
130
J5 235
70
235 R
15 C107 U1
C
85 U16 12
225 CR C117 C114
C112 4 C113 C110 160
165 L3 C16

C4 C101
295 W2 35
CR1
40
R7 U6 TP2
U23 175
R1
R 180
C8 U5 R16
17
C C U20 R12 20
123 106 (FAULT
INDICATOR)
10 CR2 CR5
190 L2 R6 100
TP1 105
145 C1 U15 C115 U22
C11 255
U8 C108 C10
270 U4
150
U3 C5 U18 C118 245
275
U9 C109
160 135
R10
C2 C9 R9 C C Y1
80 R4 125
R8 13 7 C6 U19
C3 C15 250
U13 C113
CR3 U11 C111
220 R3 E1
U2 C102
290 E2
200 R2
L1 210
265 R5
215
5 TP20 J2 TP30 C14
140
275

95 155 205 170 65 310 165 170 130 75 130 285 155 25 275
240 230 315 235 235 30
235

Notes:

1. C8 is installed under IC chip U5; C7 and C13 are installed under U4; C10 is installed under the socket
of U22; C15 is installed under Y1; C102 is installed under U2.
2. DIP CAPS (C1XX) share the same holes as their corresponding IC chip's (UXX). Reference designators
for CAPS are similar to their corresponding IC chip plus 100. Example: C123 is located under U23, etc.

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100, P/N 205E102700


Figure 6
23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 1 Page 1052
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

6 1 205E060100 PWA, STORE PROCESSOR SSCVR A RF


(SEE FIGURE 2 FOR NHA)
(SUPSD BY ITEM 1A PRE SB003)
1A 205E102700 PWA, STORE PROCESSOR SSCVR B RF
(SEE FIGURE 2 FOR NHA)
(SUPSDS ITEM 1 POST SB003)
5 1N4761A DIODE, SI, 75.0 VZ, 3.3 MA, ZENER A 1
(V04713) (0881047611)
Deleted per Rev. C, ECO 0006654
(effectivity date 031292).
10 0884700024 DIODE, SI, 8.0V, 10.0 MA, SDET, 1
(Mfg. HP/TRW, No. 50822835/A2S835)
15 1N5819 DIODE, SI, 40.0V, 500.0 MA, SDET 2
(V04713) (0889758190)
20 HLMP70001S1 DIODE, GAP, 3.0V, 5.0 MA, LED 1
(V50434) (1379800099)
25 046E028301A INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, PLD, 20 DIP 1
(V06141) (046E028301)
ATTACHING PARTS
30 236C211010 SOCKET, STRIP, 10 PIN 2
***
35 046E028401A INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, PLD, 20 DIP 1
(V06141) (046E028401)
ATTACHING PARTS
40 1000200612 SOCKET,INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, DIP 1
20PIN,SLDR (2369800171)
***
45 046E028501A INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, EPROM,40 1
DIP (V06141) (046E028501)
ATTACHING PARTS
50 SS02001TG SOCKET, STRIP, 20 PIN, .100 2
(2369800136)
***
55 0469701469 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, DIGITAL, 1
CMOS, LATCH, 24 DIP,
(Mfg. IDT, No. IDT54FCT843BDB)
Deleted per Rev. F, ECO 0007628
(effectivity date 32894).

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts
Illustrated Parts List
List
Rev 12 Page
Rev Page 1053
1053
July
Mar. 30/94
15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

6 55A 0469702493 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, DIGITAL, 1


CMOS, LATCH, 24 DIP,
(Mfg. IDT, No. IDT54FCT841BD)
Added per Rev. F, ECO 0007628
(effectivity date 32894).
60 0469701732 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, MEMORY, 2
CMOS, SRAM, 32KX8,
65 CD54ACT238F3A INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, DIGITAL, A 1
ACTMOS, DECODER/DEMUX
(V34371) (0469701862)
70 54FCT541DM INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, DIGITAL, FCT, 2
DRIVER, 20 DIP
(V27014) (0469701863)
75 54ACTQ245DM INTEGRATED CIRCUIT,DIGITAL, 1
ACTQ, TRANSCEIVER, 20 DIP,
(V27014) (0469701865)
80 MAX632AMJA INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, LINEAR, CMOS, A 1
VR, 8 DIP, HNS (V96906) (0469701870)
Deleted per Rev. C, ECO 0006654
(effectivity date 031292.
80A NMF0512S POWER SUPPLY, DC/DC CONVERTER, A 1
5 VDC, 8 DIP, (2029800322)
Added per Rev. C ECO 0006654
(effectivity date 031292.
85 CD54HCT14F INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, DIGITAL, 1
HCTMOS, ST, 14 DIP (V34371)
(0469701871)
90 0469701883 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, DIGITAL, 2
CMOS, LATCH, 24 SDIP, (Mfg.
AMD/MML, No. 59628760301LA)
95 AM29C821/BLA INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, DIGITAL, 2
CMOS, REGULATOR, 24 SDIP
(V34335) (0469701884)
100 0469701885 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, DIGITAL, 1
CMOS, MIPRCS, 68PLCC,
(Mfg. AMD, No. N80C18616*SCREEN)
ATTACHING PARTS
105 8215741 SOCKET, PLCC, 68 CONT, SQUARE, 1
(V00779) (2369800270)
***

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 1 Page 1054
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

6 110 0469701888 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, DIGITAL, 1


CMOS, EEPROM, 32PLCC
ATTACHING PARTS
115 8216651 SOCKET, PLCC, 32CONT, RECTANGLE 1
(V00779) (2369800276)
***
120 0469701892 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, LINEAR , 1
BIP, VR, 8 DIP, NH
125 0469701896 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, DIGITAL, 1
CMOS, MPSUP, 8 DIP, NH,
(Mfg. LTEC, No. LTC690IN8*SCREEN)
130 SN54BCT2244J INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, DIGITAL, 3
CMOS, BUFFER, 20 DIP, HNS (V9K523)
(0469701905)
135 DDU8Z297 DVC, DELAY UNIT, HCMOS, 8 DIP 1
(V22519) (1019800077)
140 42285 INDUCTOR, DUAL, 500 UH, 660 MA, 1
(0559800221)
Deleted per Rev. C, ECO 0006654
(effectivity date 031292).
145 39424 CHOKE, ASSEMBLY, FERRITE, WB, 750 2
(V06141) (0448900001)
150 1849700119 OSCILATOR, CRYSTAL, HCMOS, 1
32.0 MHZ, (Mfg. CONW, No.
S83R32.000 MHZ)
155 2559800205 TERMINAL PW, 2TURRET, .062 BD, 4
(Mfg. CTC/MML, No.
1601558020500)
160 74471P42 TERMINAL, STAND OFF, 2
NONINSULATED, SWAGE (2559800255)
165 750101R10K NETWORK, RESISTOR, 9/10K OHM, 2% 2
(V11236) (1829800076)
170 75083R47 NETWORK, RESISTOR, 4/47 OHM, 2% 2
(V11236) (1829800085)
175 75083R10K NETWORK,RESISTOR, 4/10K OHM, 2% 1
(V11236) (1829800095)
180 750101R100K NETWORK, RESISTOR, 9/100K OHM, 2% 2
(V11236) (1829800111)
185 750101R47K NETWORK, RESISTOR, 9/47K OHM, 2% 1
(V11236) (1829800167)
190 RNC50*DSCR RESISTOR, MF, 1.5K OHM, 1%, 0.1W 1
(6004915000)

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 1 Page 1055
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

6 195 6080102269 RESISTOR, 22.6 OHMS, 1%, 0.1W 2


200 6080924900 RESISTOR, 2.49K OHMS, 1%, 0.1W 1
205 6112820001 RESISTOR, MF, 20.0K OHM, 0.1% 0.1W, 1
(Mfg. IRC, No. MAR5T1620.0K.1%)
210 6140116200 RESISTOR, MF, 1.62K OHM, 0.1%, 10 PPM 1
(Mfg. DALE, No. PTF561K62BT13)
215 6140166508 RESISTOR, MF, 66.5 OHM, 0.1%, 10 PPM, 1
(Mfg. DALE, No. PTF5666R5BT13)
220 3392222005 CAPACITOR, STAN, 20V, 220 UF, +20%, 2
(Mfg. SPR/MML, No. 152D227X9020S2)
220A 3392222005 CAPACITOR, STAN, 20V, 220 UF, +20%, A 1
(Mfg. SPR/MML, No. 152D227X9020S2)
C2 value changed per Rev. C, ECO 0006654
(effectivity date 031292). See item 221.
221 3381347004 CAPACITOR, STAN, 20V, 47 UF, +20%, A 1
New C2 value per Rev. C.
225 104JEV CAPACITOR, CERAMIC, 50V, 10 UF, 1
+25% (3459800015)
230 104JEW CAPACITOR, CERAMIC, 50V, 10 UF, A 1
+25% (3459800016)
235 104JEX CAPACITOR, CERAMIC, DECOUPLING, 7
0.1 UF X7R (3459800018)
240 104JEY CAPACITOR, CERAMIC, DECOUPLING, 5
0.1 UF X7R (3459800019)
245 502DFF CAPACITOR, CERAMIC, DECOUPLING, 2
0.005 UF (3459800021)
250 502DRC CAPACITOR, CERAMIC, .005UF, X7R, 1
(3459800022)
255 183DHL CAPACITOR, CERAMIC, DECOUPLING, 1
0.018 UF, X7R (3459800024)
260 263D28 CAPACITOR, CERAMIC, DECOUPLING, 2
0.026 UF, X7R (3459800025)
265 3621215004 CAPACITOR, TEP, 20V, 15.0 UF, 20% 1
(Mfg. KEMET, No. T370E156M020AS)
270 3623633004 CAPACITOR, TEP, 10V, 33.0 UF, 20%, 2
(Mfg. KEMET, No. T330C336M010AS)
275 CK05BX104K CAPACITOR, 0.10 UF, 10%, 50V 5
(V12294) (3631510002)
280 3781312522 CAPACITOR, FIXED, 10 UF, 10%, 35V, 1
(Mfg. UNION CARBID, No.
T330C106K035AS)

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 1 Page 1056
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

6 285 7552110002 CAPACITOR, CERAMIC, 0.1 UF, 20%, 2


50V, X7R,
(Mfg. KEMET, No. C420C104MR5RCA)
290 CK05BX102K CAPACITOR 0.001 UF, 200V 1
(9305BX102K)
Deleted per Rev. C, ECO 0006654
(effectivity date 031292).
295 024E061200 CABLE ASSEMBLY, W2, STORE 1
PROCESSOR
300 33996026 CONNECTOR, RECT, 26CONTACT, 1
PLUG (V53387) (0639800367)
305 39260000T CONNECTOR, RECT, 26CONTACT 1
PWB MT (0639801136)
310 34335302 CONNECTOR, RECT, 50CONTACT, 1
RECEPTICLE HDR (0639800818)
ATTACHING PARTS
315 3518 INSERT, POLARIZNG KEY (V53387) 2
(4219800026)
***
320 206E060100 BOARD, PRINTED WIRING (2M) A 1
325 905E060101 SCHEMATIC, STORE PROCESSOR (2M) A AR
330 206E102700 BOARD, PRINTED WIRING (8M) B 1
335 905E102701 SCHEMATIC, STORE PROCESSOR (8M) B AR

ITEM NOT ILLUSTRATED

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 1 Page 1057
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

15

20


75
115
30

35

110 40
140

150
65

45 60
50 5

10

105
25 135
55

85
70

90
95
100
125
80 130

120
145 155

160

MODEL MODEL
AI51/A151B AI52/A152B
CONTROL UNITS CONTROL UNITS
(REMOTE MICROPHONE USED ) (BUILT-IN MICROPHONE)

Control Unit, P/N 93A151XX, 93A152XX


Figure 7
23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 1 Page 1058
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

7 1 93A15100 CONTROL UNIT ASSEMBLY MODEL A RF


A151,MOD (SEE FIG 1 FOR NHA)
1A 93A15101 CONTROL UNIT ASSEMBLY MODEL B RF
A1511, M
1B 93A15120 CONTROL UNIT ASSEMBLY A151 B C RF
MODIFICATION 2
1C 93A15130 CONTROL UNIT ASSEMBLY A151B D RF
MODIFICATION 2
1D 93A15140 CONTROL UNIT ASSEMBLY A151B E RF
1E 93A15150 CONTROL UNIT ASSEMBLY A151B F RF
MODIFICATION 1
1F 93A15200 CONTROL UNIT ASSEMBLY. MODEL G RF
A152, MOD
1G 93A15201 CONTROL UNIT ASSEMBLY MODEL H RF
A1521 MOD
1H 93A15204 CONTROL UNIT ASSEMBLY MODEL J RF
A1524 MOD
1J 93A15220 CONTROL UNIT ASSEMBLY A152 B K RF
MODIFICATION 2
1K 93A15225 CONTROL UNIT ASSEMBLY A152B L RF
MODIFICATION 2
1L 93A15230 CONTROL UNIT ASSEMBLY A152B M RF
MODIFICATION 2
1M 93A15235 CONTROL UNIT ASSEMBLY MODEL N RF
A152B MOD
1N 93A15240 CONTROL UNIT ASSEMBLY A152B P RF
MODIFICATION 2
1P 93A15250 CONTROL UNIT ASSEMBLY A152B Q RF
MODIFICATION 2
1Q 93A15260 CONTROL UNIT ASSEMBLY A152B R RF
MODIFICATION 2
1R 93A15270 CONTROL UNIT ASSEMBLY A152B S RF
MODIFICATION 2
5 17D170262 MODIFICATION RECORD PLATE 1
10 93624 NAMEPLATE 1
15 9300A014 FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY GRAY A,C,G, 1
JL,N,P
15A 9300A01401 FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY BLACK B,D,H,M,S 1
15B 9300A01402 FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLYBROWN E,Q,R 1
15C 9300A01403 FRONT,PANEL ASSEMBLYATR 42 F 1
BROWN

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1059
Mar. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

ATTACHING PARTS
7 20 8EP46R3 SCREW, PAN HEAD, 440 X 3/8 4
(V06141) (938EP46R3)
***
25 9300233 METER AG,K,L,Q, 1
S
25A 930023301 METER H,M,N 1
25B 930023304 METER J,P,R 1
30 930017901 SWITCH, GREEN 1
35 930017902 SWITCH, RED 1
40 L11 PHONE JACK (9300384) 1
ATTACHING PARTS
45 931021 SHOULDER WASHER 2
50 9300388 PLUG 1
***
55 9300195 .COVER, 2.12W X 5.00L X 2.50, AL 1
ATTACHING PARTS
60 MS15795803 WASHER, #4, FLAT ST STL G,H,KM, 2
(V96906) (2730200004) PS
65 8EP44R3 SCREW,PAN HEAD,440 X1/4 2
(V06141) (938EP44R3)
***
70 9300329 INSULATOR 1
75 9300337 PLUG AF 1
80 93A264 HARNESS ASSEMBLY. A,B,G,H 1
80A 93A267 HARNESS ASSEMBLYCONTROL UNIT CF, 1
KN,Q,S
80B 93A265 HARNESS ASSEMBLY. J 1
80C 93A268 HARNESS ASSEMBLYCONTROL UNIT P,R 1
ATTACHING PARTS
85 91504 NUT (79NM40) (V06141) 4
(9391504)
***
90 93A307 CHASSIS ASSEMBLY, CONTROL UNIT AF 1
95 9300A033 BRACKET & MICROPHONE GJ 1
100 93A307 CHASSIS ASSEMBLY, CONTROL UNIT G 1
105 9300204 DAMPER, MICROPHONE GJ 1
110 9300205 MICROPHONE GJ 1
115 9300344 MICROPHONE HUM SHIELD GJ 1
120 9300377 GROMMET GJ 1
125 93A244 BRACKET & MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY KS 1
130 93A307 CHASSIS ASSEMBLY, CONTROL UNIT K 1
135 9300204 DAMPER, MICROPHONE KS 1

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1060
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

7 140 9361901 MICROPHONE, NONMAGNETIC KS 1


145 9300377 GROMMET KS 1
150 9300197 WASHERMICROPHONE GS 1
155 93A26302 PWA MICROPHONE PREAMP (SEE A,B,GJ 1
FIG 8 FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
155A 93A26601 PWA, MICROPHONE PREAMP CF, 1
ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG 9 FOR DETAIL KS
BREAKDOWN)
ATTACHING PARTS
160 8EP46R3 SCREW, PAN HEAD, 440 X 3/8 4
(V06141) (938EP46R3)
***

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1061
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

170 80 50 90 145 80 60 115 25 55 50 20 85 30

C3 F
200 GND
R2 C1
M
C15 P

R7 C2 N
R4 P 160

30 180
Q1 C4 C7
C22
15
R3 R6
110
20 140
C6 C5
R5 R8
R10 K
160 65
R
Q6 27 10
185 Q5 B
R9
165 R28
L 15
150 R11 5B C20
80 R C11 100
18 C19
70 C8 D D C R D
1 2 14 19 5
4
C9
20 20
R C12
30
13 R R R22 C
145 12 14 R17 105
R26 100
120 R29
Q4 180
130
R R C R
15 25 17 21 85
80 C13 R16
Q2
R R 20
C21 C R C Q3
30 31 16 24 18
C10 R3
2 75
r R23
125 q p t
175

55 175 40 35 115 155 115 95 45 80 135 40 75

Dynamic Microphone Preamplifier PWA, P/N 93A26302


Figure 8
23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 1 Page 1062
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

8 1 93A26302 PWA MICROPHONE PREAMP (SEE FIG. 7 RF


FOR NHA)
5 1N4446 SILICON DIODE (V06141) 1
(9300272)
10 1N295 GERMANIUM DIODE (9300292) 2
15 9300285 CAPACITOR, 4.7 UF, 35V 2
20 9300290 CAPACITOR, 1.0 UF, 35V 5
25 9300301 CAPACITOR, 10 UF, 20V 1
30 9300305 CAPACITOR, 47 UF, 20V 3
35 9300307 CAPACITOR, 4.7 UF, 20V 1
40 9300534 CAPACITOR, 0.01 UF, 100V 2
45 9300583 CAPACITOR, 0.22 UF, 20V 1
50 CK05BX103K CAPACITOR, 0.01 UF, 100V 2
(V06141) (9305BX103K)
55 CK06BX223K CAPACITOR, (V06141) (9306BX223K) 2
60 3370415004 CAPACITOR, STAN, 20V, 15UF, +5% 1
65 91588 CAPACITOR, 0.022 UF 50V 1
(V06141) (9391588)
70 9391767 CAPACITOR, 150UF, 30V, (Mfg. 1
SPRAGUE, No. 109D157X0030F2)
75 RC07GF101J RESISTOR, CC, 100 OHM, 1/4W, 5% 2
(V01121) (9307GF101J)
80 RC07GF102J RESISTOR, CC, 1.0K OHM, 1/4W, 5% 5
(V01121) (9307GF102J)
85 RC07GF103J RESISTOR, CC, 10.0K OHM, 1/4W, 5% 2
(V01121) (9307GF103J)
90 RC07GF125J RESISTOR, CC, 1.2M OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF125J)
95 RC07GF151J RESISTOR, 150 OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF151J)
100 RC07GF152J RESISTOR, 1.5K OHM, 1/4W, 5% 2
(V01121) (9307GF152J)
105 RC07GF154J RESISTOR, 0.15M OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF154J)
110 RC07GF221J RESISTOR, 220 OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF221J)
115 RC07GF222J RESISTOR, 2.2K OHM, 1/4W, 5% 3
(V01121) (9307GF222J)
120 RC07GF224J RESISTOR, 220.0K OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF224J)
125 RC07GF471J RESISTOR, 470 OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF471J)

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 1 Page 1063
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

8 130 RC07GF472J RESISTOR, 4.7K OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1


(V01121) (9307GF472J)
135 RC07GF474J RESISTOR, 470K OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF474J)
140 RC07GF510J RESISTOR, 51 OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF510J)
145 RC07GF561J RESISTOR, 560 OHM, 1/4W, 5% 2
(V01121) (9307GF561J)
150 RC07GF562J RESISTOR, 5,600 OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF562J)
155 RC07GF821J RESISTOR, 820 OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF821J)
160 RC07GF822J RESISTOR, 8,200 OHM 1/4W, 5% 2
(V01121) (9307GF822J)
165 91590 RESISTOR ,10K OHM POTENTIOMETER 1
(V06141) (9391590)
170 9158625 TRANSISTOR, 2N2483 B30500 1
(V06141) (939158625)
175 9158626 TRANSISTOR, MATCHED PAIR, NPN 10
SI, (V06141) (939158626)
180 9158627 TRANSISTOR, MATCHED PAIR, NPN 10
SI, (V06141) (939158627)
185 9158628 TRANSISTOR, NPN SI, HF, LOW 1
POWER (V06141) (939158628)
190 10282N INSULATION, TRANSISTOR, NYLON 1
(1409800028)
195 1600021020 MINIPIN TERMINAL (9391543) 1
200 93972 BOARD, PRINTED WIRING 1

ITEM NOT ILLUSTRATED

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1064
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

90 70 160 95 60 30 70 55 170

1 + C3 -
F GND
95
R2 + C1 -
M E
R1
100 N 10
C2 +
P
R7 D 80
190 + C7 3
C4 R4 + 35
35 +
R6
180 Q1 C22 180
C15
R3 R 120
25
R5 20
+ + R8 90
C5
20
205 C6
R10
Q6 155
200 + K R
R B 27 125
Q5 C1
90 18 R28
1 L 65
R11 -
C20 15
R9 5B
165
5
185 C8 + D C1 R C1
D 2 4 19 9 D 20
215
1 - + 4
75 C9 110
+ 25
25 C
R C12 + R22
13 35
R R
R26
160 12 14 R17
Q4
R29 110
135 R
15 C1 C1 115
3 R R16 R 7 R
Q2 25 + 21 200
30 R R C1 R
140 +
32 31 6 24 C1 95
+ 8 Q3
C
C10 +
145 21
+ p t
25
195 q r R23

85
55

45 40 130 175 105 50 90 45 150 130 90 195 85

Condenser Microphone Preamplifier PWA, P/N 93A26601


Figure 9
23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 1 Page 1065
Feb. 01/93
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

9 1 93A26601 MICROPHONE PREAMP ASSEMBLY RF


MODIFIED (SEE FIG 7 FOR NHA)
5 1N4446 SILICON DIODE (V06141) 1
(9300272)
10 1N4735,A DIODE, ZENER IN4735 (V04713) 1
(939032405)
15 1N295 GERMANIUM DIODE (9300292) 2
20 9300285 CAPACITOR, 4.7 UF, 35V 2
25 9300290 CAPACITOR, 1.0 UF, 35V 4
30 9300301 CAPACITOR, 10 UF, 20V 1
35 9300305 CAPACITOR, 47 UF, 20V 3
40 9300307 CAPACITOR, 4.7 UF, 20V 1
45 9300534 CAPACITOR, 0.01 UF, 100V 2
50 9300583 CAPACITOR, 0.22 UF, 20V 1
55 CK06BX223K CAPACITOR, (V06141) (9306BX223K) 2
60 3370415004 CAPACITOR, STAN, 20V, 15UF, +5% 1
65 91588 CAPACITOR, 0.022 UF 50V 1
(V06141) (9391588)
70 91589 CAPACITOR, 0.0022 UF, 100V 2
(V06141) (9391589)
75 9391767 CAPACITOR, 150 UF, 30V 1
(Mfg. SPRAGUE, No. 109D157X0030F2)
80 91889 CAPACITOR, (V06141) (9391889) 1
85 RC07GF101J RESISTOR, CC, 100 OHM, 1/4W, 5% 2
(V01121) (9307GF101J)
90 RC07GF102J RESISTOR, CC, 1.0K OHM, 1/4W, 5% 5
(V01121) (9307GF102J)
95 RC07GF103J RESISTOR, CC, 10.0K OHM, 1/4W, 5% 3
(V01121) (9307GF103J)
100 RC07GF125J RESISTOR, CC, 1.2M OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF125J)
105 RC07GF151J RESISTOR, 150 OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF151J)
110 RC07GF152J RESISTOR, 1.5K OHM, 1/4W, 5% 2
(V01121) (9307GF152J)
115 RC07GF154J RESISTOR, 0.15M OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF154J)
120 RC07GF182J RESISTOR, 1.8K OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF182J)
125 RC07GF221J RESISTOR, 220 OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF221J)

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1066
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

9 130 RC07GF222J RESISTOR, 2.2K OHM, 1/4W, 5% 2


(V01121) (9307GF222J)
135 RC07GF224J RESISTOR, 220.0K OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF224J)
140 RC07GF471J RESISTOR, 470 OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF471J)
145 RC07GF472J RESISTOR, 4.7K OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF472J)
150 RC07GF474J RESISTOR, 470K OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF474J)
155 RC07GF510J RESISTOR, 51 OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF510J)
160 RC07GF561J RESISTOR, 560 OHM, 1/4W, 5% 2
(V01121) (9307GF561J)
165 RC07GF562J RESISTOR, 5,600 OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF562J)
170 RC07GF682J RESISTOR, 6,800 OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF682J)
175 RC07GF821J RESISTOR, 820 OHM, 1/4W, 5% 1
(V01121) (9307GF821J)
180 RC07GF822J RESISTOR, 8,200 OHM, 1/4W, 5% 2
(V01121) (9307GF822J)
185 91590 RESISTOR, 10K OHM POTENTIOMETER 1
(V06141) (9391590)
190 9158625 TRANSISTOR, 2N2483 B30500 1
(V06141) (939158625)
195 9158626 TRANSISTOR, MATCHED PAIR, NPN 1
SI, (V06141) (939158626)
200 9158627 TRANSISTOR, MATCHED PAIR, NPN 1
SI, (V06141) (939158627)
205 9158628 TRANSISTOR, NPN SI, HF, LOW 1
POWER (V06141) (939158628)
210 10282N INSULATION, TRANSISTOR, NYLON 1
(1409800028)
215 1600021020 MINIPIN TERMINAL (9391543) 1

ITEM NOT ILLUSTRATED

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1067
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

25

20

15

10

5
45
35
55

70
65

30
45
35
50

60

70

40
65

55

60 30 40

Remote Microphone Assembly, P/N 93A05500, 03,


10, 20, 30, 50, 55
Figure 10

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1068
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

10 1 93A05500 REMOTE MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY A RF


(SEE FIG 1 FOR NHA)
1A 93A05503 REMOTE MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY B RF
1B 93A05510 REMOTE MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY C RF
1C 93A05520 REMOTE MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY D RF
1D 93A05530 REMOTE MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY E RF
1E 93A05550 REMOTE MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY F RF
1F 93A05555 REMOTE MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY G RF
5 9300205 MICROPHONE A,B 1
5A 9361901 MICROPHONE, NONMAGNETIC CG 1
10 9300197 WASHERMICROPHONE 1
15 9300382 MICROPHONE MOUNT AD,F,G 1
15A 93989 MICROPHONE MOUNT, BROWN E 1
20 9300344 MICROPHONE HUM SHIELD A,B 1
25 9300347 DAMPERMICROPHONE 1
30 9300348 CONNECTOR PLATE A,C,E,F 1
30A 9300928 CONNECTOR PLATE B,D,G 1
ATTACHING PARTS
35 8EP44R3 SCREW, PAN HEAD, 440 X 1/4 A,CG 2
(V06141) (938EP44R3)
35A 8EP43R3 SCREW, PAN HEAD, 440 X 3/16 B 2
(V06141) (938EP43R3)
40 9300352 PEM NUT A,C,E,F 2
***
45 1509491002 CONNECTOR (9300349) 1
ATTACHING PARTS
50 90649 TERMINAL LUG (V06141) (9390649) 1
***
55 9300334 NAMEPLATE A,B 1
55A 93624 NAMEPLATE CG 1
60 9362622 CONFIGURATION P/N PLATE A 1
60A 9362623 CONFIGURATION P/N PLATE B 1
60B 9362619 CONFIGURATION P/N PLATE C 1
60C 9362620 CONFIGURATION P/N PLATE D,G 1
60D 93626116 CONFIGURATION P/N PLATE E 1
60E 93626117 CONFIGURATION P/N PLATE F 1
65 9300351 DUST COVER A,C,E,F 1
65A 9300927 DUST COVER B,D,G 1
ATTACHING PARTS
70 8AS23R3 SCREW, FLAT HEAD, 256 X 3/16 3
(V06141) (938AS23R3)

23-70-02
Illustrated
Illustrated Parts
Parts List
List
Rev 2 Page
Page 1069
1069
Feb.
Mar. 01/93
15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

30

15

20

10

35

25 45

40

Remote Microphone Assembly, P/N 93A05540, 45, 60,


65, 66, 67, 95
Figure 11

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1070
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

11 1 93A05540 REMOTE MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY A RF


(SEE FIG 1 FOR NHA)
1A 93A05545 REMOTE MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY B RF
(SEE FIG 1 FOR NHA)
1B 93A05560 REMOTE MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY C RF
(SEE FIG 1 FOR NHA)
1C 93A05565 REMOTE MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY D RF
(SEE FIG 1 FOR NHA)
1D 93A05566 REMOTE MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY E RF
(SEE FIG 1 FOR NHA)
1E 93A05567 REMOTE MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY F RF
(SEE FIG 1 FOR NHA)
1F 93A05595 REMOTE MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY G RF
(SEE FIG 1 FOR NHA)
5 93A272 MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY A,B 1
5A 89984 MICROPHONE, MINI DIRECTIONAL C,D,F,G 1
(93959)
5B 931025 MICROPHONE, MINI, DIRECTIONAL, E 1
EXTENDED
10 93656 WASHER A,B 2
10A 93656 WASHER CG 3
15 93653 SLEEVEREMOTE MICROPHONE A,B 1
20 9365801 HOLDER REMOTE MICROPHONE A,C,E 1
20A 9365802 HOLDER, REMOTE MICROPHONE B,D 1
(ATR42, BROWN)
20B 9365803 HOLDER, REMOTE MICROPHONE, F,G 1
BLACK
25 93655 NAMEPLATE 1
30 9362683 CONFIGURATION P/N PLATE A 1
30A 9362630 CONFIGURATION P/N PLATE B 1
30B 93626100 CONFIGURATION P/N PLATE C 1
30C 93626101 CONFIGURATION P/N PLATE D 1
30D 93626115 CONFIGURATION P/N PLATE F 1
35 93654 CABLE RETAINER 1
ATTACHING PARTS
40 8EP46R5 .440 X 3/8 PHIL.PAN HEAD.SC 1
(V06141) (938EP46R5)
45 9WES4 LOCK WASHER, EXT CRES #4 B 1
(V06141) (939WES4)
***

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Rev 2 Page 1071
Mar.
Feb. 15/00
01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

15

10

20

Remote Microphone Assembly, 9300A165 and 9300A16501


Figure 12
23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1072
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

UNITS
FIG. PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF PER
ITEM NUMBER PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY

12 1 9300A165 REMOTE MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY A RF


(SEE FIG 1 FOR NHA)
1A 9300A16501 REMOTE MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY B RF
5 9300A206 MICROPHONE / CABLE ASSEMBLY A 1
5A 9361901 MICROPHONE, NONMAGNETIC B 1
10 9300197 WASHERMICROPHONE 1
15 9300344 MICROPHONE HUM SHIELD A 1
20 9300543 DAMPERMICROPHONE 1

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1073
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

23-70-02
Illustrated Parts List
Page 1074
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

APPENDIX A
CIRCUIT AND WIRING DIAGRAMS

1. INTRODUCTION

This appendix contains the wiring and schematic diagrams for the L3 Fairchild Model A100S Solid
State Cockpit Voice Recorder.

Each schematic diagram is preceded by a revision reference sheet which is used as a historical
record of changes to the schematic drawings.

Refer to Table A1 for a listing of the schematic diagrams included in this section.

Table A1
Schematic Diagram List

Assembly / Schematic Part


Figure Number Page Number
Part Number Number

Model A100S SSCVR:


System Wiring Diagram N/A Figure A1 Page A2
Aircraft Interface 905E059701 Figure A2 Page A7
P/N 205E059700
Audio Processor 905E059801 Figure A3 Page A15
P/N 205E059800
Store Processor 905E060101 Figure A4 Page A35
P/N 205E060100
Store Processor 905E102701 Figure A5 Page A51
P/N 205E102700
Control Units:
Model A151 & A152
Dynamic Microphone
Preamplifier PWA 93A26302 Figure A7 Page A66
Model A151B & A152B
Condenser Microphone
Preamplifier PWA 93A26601 Figure A8 Page A68

23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A1
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

+5V
+12V

-12V

REARPANEL
CONNECTOR
P1
+27.5 VDC INPUT
J1 17,18 20 22
B9, B14 A10 A11
27,29
9 9 J2/P2 A9, B15
115 VAC IN (H) SPARE
2 2 PWA
AC COMMON (C) AIRCRAFT /LOW LINE (NOT USED) /LOW LINE
3 3 INTERFACE 16 A8 A8
PWA /FAULT
B13 B13
/FAULT
25
P/N 205E0597-00
BIAS JUMPER IN /RECORD /RECORD
8 8 23 B12 B12

ERASE A" ERASE A13 A13 ERASE


55 55 26
PUSH_TO_TEST TEST TEST
12 12 24 A12 A12

CHANNEL 1 (LO) CHANNEL 1 (LO) CHANNEL 1 (LO)


30 30 37 B19 B19
CHANNEL 1 (HI) CHANNEL 1 (HI) CHANNEL 1 (HI)
32 32 38 A19 A19
GROUND GROUND
39 B20 B20
CHANNEL 2 (LO) PWA CHANNEL 2 (LO)
A20 A20
CHANNEL 2 (LO)
35 35 40
CONNECTOR
CHANNEL 2 (HI) J2 CHANNEL 2 (HI) B21 B21 CHANNEL 2 (HI)
37 37 HARDWIRED 41
TO 42
GROUND
A21 A21
GROUND
PLUG P2
CHANNEL 3 (LO) OF CHANNEL 3 (LO) CHANNEL 3 (LO)
41 41 43 B22 B22
AIRCRAFT
CHANNEL 3 (HI) INTERFACE CHANNEL 3 (HI) CHANNEL 3 (HI)
43 43 44 A22 A22
CABLE
GROUND GROUND
ASSEMBLY 45 B23 B23
CHANNEL 4 (LO) W1 CHANNEL 4 (LO) CHANNEL 4 (LO)
45 45 46 A23 A23

CHANNEL 4 (HI)
47
CHANNEL 4 (HI)
B24 AIRCRAFT B24
CHANNEL 4 (HI)
47 47
TO
GROUND INTERFACE GROUND
FRONT AUDIO OUT - HI / LO 48 A24 A24
PANEL J7-1/2 CABLE
PHONE AUDIO OUT - HI /SYSRST ASSEMBLY /SYSRST
JACK 6 6 15 B8 B8
AUDIO OUT - LO W1
5 5 CARD
CONNECTOR
PRE-AMP PWR +18VDC COMBINED_AUDIO J3 COMBINED_AUDIO
35 B18 B18
14 14
PRE-AMP PWR GND GROUND GROUND
36 A18 A18
13 13
GROUND
1 B1
/BIAS JUMPER OUT
7 7 GROUND GROUND
19 B10 B10
INDICATOR +
23 23 GROUND GROUND
E3 21 B11 B11
INDICATOR + E4 GROUND GROUND
15 15 28 A14 A14
INDICATOR - GROUND GROUND
16 16 30 A15 A15
CHASSIS GROUND
17 17
AIRCRAFT AIRCRAFT
INTERFACE INTERFACE
ERASE C" (+12V) CABLE CABLE
57 57
ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY
W1 W1

Model A100S SolidState Cockpit Voice Recorder, P/N S100008000,


System Wiring Diagram
Figure A1 (sheet 1 of 3)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A2
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

+5V
+12V
J2/P2
-12V +5V
STORE 18 18
48 48 +5V
PROCESSOR +12V
B9, B14 A10 A11 17 17
A9, B15 P5 PWA +12V
47 47
AUDIO 17 20 22 PLUG P5 P/N 16 16 GND
18 205E0601-00
PROCESSOR PART OF 19 19
GND
PWA CABLE MOUNTED 20 20
GND
P/N ASSEMBLY ONTO 45 45
GND
/LOW_LINE /LOW_LINE
A8 205E0598-00 A8 16 W2 FCSSU 46 46
GND

/FAULT 49 49 GND
/FAULT (SEE NOTE
B13 B13 25 AT BOTTOM GND
50 50
/RECORD /REC_RD OF PAGE) D<0>
/RECORD 1 23 23
B12 B12 23 GROUND D<1>
2 10 10
ERASE ERASE DAD 0
A13 A13 26 3 7 7 D<2>
DAD 1 D<3>
TEST TEST 4 22 22
A12 A12 24 DAD 2 D<4>
/REC_RD 5 13 13 FCSSU
B1 1 DAD 3 D<5>
6 21 21 P/N
CHANNEL 1 (LO) A1 GROUND DAD 4 NOTE D<6>
B19 2 7 11 11 253E0348-03
CHANNEL 1 (HI) B2
DAD 0
3 DAD 5 REFER TO 9 9
D<7>
8
A19
A2
DAD 1
4 DAD 6 SHEET 3 FOR 32 32 SEL<0> (SEE NOTE
GROUND DAD 2 9 STORE SEL<1> AT BOTTOM
DAD 7 33 33
B20 B3 5 10 SEL<2> OF PAGE)
DAD 3 SYNC PROCESSOR 37 37
CHANNEL 2 (LO) A3 6 11 SEL<3>
A20 DAD 4 /RECFIFO_HF
PWA, 39 39
B4 7 12 SEL<4>
DAD 5 /REC_EMPTY
P/N 41 41
CHANNEL 2 (HI) A4 8 SEL<5>
B21 DAD 6
13
/PLAY_WR
205E1027-00 42 42
B5 9 14 SEL<6>
GROUND DAD 7 /SYSRST
WIRING 43 43
A5 10 SEL<7>
A21
SYNC
15
/LOW_LINE
TO 44 44
11 FADR<20>
CHANNEL 3 (LO) B6 16
+5V FCSSU, 14 14
B22 /RECFIFO_HF 17 FADR<19>
A6 12 +5V 253E0660-00 31 31
CHANNEL 3 (HI) /REC_EMPTY 18 FADR<18>
B7 13 GROUND 2 2
A22 19 FADR<17>
/PLAY_WR +12V 34 34
GROUND A7 14 20 FADR<16>
A21 GROUND 30 30
/SYSRST AIRCRAFT 21 FADR<15>
CHANNEL 4 (LO) B8 15 -12V 1 1
A23 22 FADR<14>
INTERFACE /RECORD 5 5
CHANNEL 4 (HI) 23 FADR<13>
B24 CABLE 24 TEST 8 8
FADR<12>
GROUND ASSEMBLY /FAULT 6 6
25 FADR<11>
A24 W1 ERASE
35 35
26 FADR<10>
/SYSRST CARD 28 28
B8 FADR<9>
CONNECTOR 36 36
FADR<8>
J5 38 38
FADR<7>
(26 PIN) 40 40
FADR<6>
15 15
COMBINED_AUDIO FADR<5>
B18 29 29
27 27 FADR<4>
GROUND
A18 FADR<3>
12 12
AIRCRAFT RIBBON CABLE ASSEMBLY FADR<2>
26 26
INTERFACE W2 IS HARD WIRED TO FADR<1>
25 25
GROUND STORE PROCESSOR PWA) FADR<0>
B10 CABLE 24 24
/OE
GROUND ASSEMBLY 3 3
/WE
B11 W1 4 4
GROUND CARD AIRCRAFT
A14 NOTE
GROUND CONNECTOR INTERFACE INITIAL MODEL A100S UNITS WERE EQUIPPED WITH FCSSU,
A15 J4 CABLE P/N 253E0348-03, WHICH USES 2-MBIT FLASH MEMORY
GROUND (64 PIN)
A24 ASSEMBLY
W1 CHIPS, AND STORE PROCESSOR PWA, P/N 205E0601-00, DE
SIGNED TO INTERFACE WITH IT.
BEGINNING 12/93, THE NEW FCSSU, P/N 253E0660-00, WHICH
USES 8-MBIT FLASH MEMORY CHIPS, AND A REDESIGNED
STORE PROCESSOR PWA, P/N 205E1027-00, WERE MANUFAC
TURED. THESE ASSEMBLIES WERE FIRST INSTALLED IN MOD
EL A100S UNIT SERIAL NUMBER 311.

Model A100S SolidState Cockpit Voice Recorder, P/N S100008000,


System Wiring Diagram
Figure A1 (sheet 2 of 3)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A3
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

+5V
+12V
J2/P2
-12V +5V
STORE 18 18
48 48 +5V
PROCESSOR +12V
17 17
P5 PWA +12V
47 47
17 20 22 PLUG P5 P/N 16 16 GND
18 205E1027-00 GND
PART OF 19 19
CABLE GND
20 20
ASSEMBLY MOUNTED GND
45 45
/LOW_LINE
16 W2 ONTO GND FCSSU
46 46
/FAULT FCSSU 49 GND P/N
49
25
(SEE NOTE 50 50
GND 253E0660-00
/REC_RD D<0>
/RECORD 1 AT BOTTOM 23 23 (SEE NOTE
23 GROUND D<1>
2 OF PAGE) 10 10 AT BOTTOM
ERASE DAD 0 D<2> OF PAGE)
26 3 7 7
DAD 1 D<3>
TEST 4 22 22
24 DAD 2 D<4>
/REC_RD 5 13 13
1 DAD 3 D<5>
6 21 21
GROUND DAD 4 D<6>
2 7 11 11
DAD 0 DAD 5 D<7>
3 8 9 9
DAD 1 FADR<21>
4 DAD 6 32 32
DAD 2 9 FADR<22>
DAD 7 33 33
5 10 FADR<23>
DAD 3 SYNC 37 37
6 11 FADR<24> NOTE
DAD 4 39 39
7 12
/RECFIFO_HF
41 41 FADR<25> SIGNAL
DAD 5
8 13
/REC_EMPTY
42 42
FADR<26> CHANGES
DAD 6 /PLAY_WR /CE_FLASH
9 14 43 43
DAD 7 15 /SYSRST /PWRDWN
10 44 44
SYNC /LOW_LINE FADR<20>
11 16 14 14
/RECFIFO_HF +5V
12 17 FADR<19>
+5V 31 31
/REC_EMPTY 18 FADR<18>
13 GROUND 2 2
19 FADR<17>
/PLAY_WR +12V 34 34
14 20 FADR<16>
GROUND 30 30
/SYSRST AIRCRAFT 21 FADR<15>
15 -12V 1 1
22 FADR<14>
INTERFACE /RECORD 5 5
23 FADR<13>
CABLE 24 TEST 8 8
FADR<12>
ASSEMBLY /FAULT 6 6
25 FADR<11>
W1 ERASE 35 35
26 FADR<10>
CARD 28 28
FADR<9>
CONNECTOR 36 36
FADR<8>
J5 38 38
FADR<7>
(26 PIN) 40 40
FADR<6>
15 15
FADR<5>
29 29
27 FADR<4>
27
FADR<3>
12 12
RIBBON CABLE ASSEMBLY FADR<2>
26 26
W2 IS HARD WIRED TO FADR<1>
25 25
STORE PROCESSOR PWA) FADR<0>
24 24
3 /OE
3
/WE
4 4
AIRCRAFT
INTERFACE SIGNAL MNEMONIC CHANGES BETWEEN
CABLE STORE PROCESSOR PWA, P/N 205E1027-00,
ASSEMBLY
W1 AND FCSSU, P/N 253E0660-00
NOTE
THE ABOVE REFLECTS THE NEW FCSSU, P/N 253E0660- 00,
WHICH USES 8-MBIT FLASH MEMORY CHIPS, AND STORE
PROCESSOR PWA, P/N 205E1027-00 MANUFACTURED BEGIN
NING 12/93. THESE ASSEMBLIES WERE FIRST INSTALLED IN
UNIT SERIAL NUMBER 311.

Model A100S SolidState Cockpit Voice Recorder, P/N S100008000,


System Wiring Diagram
Figure A1 (sheet 3 of 3)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A4
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Revision Serial Number


Revision Description
Code Effectivity

Rev. 02 Replaced U3 and added U5 per ECO 7977. 00761 and above.
Rev. 02 Replaced U2 per SB SSCVR012
Rev. 02 Removed C16 and C17, added L1-L3 and C35-C38
per SB SSCVR011.

Revision Reference Sheet for Figure A2


Aircraft Interface PWA, P/N 205E059700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059701
(Sheets 1 through 4)
237002
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 2 Page A5
Mar. 01/93
Feb. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

237002
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A6
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

REVISIONS
SYM. DESCRIPTION EFFECTIVITY DATE APPROVED

A ECO 0006293 CHNG SHT 2 90491 91491


B ECO 0007977 CHNG SHT 1 32995 40295
C ECO 0008291 CHNG SHTS 1,2 30696 70296

REV. 02

Aircraft Interface PWA, P/N 205E059700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059701


Figure A2 (sheet 1 of 4)
237002
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 2 Page A7
Mar. 01/93
Feb. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

REV. 02

REV. 02

Aircraft Interface PWA, P/N 205E059700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059701


Figure A2 (sheet 2 of 4)
237002
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 2 Page A8
Mar. 01/93
Feb. 15/00
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Aircraft Interface PWA, P/N 205E059700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059701


Figure A2 (sheet 2 of 4 continued)
237002
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A9
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Aircraft Interface PWA, P/N 205E059700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059701


Figure A2 (sheet 3 of 4)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A10
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Aircraft Interface PWA, P/N 205E059700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059701


Figure A2 (sheet 3 of 4 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A11
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Aircraft Interface PWA, P/N 205E059700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059701


Figure A2 (sheet 4 of 4)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A12
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Revision Serial Number


Revision Description
Code Effectivity
Rev. 02 Replaced C15, C24, C25, C28, C30, C32, and C47
per ECO 9282.

Revision Reference Sheet for Figure A3


Audio Processor, P/N 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801,
(Sheets 1 through 11)
23-70-02
Circuit
Circuit and
and Wiring
Wiring Diagrams
Diagrams
Rev 2 Page
Page A13
A13
Mar.
Feb. 15/00
01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A14
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

A ECO 0006215: UPDATE SHTS 1,3,4 7/26/91 7/26/91


B ECO 0006919: UPDATE SHTS 1,4 7/12/91 9/26/91
C ECO 0006445: REV SHTS 1,5,6; ADD NOTE 5 11/6/91 11/8/91
D ECO 0009282: REV SHTS 5,6,8,9 8/24/00 8/28/00

Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801


Figure A3 (sheet 1 of 11)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A15
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801


Figure A3 (sheet 2 of 11)
23-70-02
Circuit
Circuit and
and Wiring
Wiring Diagrams
Diagrams
Rev 2 Page
Page A16
A16
Mar.
Feb. 15/00
01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801


Figure A3 (sheet 2 of 11 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A17
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801


Figure A3 (sheet 3 of 11)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A18
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

NC

Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801


Figure A3 (sheet 3 of 11 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A19
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801


Figure A3 (sheet 4 of 11)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A20
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801


Figure A3 (sheet 4 of 11 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A21
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

0.1
REV. 02

0.1
REV. 02

0.1
REV. 02

Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801


Figure A3 (sheet 5 of 11)
23-70-02
Circuit and
Circuit and Wiring
Wiring Diagrams
Diagrams
Rev 2 Page
Page A22
A22
Mar. 15/00
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801


Figure A3 (sheet 5 of 11 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A23
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

0.1

REV. 02

Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801


Figure A3 (sheet 6 of 11)
23-70-02
Circuit and
Circuit and Wiring
Wiring Diagrams
Diagrams
Rev 2 Page
Page A24
A24
Mar. 15/00
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801


Figure A3 (sheet 7 of 11)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A25
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801


Figure A3 (sheet 8 of 11)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A26
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

0.1
REV. 02

0.1
REV. 02

Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801


Figure A3 (sheet 8 of 11 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 2 Page A27
Mar. 15/00
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801


Figure A3 (sheet 9 of 11)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A28
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

0.1
REV. 02

Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801


Figure A3 (sheet 9 of 11 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 2 Page A29
Mar. 15/00
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801


Figure A3 (sheet 10 of 11)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A30
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801


Figure A3 (sheet 10 of 11 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A31
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801


Figure A3 (sheet 11 of 11)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A32
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

COMBINED_AUDIO

AUDIO_1

AUDIO_2 PLAYBACK
MONITOR
CONNECTOR
AUDIO_3

AUDIO_4

Audio Processor PWA, 205E059800, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E059801


Figure A3 (sheet 11 of 11 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A33
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Revision Serial Number


Revision Description
Code Effectivity

Revision Reference Sheet for Figure A4


Store Processor, P/N 205E0601XX, Schematic Diagram P/N 905E060101
(Sheets 1 through 8)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A34
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

&2 3 12 2 3 25 2
D 75 9 3 & 8 6 02 2 6 26 2
E 71 1 9 3 &8 1 29 3 2 25 3
F 762 8 & 8 3 11 4 3 28 4

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100, Schematic Diagram P/N 905E060101


Figure A4 (sheet 1 of 8)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A35
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

VCC

REVISION C INCORPORATED PER ECO 0006654 WITH AN NMF0512S


EFFECTIVITY DATE OF 3-12-92 REPLACED THE ABOVE VIN +OUT
BLOCKED CIRCUITRY WITH THE DC/DC CONVERTER
CTRL -OUT
POWER SUPPLY (5 VDC IN / - 12 VDC OUT AT 83 MA, 1W) N/C
GND
SHOWN HERE.

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100, Schematic Diagram P/N 905E060101


Figure A4 (sheet 2 of 8)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A36
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100, Schematic Diagram P/N 905E060101


Figure A4 (sheet 2 of 8 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A37
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

LSB LSB MSB


MSB

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100, Schematic Diagram P/N 905E060101


Figure A4 (sheet 3 of 8)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A38
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

MSB

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100, Schematic Diagram P/N 905E060101


Figure A4 (sheet 3 of 8 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A39
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100, Schematic Diagram P/N 905E060101


Figure A4 (sheet 4 of 8)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A40
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100, Schematic Diagram P/N 905E060101


Figure A4 (sheet 4 of 8 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A41
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100, Schematic Diagram P/N 905E060101


Figure A4 (sheet 5 of 8)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A42
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100, Schematic Diagram P/N 905E060101


Figure A4 (sheet 5 of 8 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A43
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100, Schematic Diagram P/N 905E060101


Figure A4 (sheet 6 of 8)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A44
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

MSB

LSB

FCT841
D9 Y9
MSB
D8 Y8
D7 Y7
MSB
D6 Y6
D5 Y5
D4 Y4
LSB D3 Y3
D2 Y2
D1 Y1
LSB LSB
D0 Y0

LE
OE

REV. F

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060100, Schematic Diagram P/N 905E060101


Figure A4 (sheet 6 of 8 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page
Page A45
July 01/93
Feb. 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060101, Schematic Diagram P/N 905E060101


Figure A4 (sheet 7 of 8)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A46
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060101, Schematic Diagram P/N 905E060101


Figure A4 (sheet 7 of 8 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A47
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E060101, Schematic Diagram P/N 905E060101


Figure A4 (sheet 8 of 8)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A48
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A49
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Revision Serial Number


Revision Description
Code Effectivity

Revision Reference Sheet for Figure A5


Store Processor, P/N 205E1027XX, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E102701
(Sheets 1 through 8)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A50
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

7628 CHG U12 ON SHT 6 3 /11 / 94 3 / 25 / 94

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E102700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E102701


Figure A5 (sheet 1 of 8)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A51
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

VCC

NMF0512S
VIN +OUT

N/C CTRL -OUT


GND

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E102700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E102701


Figure A5 (sheet 2 of 8)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A52
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E102700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E102701


Figure A5 (sheet 2 of 8 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A53
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

LSB LSB MSB


MSB

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E102700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E102701


Figure A5 (sheet 3 of 8)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A54
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

J2
43

MSB

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E102700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E102701


Figure A5 (sheet 3 of 8 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A55
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E102700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E102701


Figure A5 (sheet 4 of 8)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A56
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E102700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E102701


Figure A5 (sheet 4 of 8 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A57
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E102700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E102701


Figure A5 (sheet 5 of 8)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A58
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E102700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E102701


Figure A5 (sheet 5 of 8 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A59
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E102700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E102701


Figure A5 (sheet 6 of 8)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A60
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

MSB

LSB

FCT841
D9 Y9
MSB
D8 Y8
D7 Y7
MSB
D6 Y6
D5 Y5
D4 Y4
D3 Y3
D2 Y2
D1 Y1
LSB LSB
D0 Y0

LE
OE

REV. A

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E102700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E102701


Figure A5 (sheet 6 of 8 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A61
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E102700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E102701


Figure A5 (sheet 7 of 8)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A62
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E102700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E102701


Figure A5 (sheet 7 of 8 continued)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A63
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

/PWRDWN
FADR<24>
FADR<23>

FADR<22>
FADR<21>
FADR<20>
FADR<19>
FADR<18>
FADR<17>
FADR<16>
FADR<15>
FADR<26>
FADR<25>

Store Processor PWA, P/N 205E102700, Schematic Diagram, P/N 905E102701


Figure A5 (sheet 8 of 8)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A64
July 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Revision Serial Number


Revision Description
Code Effectivity

Revision Reference Sheet for Figure A6


Dynamic Microphone Preamplifier, P/N 93A26301, Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 1)
23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A65
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

D1
R6 R27 1N4446
C
1.0K 100 (B+ 18V)
+
C8
+ C13
47
R5 47 20V
20V R13 R23 R24
10K R7 10K
R3 8.2K 150K
C7 C11 C12
150 R12 R16 R18 R21
+ +

R8 1K 2.2K 470 Q4
C1 C3 R2 1.0 3 C9 4.7 C15
10.0K R11 R20 1.0
N 35V + 20V R15 R17 R19 C16
1.0K
560 Q2 2.2K 820 150 35V 4.7
1.0 10 Q1 2
C4 2N2483 1 C10 35V R26
35V 20V .01 +
.01 6 12 24 Q3 L
C2 R1 200V 200V 220 (OUT)
.01 2.2K + R9 p DS r DS t DS
R22
200V 5.6K q C14. 100 R25 C17
R4 C5
R14 .01 .022
1.0K 60
470 200V 200V
6V

P K
(OUT)
C18
B
(B- 18V)
C22
.033 R30
200V 8.2K D3 C19 R28
R29
M +
Q6 Q5
+ 1.0K 1N295 1.0 1.5K
C21 35V
47
+ D2
20V C20 1N295
4.7
CHASSIS 5B 35V CHASSIS

NOTES:
P/N 93A263-01
1. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
RESISTOR VALUES ARE IN OHMS, 1/4 WATT, 5%
CAPACITOR VALUES ARE IN MICROFARADS.
2. Q2 AND Q3 - P/N 939158626
3. Q4 AND Q5 - P/N 939158627
4. Q6 - P/N 939158628

Dynamic Microphone Preamplifier, P/N 93A26301, Schematic Diagram


Figure A6

23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A66
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Revision Serial Number


Revision Description
Code Effectivity

Revision Reference Sheet for Figure A7


Dynamic Microphone Preamplifier, P/N 93A26302, Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 1)

23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A67
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

R5 R16 D4
1.0K 100 R27 1N4446
C
51 (B+ 18V)
C22 +
47
20V

R8 R14 C12 R21 R22


+ 10.0K 150K
C5 + 8.2K 4.7K 47
R6 20V
47
10.0K 20V
C6 R12 C13 R17 R29 R23
R3 + + +
+
1.2M 1.0 220K 4.7 1.0K 2.2K 470K C17
C16
35V 20V 0.22 1.0
20V 35V
R24 Q4
C15 C2 3 1.0K 9-1586
+ + R4 Q1 C9 R13 Q2
2 R30 R32 R31 -27
N 9-1586 R9
+
9-1586 2.2K 820 150 Q3
1.0 10 560 -25 -26
10.0K 1.0 560 + 9-1586 C19 R28
35V 20V C4 1 -26 +
0.01
35V C10 p r t L
C1 0.01
R2 100V R11 4.7 220 (OUT)
0.01 100V 6DB 12DB 24DB C18 R25
100V 2.2K 5.6K 0.01 R26 35V
R7 R15 100
1.0K 470 q 100V 1.5K

P K
(OUT)
+
C7
C3 15 B
20V (B- 18V)
CK06BX223K
C20
M 0.022
R10 50V
D1
8.2K
R18 1N295 R19
Q6 Q5 +
9-1586 9-1586 C21
-28 -27 1.0K C14 1.5K
+ CK06BX223K
C8 + C11 1.0
150 D2 35V
4.7
30V 5B 35V 1N295

CHASSIS CHASSIS

NOTES:
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
RESISTOR VALUES ARE IN OHMS, 1/4 WATT, 5%
CAPACITOR VALUES ARE IN MICROFARADS.

Dynamic Microphone Preamplifier, P/N 93A26302, Schematic Diagram


Figure A7

23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A68
July 01/93
Feb. 30/94
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

Revision Serial Number


Revision Description
Code Effectivity

Revision Reference Sheet for Figure A8


Condenser Microphone Preamplifier, P/N 93A26601, Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 1)

23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Page A69
Feb. 01/93
AVIATION RECORDERS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FAIRCHILD MODEL
A100S

R20
P
1.8K
+ D3
6.2V OUT C15
1N4735A

E
R5 R16 R27 D4
1.0K 100 51 1N4446
C
(B+ 18V)
R14 + C12 R21 R22
+ C22 4.7K 47
20V 10.0K 150K
47 C13
R6 R8 20V
R3 10.0K 4.7 R17 R29 R23
8.2K 20V C16 C17
1.2M + C6 R12 + 1.0K 2.2K 470K
+ +
C2 1.0 220.0K Q4
R4 3 1.0
R1 10.0 C9 0.22 R24 9-1586-27
+ 560 Q1 35V 2 R13 Q2 20V 1.0K 35V
N 9-1586- R9
+ 9-1586
Q3
6.8K 25 -26 R30 R32 R31 R28
20V + C5 10K 560 2.2K 820 150 9-1586-26 C19
1 1.0 + 220
C1 C4 35V C10 + L
0.0022 0.0022 47 0.01
R2 100V 20V 4.7 (OUT)
100V 100V C18
10.0K
+ C7
R11
R15
p r t 0.01
+ R25 R26 35V
R7 5.6K q 100 1.5K
1.0K 470 100V C20
15 0.022
20V 50V

M K
(OUT)

C3
B
+
F (B- 18V)
C21
R10
8.2K R18 R19
Q5 1.0K D1 1.5K
9-1586-27 +
Q6
C14
9-1586-28 1N295 1.0
C11 + D2 35V
C8 1N295 CHASSIS
CHASSIS + 4.7
150 5B 35V
30V

NOTES:
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
RESISTOR VALUES ARE IN OHMS, 1/4 WATT, 5%
CAPACITOR VALUES ARE IN MICROFARADS.

Condenser Microphone Preamplifier PWA, P/N 93A26601 Schematic Diagram


Figure A8

23-70-02
Circuit and Wiring Diagrams
Rev 1 Page A70
July 01/93
Feb. 30/94

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen